Brake

BRAKE CONTROL – ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM BC–1
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM

PRECAUTION
1. EXPRESSIONS OF IGNITION SWITCH
The type of ignition switch used on this model differs
according to the specifications of the vehicle.
The expressions listed in the table below are used in this
section.
Switch Type
Expression
Ignition Switch (Position) Engine Switch (Condition)
Ignition switch off LOCK off
Ignition switch on (IG) ON on (IG)
Ignition switch on (ACC) ACC on (ACC)
Engine start START start
2. TROUBLESHOOTING PRECAUTION
HINT:
The anti-lock brake system includes the ABS and EBD. BC
(a) When there is a malfunction in the terminal contact
points or installation problems with parts, removing
and installing the suspected problem parts may
return the system to normal, either completely or
temporarily.
(b) In order to determine the malfunctioning area, be
sure to check the conditions at the time the
malfunction occurred, such as by the DTC output
and the freeze frame data output, and record it
before disconnecting each connector or removing
and installing parts.
(c) Be sure to remove and install the brake actuator
and each individual sensor with the ignition switch
off unless otherwise specified in the inspection
procedure.
(d) If the brake actuator or a sensor has been removed
and installed, it is necessary to check the system for
problems after the parts have been reassembled.
Check for DTCs using the intelligent tester, also
check that system functions and signals received by
the ECU are normal using test mode.
3. CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PRECAUTION
(a) The CAN communication system is used for data
communication between each of the ECUs and
sensors. If there is trouble in the CAN
communication line, a DTC of the communication
line is output.
(b) If a DTC of the CAN communication line is output,
repair the malfunction in the communication line and
troubleshoot the anti-lock brake system.
BC–2 BRAKE CONTROL – ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
(c) In order to enable CAN communication, a specific

type of wiring is used for the CAN communication
lines. The wiring used for each communication line
is a twisted pair of wires that have an equal length.
A bypass wire should not be used, because the data
being transmitted will be corrupted.
BC
PARTS LOCATION
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
- BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH
BRAKE ACTUATOR SKID CONTROL SENSOR
- SKID CONTROL ECU (REAR SPEED SENSOR)
REAR SPEED SENSOR

FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR ROTOR
FRONT SPEED SENSOR
ECM
(2GR-FE)
BC
FRONT SPEED SENSOR
FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR
ENGINE ROOM R/B

ECM
SKID CONTROL SENSOR
(2AZ-FE) - FUSIBLE LINK (ABS NO. 1)
(REAR SPEED SENSOR)
- FUSIBLE LINK (ABS NO. 2)
REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR
C131985E01
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY

PARKING BRAKE - ABS WARNING LIGHT
SWITCH
(AUTOMATIC - BRAKE WARNING LIGHT
TRANSAXLE)
BC
DLC3
INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B
- ECU IG NO. 2 FUSE PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

(MANUAL TRANSAXLE)
C131984E01
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Brake Actuator Assembly (Skid Control ECU with Actuator)
Motor Relay Motor
Speed Sensor
(On Each Wheel)
Solenoid Relay Solenoid
Skid Control BC
ECU
Stop Light Switch
Combination Meter Assembly
Speedometer
ABS Warning Light

Parking Brake
Switch
BRAKE Warning Light
Main Body ECU ECM
CAN Communication System
C131987E01
Transmitting ECU Receiving ECU Signals Communication method

• ABS warning light signal
Skid control ECU Combination meter CAN communication system
• BRAKE warning light signal
Transmitting ECU Receiving ECU Signals Communication method

ECM Skid control ECU Shift position signal CAN communication system
BC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
HINT:
The skid control ECU is located within the brake actuator
assembly.
(a) ABS
(Anti-lock Brake System)
The ABS helps prevent the wheels from locking
when the brakes are applied firmly or when braking
on a slippery surface.
Brake Actuator Assembly
Pump Motor BC
Each Speed Each Wheel
Sensor Cylinder
Skid Control ECU
Solenoid Valves
ABS Warning
Light
Hydraulic Pressure
C132003E01
Operation description
The skid control ECU detects wheel lock based on
speed signals it receives from the wheel speed
sensors. Based on this information, the skid control
ECU controls the pump motor and solenoid valves.
The pump motor and solenoid valves are used to
prevent wheel lock by controlling the hydraulic
pressure applied to the brakes at each wheel. The
ABS warning light will come on when the system is
malfunctioning.
BC
(b) EBD
(Electronic Brake force Distribution)
The EBD control utilizes ABS, realizing proper
brake force distribution between the front and rear
wheels in accordance with driving conditions.
In addition, when braking while cornering, it also
controls the brake forces of the right and left wheels,
helping to maintain vehicle behavior.
Pump Motor
Each
Each Speed
Sensor Skid Control ECU
Wheel BC
Solenoid Valves
BRAKE ABS Warning

Warning Light Light
Hydraulic Pressure
C132004E01
Operation description
The skid control ECU receives a speed signal from
each wheel speed sensor, and uses these signals to
detect locking of the wheels. The ECU uses this
information in order to determine appropriate control
of the solenoid valves. The solenoid valves control
the hydraulic pressure applied to the brake cylinder
at each wheel. In this way, the solenoid valves are
used to control the brake power split between the
front and rear, and left and right wheels. The ABS
and BRAKE warning lights come on if there is a
malfunction in the EBD system.
2. ABS with EBD OPERATION
(a) Based on the signals received from the 4 wheel
speed sensors, the skid control ECU calculates the
deceleration and speed of each wheel, while
monitoring for wheel lock. If wheel lock is occurring,
the ECU controls the solenoid valves in the brake
BC actuator in order to adjust the hydraulic pressure
applied to the brakes at each wheel.
3. FAIL SAFE FUNCTION
(a) When a failure occurs in the anti-lock brake system,
the ABS warning light comes on and operation is
prohibited. In addition, when a failure which disables
EBD operation occurs, the brake warning light also
comes on and operation is prohibited (See page
BC-24).
4. INITIAL CHECK
(a) When the vehicle speed first becomes
approximately 4 mph (6 km/h) or more after the
ignition switch is turned on (IG), each solenoid valve
and motor of the brake actuator is sequentially
activated to perform an electrical check. During the
initial check, the operating sound of solenoid valve
and motor can be heard from the engine
compartment, but this is not a malfunction.
5. FUNCTION OF COMPONENTS
Components Function
• Composed of the holding solenoid valve, pressure reduction
solenoid valve, pump motor, reservoir, etc., and adjusts the
Brake actuator assembly
hydraulic pressure applied to each wheel cylinder.
• Houses the skid control ECU.
Skid control ECU Processes the signals sent from each sensor to control ABS and EBD.
Detects speed of each wheel and inputs the data into the skid control
Speed sensor
ECU.
Master cylinder Generates pressure according to pedal effort.
Illuminates the stop light when the brake pedal is depressed. (Sends a
Stop light switch
brake on signal to the skid control ECU)
• Supplies power to each solenoid.
Solenoid relay
• Housed in the skid control ECU.
• Supplies power to the pump motor.
Motor relay
• Comes on to inform the driver that a malfunction in the ABS and
ABS warning light EBD has occurred.
• Blinks to output DTC.
Components Function
• Comes on to inform the driver that the parking brake is on when
the system is normal or the brake fluid level has decreased.
BRAKE warning light
• Comes on to inform the driver that a malfunction in the EBD has
occurred.
BC
HOW TO PROCEED WITH

TROUBLESHOOTING
1 VEHICLE BROUGHT TO WORKSHOP
NEXT
2 CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS
(a) Interview the customer to confirm the trouble.

NEXT
3 CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
BC (a) Check for DTCs (See page BC-21).

HINT:
The skid control ECU is connected to the CAN
communication system.
Therefore, before starting troubleshooting, make sure to
check that there is no trouble in the CAN communication
system.
Result
Result Proceed to
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
B CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
4 CHECK DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA
(a) Check for DTCs and Freeze Frame Data (See page BC-
21 for DTC Check / Clear, BC-23 for Freeze Frame
Data).
(1) Record the DTCs and Freeze Frame Data.
(b) Clear the DTCs.
(c) Recheck for DTCs.
(1) Reproduce the malfunction and check if the DTCs
are output again.
Result
Result Proceed to
DTC is output A
DTC is not output (Problem symptom does not occur) B
DTC is not output (Problem symptom occurs) C
B GO TO STEP 9
C GO TO STEP 10
5 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART
(a) Go to "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART" (See

page BC-27).
NEXT
6 CIRCUIT INSPECTION
NEXT
7 REPAIR OR REPLACE
BC
NEXT
8 CONFIRMATION TEST
NEXT
END
9 SYMPTOM SIMULATION
NEXT
10 PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE
(a) Go to "PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE" (See page BC-

16).
NEXT
NEXT
12 REPAIR OR REPLACE
NEXT
13 CONFIRMATION TEST
NEXT
END
TEST MODE PROCEDURE

ABS Warning BRAKE Warning 1. WARNING LIGHT AND INDICATOR LIGHT INITIAL
Light: Light:
CHECK
(a) Release the parking brake.
BC NOTICE:
USA: USA: Before releasing the parking brake, move the
shift lever to the P position for safety (AT model)
or set the chocks to hold the vehicle for safety
(MT model).
HINT:
When the parking brake is applied or the level of the
brake fluid is low, the BRAKE warning light comes
Canada: Canada: on.
(b) When the ignition switch is turned on (IG), check
that the ABS warning light comes on for
approximately 3 seconds.
HINT:
• If the skid control ECU stores any DTCs, the ABS
and BRAKE warning lights come on.
C131966E01
• If the indicator remains on or does not come on,
proceed to troubleshooting for the light circuits
listed below.
Trouble Area See procedure
ABS warning light (Remains on) BC-74
ABS warning light circuit (Does not come on) BC-78
BRAKE warning light (Remains on) BC-81
BRAKE warning light (Does not come on) BC-91
2. SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK USING TEST MODE

(SIGNAL CHECK) (INTELLIGENT TESTER)
HINT:
If the ignition switch is turned from on (IG) to on (ACC) or
off during Test Mode (signal check), DTCs recorded
during the signal check function will be erased.
(a) Procedure to enter Test Mode.

(1) Turn the ignition switch off.
(2) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(3) Check that the steering wheel is centered and
move the shift lever to the P position (for
Automatic Transaxle) or apply the parking brake
(Manual Transaxle).
(4) Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
DLC3
Intelligent Tester
C131977E02
(5) Set the intelligent tester to Test Mode (select

"SIGNAL CHECK").
HINT: BC
Refer to the intelligent tester operator's manual
for further details.
C106533
(6) Check that the ABS warning light comes on for

TEST MODE: several seconds and then blinks in test mode.
HINT:
Blinking Pattern:
If the ABS warning light does not blink, inspect
the ABS warning light circuit.
0.13 sec. 0.13 sec.
ON ABS warning light (Does not come on) BC-78
(b) Check the sensor signal.

OFF (1) Drive the vehicle straight ahead.
Accelerate the vehicle to a speed of 28 mph (45
Display:
km/h) or more for several seconds and check
that the ABS warning light goes off when the
brake pedal is depressed.
HINT:
• The sensor check may not be completed if
wheel spin occurs, or if the steering wheel is
turned during this check.
• The ABS warning light goes off when the
USA: sensor signal check has been completed and
the brake pedal is depressed.
Canada: • The ABS warning light comes on immediately
after a malfunction has been detected during
the speed sensor signal check.
C132874E01
(c) Stop the vehicle.

NOTICE:
• The speed sensor check may not be
completed if the speed sensor check is
started while turning the steering wheel or
spinning the wheels.
• If the signal check has not been completed,
the ABS warning light will blink while driving
and the ABS system will not operate.
(d) Read the DTC(s) by following the tester screen.
NOTICE:
• If only the DTCs are displayed, repair the
malfunction area and clear the DTCs.
• If the DTCs or Test Mode codes (DTC of
signal check function) are displayed, repair
the malfunction area, clear the DTCs and
perform the Test Mode inspection.
HINT:
BC 3.
See the list of DTCs (See procedure "A").
SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK BY TEST MODE (SIGNAL
CHECK) (SST CHECK WIRE)
HINT:
during the signal check will be erased.
(a) Procedure for Test Mode.
move the shift lever to the P position (Automatic
Transaxle) or apply the parking brake (Manual
Transaxle).
(3) Using SST, connect terminals TS and CG of the
DLC3:
CG DLC3.
SST 09843-18040
TS
G022987E07

TEST MODE: several seconds and then blinks in Test Mode.
HINT:
Blinking Pattern:
the TS and CG terminal circuit, and ABS
0.13 sec. 0.13 sec.
warning light circuit.
ON Trouble Area See procedure
TS and CG terminal circuit BC-97
OFF ABS warning light circuit (Does not come on) BC-78

Display:
(1) Drive the vehicle straight ahead.
HINT:
USA:
wheel spin occurs, or if the steering wheel is
BC
Canada: sensor signal check has been completed and
• The ABS warning light comes on immediately
C132874E01
NOTICE:
(d) Using SST, connect terminals TC and CG of the
DLC3: CG DLC3.
SST 09843-18040
TS TC
G022988E01
(e) Count the number of blinks of the ABS warning light.
Blinking Pattern of Normal System Code:
0.25 sec. 0.25 sec.
ON
OFF
Blinking Pattern of Trouble Code (Example Codes 71 and 72):
0.5 sec. 2.5 sec.

1.5 sec. 4 sec.
BC 0.5 sec.
Repeat
ON
OFF
Code 71 Code 72
C132876E01
NOTICE:
HINT:
• If more than 1 malfunction is detected at the
same time, the lowest numbered code will be
displayed first.
• See the list of DTCs (See procedure "A").
(f) After performing the check, disconnect the SST
from terminals TS and CG, and TC and CG of the
DLC3, and turn the ignition switch off.
(g) Turn the ignition switch on (IG) to cancel the test
mode.
HINT:
• If the ignition switch is not turned on (IG) after the
SST is removed from the DLC3, the previous
Test Mode will continue.
• If the ignition switch is turned on (IG) with
terminals TS and CG shorted, the previous Test
Mode will continue.
4. DTC OF TEST MODE (SIGNAL CHECK) FUNCTION

(Procedure "A")
DTC of Test Mode (Signal Check):
Code No. Diagnosis Trouble Area
• Front speed sensor RH
C1271/71 Low output signal of front speed sensor RH • Sensor installation
• Speed sensor rotor
• Front speed sensor LH
C1272/72 Low output signal of front speed sensor LH • Sensor installation
• Rear speed sensor RH
C1273/73 Low output signal of rear speed sensor RH • Sensor installation
• Rear speed sensor LH
C1274/74 Low output signal of rear speed sensor LH • Sensor installation
Abnormal change in output signal of front speed sensor
C1275/75 • Front speed sensor circuit RH
RH
• Sensor installation
C1276/76
LH
•
•
Front speed sensor circuit LH
Sensor installation BC
Abnormal change in output signal of rear speed sensor
C1277/77 • Rear speed sensor circuit RH
RH
C1278/78 • Rear speed sensor circuit LH
LH
HINT:
The codes in this table are output only in Test Mode
(signal check).
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE

If a normal code is displayed during the DTC check but the
problem still occurs, check the circuits for each problem
symptom in the order given in the table below and proceed to
the relevant troubleshooting page.
NOTICE:
When replacing the skid control ECU, sensor, etc., turn
the ignition switch off.
HINT:
• Inspect the fuses and relays before investigating the
suspected areas as shown in the table below.
• Inspect each malfunction circuit in numerical order for the
corresponding symptoms.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM:
Symptom Suspected area See page
1. Check the DTC reconfirming that the normal system code is BC-21
output
2. IG power source circuit BC-63
BC 3. Front speed sensor circuit BC-30
4. Rear speed sensor circuit BC-38
ABS does not operate 5. Check the brake actuator assembly with the intelligent tester BR-42
(Check brake actuator assembly operation using the active
test function) If abnormal, check the hydraulic circuit for
leakage
6. If the symptoms still occur even after the above circuits in BC-432
suspected areas have been inspected and proved to be
normal, replace the brake actuator assembly (skid control
ECU)
1. Check the DTC reconfirming that the normal system code is BC-21
output.
2. Front speed sensor circuit BC-30
4. Stop light switch circuit BC-67
ABS does not operate efficiently 5. Check the brake actuator assembly with the intelligent tester BR-42
test function)
ECU)
1. ABS warning light circuit BC-74
ABS warning light malfunction (Remains on)
2. Brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU) BC-432
ABS warning light malfunction (Does not come on) 1. ABS warning light circuit BC-78
1. Brake warning light circuit BC-81
Brake warning light malfunction (Remains on)
1. Brake warning light circuit BC-91
Brake warning light malfunction (Does not come on)
1. Check the DTC again and make sure that the normal BC-21
system code is output
2. TS and CG terminal circuit BC-97
ABS sensor DTC check cannot be done 3. TC and CG terminal circuit BC-94
ECU)
TERMINALS OF ECU
1. TERMINALS OF ECU
Skid Control ECU (Brake Actuator Assembly):
C131974E01
Symbols (Terminal No.) Terminal Description

GND2 (1) Actuator pump motor ground
+BM (2) Motor relay power supply
+BS (3) Solenoid valves power supply
GND1 (4)
FL+ (5)
Skid control ground
Front LH (+) wheel speed signal input
BC
FL- (6) Front LH (-) wheel speed signal input
RL+ (7) Rear LH (+) wheel speed signal input
RR- (8) Rear RH (-) wheel speed signal input
FR- (9) Front RH (-) wheel speed signal input
FR+ (10) Front RH (+) wheel speed signal input
D/G (11) Diagnosis tester communication line
CANL (15) CAN communication line L
RL- (17) Rear LH (-) wheel speed signal input
IG1 (18) ECU power supply
RR+ (19) Rear RH (+) wheel speed signal input
STP (20) Stop light switch input
SP1 (23) Speed signal output for speedometer
TS (25) Sensor check input
CANH (26) CAN communication line H
2. TERMINAL INSPECTION
(a) Disconnect the connector and measure the voltage
or resistance on the wire harness side.
HINT:
Voltage cannot be measured with the connector
connected to the skid control ECU as the connector
is watertight.
Skid Control ECU (Harness Side Connector Front View):
C131969E01
Symbols (Terminal No.) Wiring Color Terminal Description Condition Specified Condition
Actuator pump motor
BC GND2 (1) - Body ground W-B - Body ground
ground
Always Below 1 Ω
+BM (2) - Body ground B - Body ground Motor relay power supply Always 10 to 14 V
Solenoid valves power
+BS (3) - Body ground L - Body ground Always 10 to 14 V
supply
GND1 (4) - Body ground W-B - Body ground Skid control ECU ground Always Below 1 Ω
IG1 (18) - Body ground P - Body ground ECU power supply Ignition switch on (IG) 10 to 14 V
Stop light switch ON
STP (20) - Body ground P - Body ground Stop light switch input 8 to 14 V
(Brake pedal depressed)
Stop light switch OFF
STP (20) - Body ground P - Body ground Stop light switch input Below 3 V
(Brake pedal released)
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
1. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
(a) Inspect the battery voltage.
Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
If the voltage is below 11 V, recharge the battery
before proceeding.
(b) The vehicle's ECU uses the ISO 15765-4 for
communication protocol. The terminal arrangement
CG SG CANH of the DLC3 complies with SAE J1962 and matches
the ISO 15765-4 format.
HINT:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Connect the cable of the intelligent tester to the
DLC3, turn the ignition switch on (IG) and attempt to
9 10 11 1213141516 use the intelligent tester. If the screen displays a
communication error message, a problem exists on
CANL BAT A082779E65 either the vehicle side or the tester side.
If the communication is normal when the tester is
connected to another vehicle, inspect the DLC3 on
BC
the original vehicle.
If the communication is still impossible when the
tester is connected to another vehicle, the problem
is probably in the tester itself. Consult the Service
Department listed in the tester's instruction manual.
Symbols (Terminal No.) Terminal Description Condition Specified Condition
CG (4) - Body ground Chassis ground Always Below 1 Ω
SG (5) - Body ground Signal ground Always Below 1 Ω
BAT (16) - Body ground Battery positive Always 9 to 14 V
CANH (6) - CANL (14) HIGH-level CAN bus line Ignition switch OFF* 54 to 69 Ω
CANH (6) - Battery positive HIGH-level CAN bus line Ignition switch OFF* 6 kΩ or higher
CANH (6) - CG (4) HIGH-level CAN bus line Ignition switch OFF* 200 Ω or higher
CANL (14) - Battery positive LOW-level CAN bus line Ignition switch OFF* 6 kΩ or higher
CANL (14) - CG (4) LOW-level CAN bus line Ignition switch OFF* 200 Ω or higher
NOTICE:
*: Before measuring the resistance, leave the
vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not
operate the ignition switch, any other switches
or the doors.
2. DIAGNOSIS
NOTICE:
When releasing the parking brake, set chocks to
hold the vehicle for safety.

(b) Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(c) If the skid control ECU detects a malfunction, the
ABS warning light and brake warning light will come
on to warn the driver. The table below indicates
which light will come on when there is a malfunction
in a particular function.
USA: USA:
Canada: Canada:
C131968E01
Item/Trouble Area ABS System EBD System Skid Control ECU

ABS Warning light { { {
BC Brake Warning light - { {
{: Light ON
-: Light OFF
• The DTCs are simultaneously stored in the
memory. The DTCs can be read by connecting
the SST (09843-18043) between the TC and CG
terminals of the DLC3 and observing the blinking
pattern of the ABS warning light, or by
connecting an intelligent tester (See page BC-
21).
• This system has a sensor signal check function
(See page BC-11).
3. WARNING LIGHT INITIAL CHECK
NOTICE:
HINT:
brake fluid is low, the brake warning light comes on.
(b) Check that the ABS warning light and brake warning
light come on when the ignition switch is turned on
(IG) and go off in approximately 3 seconds.
(c) If the warning lights do not come on or remain on,
inspect the ABS warning light circuit and/or brake
ABS warning light circuit (Remains on) BC-74
USA: USA:
Brake warning light circuit (Remains on) BC-81
Canada: Canada: Brake warning light circuit (Does not come on) BC-91
C131968E01
4. SYMPTOM SIMULATION
HINT:
The most difficult case in troubleshooting is when no
symptoms occur. In such cases, a thorough customer
problem analysis must be carried out. Then the same or
similar conditions and environment in which the problem
occurred in the customer's vehicle should be
reproduced. No matter how experienced or skilled a
technician may be, if he proceeds to troubleshoot without
confirming the problem symptoms, he will likely overlook
something important and make a wrong guess at some
points in the repair operation. This leads to a standstill in
troubleshooting.
(a) Vibration method: When vibration seems to be the
Vibrate Slightly major cause.
HINT:
Perform the simulation method only during the
primary check period (for approximately 6 seconds
after the ignition switch is turned on (IG)). BC
(1) Slightly vibrate the part of the sensor considered
to be the problem cause with your fingers and
check whether the malfunction occurs.
(2) Slightly shake the connector vertically and
horizontally.
HINT:
Shaking the relays too strongly may result in
Shake Slightly
open relays.
(3) Slightly shake the wire harness vertically and
horizontally. The connector joint and fulcrum of
the vibration are the major areas to be checked
thoroughly.
Vibrate Slightly D025083E13
DLC3:
DTC CHECK / CLEAR
CG
1. DTC CHECK / CLEAR (SST CHECK WIRE)
(a) DTC check
(1) Using SST, connect terminals TC and CG of the
DLC3.
SST 09843-18040
(3) Read the DTCs from the ABS warning light on
TC the combination meter.
G022986E01
HINT:
If no code appears, inspect the TC and CG
terminal circuit and the ABS warning light circuit.
TC and CG terminal circuit BC-94
ABS warning light circuit (Remains on) BC-74
(4) As an example, refer to the chart below for the

blinking patterns of the normal system code and
trouble codes 11 and 21.
Normal System Code: Trouble Code (Example Codes 11 and 21):
0.25 sec. 0.5 sec.

2.5 sec.
0.25 sec. 0.5 sec.
1.5 sec.
2 sec. 4 sec.
4 sec.
Repeat
ON ON
OFF OFF
Code 11 Code 21
BC I042843E01
(5) The codes are explained in the code table (See

page BC-27).
(6) After completing the check, disconnect terminals
TC and CG of the DLC3, and turn off the display.
If 2 or more DTCs are detected at the same
time, the DTCs will be displayed in ascending
order.
(b) DTC clear
DLC3: (1) Using SST, connect terminals TC and CG of the
CG
DLC3.
SST 09843-18040
TC
G022986E01
(3) Clear the DTCs stored in the ECU by depressing

the brake pedal 8 times or more within 5
seconds.
(4) Check that the warning light indicates the normal
system code.
(5) Remove the SST from the terminals of the
DLC3.
HINT:
Clearing the DTCs cannot be performed by
BR03890 disconnecting the battery terminal or the ECU-IG
fuse.
2. DTC CHECK/CLEAR (WHEN USING INTELLIGENT

Intelligent Tester TESTER:)
(a) DTC check
(3) Read the DTCs by following the prompts on the
tester screen.
(b) DTC clear
(3) Operate the intelligent tester to clear the codes.
HINT:
DLC3 for further details.
CAN VIM
C131977E05
3. END OF DTC CHECK/CLEAR
(a) Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(b) Check that the ABS warning light goes off within
BC
FREEZE FRAME DATA

1. FREEZE FRAME DATA
(a) Whenever a DTC is detected or the ABS operates,
the skid control ECU stores the current vehicle
(sensor) status as Freeze Frame Data.
(b) The skid control ECU stores the number of times
(maximum: 31) the ignition switch has been turned
from off to on (IG) since the last time the ABS was
activated.
HINT:
• Freeze frame data at the time the ABS operates:
The skid control ECU stores and updates data
whenever the ABS system operates.
When the skid control ECU stores data at the
time a DTC is detected, the data stored during
ABS operation is erased.
• Freeze frame data at the time a DTC is detected:
BC time a DTC is detected, no updates will be
performed until the data is cleared.
(c) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
Intelligent Tester (d) Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(e) Select "DTC INFO" on the tester display.
(f) On the DTC data display screen, select the DTC
data display with "*".
DLC3
CAN VIM
C131977E05
Intelligent Tester Display Measurement Item Reference Value

TROUBLE CODE Freeze DTC min.: 0, max.: 65535
#DTC Number of trouble codes min.: 0, max.: 255
FREEZE TIME Elapsed time after freeze trigger Min.: 0 ms, Max.: 500 ms
Number of operations of ignition switch on
#IG ON 0 to 31
(IG) after storing freeze frame data
STOP LAMP SW Stop light switch signal Stop light switch ON: ON, OFF: OFF
ON: Parking brake on
PARKING BRAKE SW Parking brake condition
OFF: Parking brake off
OPERATED SYSTEM Operated system ABS operated: ABS
Min.: 0 MPH (0 km/h), Max.: 202 MPH (326
FR WHEEL SPD Front right wheel speed
km/h)
FL WHEEL SPD Front left wheel speed
km/h)
RR WHEEL SPD Rear right wheel speed
km/h)
Intelligent Tester Display Measurement Item Reference Value

RL WHEEL SPD Rear left wheel speed
km/h)
VEHICLE SPD Vehicle speed reading Speed indication on the meter
SPD GRADE Vehicle speed grade Min.: -1.869 G, Max.: 1.869 G
BC
FAIL-SAFE CHART
1. FAIL SAFE OPERATION
If there is a problem with sensor signals or brake
actuator systems, the skid control ECU will prohibit
power supply to the brake actuator and terminate ABS
control.
ABS control will be prohibited, but EBD control continues
as much as possible. If EBD control is impossible, the
brake warning light will come on to warn the driver (See
page BC-19).
Malfunction Area Control Method
ABS system Prohibits the ABS control
EBD system Prohibits the ABS and EBD control
HINT:
If the ABS system has a malfunction, the brake system
will operate normally without ABS control.
BC
DATA LIST / ACTIVE TEST

1. DATA LIST
HINT:
According to the DATA LIST displayed by the intelligent
tester, the value of the switch, sensor, actuator and other
items can be read without removing any parts. Reading
the DATA LIST as a first step in troubleshooting is one of
the methods to save labor time.
(a) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
Intelligent Tester (b) Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(c) According to the display on the tester, read the
"DATA LIST".
BC
DLC3
CAN VIM
C131977E05
DATA LIST:
Measurement Item / Range
Item Normal Condition Diagnostic Note
(Display)
ON: During pump motor
ABS MOT RELAY ABS motor relay / ON or OFF operation -
OFF: No pump motor operation
ON: Solenoid relay ON
SOL RELAY Solenoid relay / ON or OFF -
OFF: Solenoid relay OFF
ON: Brake pedal depressed
STOP LAMP SW Stop light switch / ON or OFF -
OFF: Brake pedal released
ON: Parking brake applied
PARKING BRAKE SW Parking brake switch / ON or OFF -
OFF: Parking brake released
Wheel speed sensor (FR) reading
FR WHEEL SPD / min.: 0 km/h (0 MPH), max.: 326 Actual wheel speed Speed indicated on speedometer
km/h (202 MPH)
Wheel speed sensor (FL) reading
FL WHEEL SPD / min.: 0 km/h (0 MPH), max.: 326 Actual wheel speed Speed indicated on speedometer
km/h (202 MPH)
Wheel speed sensor (RR)
RR WHEEL SPD reading / min.: 0 km/h (0 MPH), Actual wheel speed Speed indicated on speedometer
max.: 326 km/h (202 MPH)
Wheel speed sensor (RL) reading
RL WHEEL SPD / min.: 0 km/h (0 MPH), max.: 326 Actual wheel speed Speed indicated on speedometer
km/h (202 MPH)
Vehicle speed reading / min.: 0
VEHICLE SPD km/h (0 MPH), max.: 326 km/h Actual wheel speed Speed indicated on speedometer
(202 MPH)
ECU power supply voltage / NORMAL: 9.5 V or over
IG VOLTAGE -
NORMAL or TOO LOW TOO LOW: Below 9.5 V
SFRR ABS solenoid (SFRR) ON / OFF ON: Operates -
SFRH ABS solenoid (SFRH) ON / OFF ON: Operates -
SFLR ABS solenoid (SFLR) ON / OFF ON: Operates -

Item Normal Condition Diagnostic Note
(Display)
SFLH ABS solenoid (SFLH) ON / OFF ON: Operates -
ABS solenoid (SRRR (SRR)) ON
SRRR ON: Operates -
/ OFF
ABS solenoid (SRRH (SRH)) ON
SRRH ON: Operates -
/ OFF
SRLR ABS solenoid (SRLR) ON / OFF ON: Operates -
SRLH ABS solenoid (SRLH) ON / OFF ON: Operates -
NORMAL: Normal mode
TEST MODE Test mode / NORMAL or TEST -
TEST: During test mode
Number of DTCs recorded / min.:
#CODES Min.: 0, max.: 19 -
0, max.: 255
ON: ABS warning light ON
ABS WARN LAMP ABS warning light ON /OFF -
OFF: ABS warning light off
ON: Brake warning light ON
BRAKE WARN LAMP Brake warning light ON / OFF -
OFF: Brake warning light off
Front right wheel acceleration /
FR WHEEL ACCEL Min.: -200.84 m/s, Max.: 199.27 0 m/s -
BC m/s
Front left wheel acceleration /
FL WHEEL ACCEL Min.: -200.84 m/s, Max.: 199.27 0 m/s -
m/s
Rear right wheel acceleration /
RR WHEEL ACCEL Min.: -200.84 m/s, Max.: 199.27 0 m/s -
m/s
Rear left wheel acceleration /
RL WHEEL ACCEL Min.: -200.84 m/s, Max.: 199.27 0 m/s -
m/s
Front right ABS control status / ON: During ABS control
FR ABS STATUS -
ON or OFF OFF: Not ABS control
Front left ABS control status / ON ON: During ABS control
FL ABS STATUS -
or OFF OFF: Not ABS control
Rear right ABS control status / ON: During ABS control
RR ABS STATUS -
ON or OFF OFF: Not ABS control
Rear left ABS control status / ON ON: During ABS control
RL ABS STATUS -
or OFF OFF: Not ABS control
Front right EBD control status / ON: During EBD control
FR EBD STATUS -
ON or OFF OFF: Not EBD control
Front left EBD control status / ON ON: During EBD control
FL EBD STATUS -
or OFF OFF: Not EBD control
Rear right EBD control status / ON: During EBD control
RR EBD STATUS -
ON or OFF OFF: Not EBD control
Rear left EBD control status / ON ON: During EBD control
RL EBD STATUS -
or OFF OFF: Not EBD control
2. ACTIVE TEST
HINT:
Performing the ACTIVE TEST using the intelligent tester
allows the relay, actuator and other items to operate
without removing any parts. Performing the ACTIVE
TEST as a first step in troubleshooting is one of the
methods to save labor time.
It is possible to display the DATA LIST during the
ACTIVE TEST.
(c) According to the display on the tester, perform the

"ACTIVE TEST".
ACTIVE TEST:
Item Vehicle Condition / Test Details Diagnostic Note
Operating sound of solenoid (clicking sound) can
SFRR Turns ABS solenoid (SFRR) ON / OFF
be heard
SFRH Turns ABS solenoid (SFRH) ON / OFF
be heard
SFLR Turns ABS solenoid (SFLR) ON / OFF
be heard
SFLH Turns ABS solenoid (SFLH) ON / OFF
be heard
SRRR Turns ABS solenoid (SRRR) ON / OFF
be heard
SRRH Turns ABS solenoid (SRRH) ON / OFF
be heard
SRLR Turns ABS solenoid (SRLR) ON / OFF
be heard
SRLH Turns ABS solenoid (SRLH) ON / OFF
MOT RELAY Turns ABS motor relay ON / OFF

be heard
Operating sound of motor can be heard
BC
ABS WRN LIGHT Turns ABS warning light ON / OFF Observe combination meter
BRAKE WRN LIGHT Turns Brake warning light ON / OFF Observe combination meter
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART

NOTICE:
Turn the ignition switch off before removing parts.
HINT:
• If no abnormality is found when inspecting parts, inspect
the skid control ECU and ground points for poor contact.
• If a malfunction code is displayed during the DTC check,
check the circuit indicated by the DTC. For details of each
code, refer to the "See page" for respective "DTC No." in
the DTC chart.
• When 2 or more DTCs are detected, perform circuit
inspection one by one until the problem is identified.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM:
DTC No. Detection Item Trouble Area See page
C0200/31 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor 1. Front speed sensor RH BC-30
Signal Malfunction 2. Front speed sensor RH circuit
3. Front speed sensor rotor RH
4. Sensor installation
BC 5. Brake actuator assembly (skid

control ECU)
C0205/32 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor 1. Front speed sensor LH BC-30
Signal Malfunction 2. Front speed sensor LH circuit
3. Front speed sensor rotor LH
5. Brake actuator assembly (skid
control ECU)
C0210/33 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 1. Rear speed sensor RH BC-38
Signal Malfunction 2. Rear speed sensor RH circuit
3. Rear speed sensor rotor RH
control ECU)
C0215/34 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 1. Rear speed sensor LH BC-38
Signal Malfunction 2. Rear speed sensor LH circuit
3. Rear speed sensor rotor LH
control ECU)
C0226/21 SFR Solenoid Circuit 1. SFRR or SFRH circuit BC-47
2. Brake actuator assembly
C0236/22 SFL Solenoid Circuit 1. SFLR or SFLH circuit BC-47
C0246/23 SRR Solenoid Circuit 1. SRRR or SRRH circuit BC-47
C0256/24 SRL Solenoid Circuit 1. SRLR or SRLH circuit BC-47
C0273/13 Open or Short Circuit in ABS 1. Brake actuator assembly BC-49
Motor Relay Circuit (motor relay)
2. ABS No. 1 fuse (Fusible link)
3. Wire harness (+BM circuit)
C0278/11 Open or Short Circuit in ABS 1. Brake actuator assembly BC-53
Solenoid Relay Circuit (solenoid relay)
2. ABS No. 2 fuse (Fusible link)
3. Wire harness (+BS circuit)

C1237/37 Speed Sensor Rotor Faulty 1. Brake actuator assembly (skid BC-56
control ECU)
2. Speed sensor rotor (Front)
3. Rear axle hub and bearing
assembly
4. Speed sensor
5. Speed sensor circuit
6. Tire and wheel size
7. Tire deformation
C1241/41 Low Battery Positive Voltage or 1. Battery BC-63
Abnormally High Battery Positive 2. Charging system
Voltage 3. Power source circuit
4. Brake actuator assembly (Skid
control ECU)
C1249/49 Open in Stop Light Switch Circuit 1. Stop light switch BC-67
2. Stop light switch circuit
control ECU)
C1271/71 Low Output Signal of Front Speed 1. Front speed sensor RH BC-30
Sensor RH (Test Mode DTC) 2. Sensor installation
3. Skid control rotor
C1272/72 Low Output Signal of Front Speed 1. Front speed sensor LH BC-30 BC
Sensor LH (Test Mode DTC) 2. Sensor installation
C1273/73 Low Output Signal of Rear Speed 1. Rear speed sensor RH BC-38
C1274/74 Low Output Signal of Rear Speed 1. Rear speed sensor LH BC-38
C1275/75 Abnormal Change in Output 1. Front speed sensor RH BC-30
Signal of Front Speed Sensor RH 2. Front speed sensor circuit RH
(Test Mode DTC) 3. Sensor installation
C1276/76 Abnormal Change in Output 1. Front speed sensor LH BC-30
Signal of Front Speed Sensor LH 2. Front speed sensor circuit LH
(Test Mode DTC) 3. Sensor installation
C1277/77 Abnormal Change in Output 1. Rear speed sensor RH BC-38
Signal of Rear Speed Sensor RH 2. Sensor installation
(Test Mode DTC) 3. Sensor rotor
C1278/78 Abnormal Change in Output 1. Rear speed sensor LH BC-38
Signal of Rear Speed Sensor LH 2. Sensor installation
C1300/62 Skid Control ECU Malfunction Brake actuator assembly (skid BC-72
control ECU)
C1330/35 Right Front Speed Sensor Circuit 1. Front speed sensor RH BC-30
2. Front speed sensor RH circuit
C1331/36 Left Front Speed Sensor Circuit 1. Front speed sensor LH BC-30
2. Front speed sensor LH circuit
C1332/38 Right Rear Speed Sensor Circuit 1. Rear speed sensor RH BC-38
2. Rear speed sensor RH circuit
C1333/39 Left Rear Speed Sensor Circuit 1. Rear speed sensor LH BC-38
2. Rear speed sensor LH circuit
U0073/94 Control Module Communication 1. Wire harness (CANL, CANH BC-73
Bus OFF circuit)
control ECU)
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Mal-

DTC C0200/31
function
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Malfunc-

DTC C0205/32
tion
Low Output Signal of Front Speed Sensor RH

DTC C1271/71
(Test Mode DTC)
Low Output Signal of Front Speed Sensor LH

DTC C1272/72
(Test Mode DTC)
Abnormal Change in Output Signal of Front

DTC C1275/75
BC Speed Sensor RH (Test Mode DTC)

DTC C1276/76
Speed Sensor LH (Test Mode DTC)
DTC C1330/35 Right Front Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC C1331/36 Left Front Speed Sensor Circuit

DESCRIPTION
The speed sensors detect wheel speed and transmit the signals to the skid control ECU. These signals
are used for control of the ABS control system. Each of the front and rear rotors has 48 serrations.
When the rotors rotate, the magnetic field generated by the permanent magnet in the speed sensor
induces AC voltage. Since the frequency of this AC voltage changes in direct proportion to the speed of
the rotor, the frequency is used by the ECU to detect the speed of each wheel.
DTCs C1271/71 to C1276/76 can be deleted when the speed sensor sends a wheel speed signal or the
test mode ends. DTCs C1271/71 to C1276/76 are output only in the test mode.
Speed Sensor
Rotor N S Magnet
Coil
To ECU
Low speed
High speed
+V
-V
F000010E16
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble Area

When either of the following is detected:
• Front speed sensor RH and/or LH
• Vehicle speed is more than 25 mph (40 km/h), and
• Front speed sensor circuit RH and/or LH
C0200/31 pulses are not input for 0.03 sec.
• Front speed sensor rotor RH and/or LH
C0205/32 • When the vehicle speed has reached 8 mph (12
km/h) after the initial start or restart, a wheel speed
• Brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU)
of 0 mph (0 km/h) is detected.
C1330/35 Abnormality in the resistance value of each speed
C1331/36 sensor is detected.
• Front speed sensor
C1271/71
Detected only during test mode. • Sensor installation
C1272/72
• Sensor rotor
C1275/75
Detected only during test mode. • Front speed sensor circuit
C1276/76
HINT:
DTC No. C0200/31 and C1330/35 are for the front speed sensor RH.
DTC No. C0205/32 and C1331/36 are for the front speed sensor LH.
WIRING DIAGRAM BC
Brake Actuator Assembly (Skid Control ECU)
5
A25 FL+
1
A14
ABS Speed Sensor
Front LH 6
2
A25 FL-
10
A25 FR+
1
A35
ABS Speed Sensor
Front RH 9
2
A25 FR-
F040884E12
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
HINT:
Check the condition of each related circuit connector before troubleshooting (See page IN-40).
1 READ VALUE OF INTELLIGENT TESTER (FRONT SPEED SENSOR)

(b) Start the engine.
(c) Select "DATA LIST" and read the value displayed on the
intelligent tester (See page BC-25).
DATA LIST: ABS
Measurement Item /
Item Normal Condition
Range (Display)
Wheel speed sensor (FR) reading / min.: 0 MPH (0
FR WHEEL SPD Actual wheel speed
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)
Wheel speed sensor (FL) reading / min.: 0 MPH (0
FL WHEEL SPD Actual wheel speed
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)
(d) Check that there is no difference between the speed

value output from the speed sensor displayed on the
intelligent tester and the speed value displayed on the
speedometer when driving the vehicle.
OK:
The speed value output from the speed sensor
displayed on the intelligent tester is the same as
the actual vehicle speed.
NG Go to step 5
BC
OK
2 PERFORM TEST MODE INSPECTION (SIGNAL CHECK)
(a) Check if test mode (signal check) DTCs are detected

(See page BC-11).
Result
Condition Proceed to
Test mode (signal check) DTC is not output A
Test mode (signal check) DTC is output B
B Go to step 5
A
3 INSPECT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL WAVEFORM
(a) Lift up the vehicle.

Front Speed Sensor (Wire Harness Side) (b) Perform the inspection using an oscilloscope.
Connector Front View: (1) Disconnect the front speed sensor connector.
(2) Connect the oscilloscope to terminals 1 and 2 of the
A14 A35
front speed sensor.
(3) Check that a waveform is output when the tires are
rotated.
OK:
The same waveform is output from front
FL- FL+ FR- FR+
wheels and there is no noise or interference in
Normal Signal Waveform:
the waveform.
HINT:
• As vehicle speed (wheel rotation speed)
increases, the width of the waveform narrows
GND and the output voltage becomes greater.
• When noise is identified in the waveform on the BC
oscilloscope, the erratic signals are generated
due to rotor scratches, looseness or foreign
1 V/Division, 2 ms./Division matter attached to the speed sensor.
(c) Connect the connector.
C132005E01
NG Go to step 11
OK
4 RECONFIRM DTC
(a) Clear the DTCs (See page BC-21).

(b) Drive the vehicle at a speed of approximately 25 mph (40
km/h) or more for 60 seconds or more.
(c) Check if the same DTCs are recorded (See page BC-
21).
HINT:
Reinstall the sensors, connectors, etc. and restore the
vehicle to its prior condition before rechecking for DTCs.
Result
DTCs (C0200/31, C0205/32, C1330/35 and C1331/36) are output A
DTCs (C0200/31, C0205/32, C1330/35 and C1331/36) are output (When troubleshooting in
B
accordance with the PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE)
DTCs (C0200/31, C0205/32, C1330/35 and C1331/36) are not output (When
C
troubleshooting in accordance with the DTC CHART)
B PROCEED TO NEXT CIRCUIT INSPECTION

SHOWN IN PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE
(See page BC-16)
C END
5 INSPECT FRONT SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION
(a) Check the front speed sensor installation.

8.0 N*m (82 kgf*cm, 71 in.*lbf)
OK:
The installation bolt is tightened properly.
There is no clearance between the sensor and front
steering knuckle.
Torque: 8.0 N*m (82 kgf*cm, 71 in.*lbf)
NOTICE:
No clearance Check the speed sensor signal after replacement (See
OK NG page BC-11).
BR03795E21
NG REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR (See
page BC-438)
OK
BC
6 INSPECT FRONT SPEED SENSOR
(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part

and the connecting part of the connectors.
(b) Disconnect the front speed sensor connectors.
2 1 (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard resistance:
LH
Tester Connection Specified Condition
0.92 to 1.22 kΩ at 20
A14-1 (FL+) - A14-2 (FL-)
C093876E01 °C (68°F)
A14-1 (FL+) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
A14-2 (FL-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
RH
0.92 to 1.22 kΩ at 20
A35-1 (FR+) - A35-2 (FR-)
°C(68°F)
A35-1 (FR+) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
A35-2 (FR-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
NOTICE:
Check the speed sensor signal after replacement
(See page BC-11).
page BC-438)
OK
7 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (FRONT SPEED SENSOR TO SKID CONTROL ECU)
(a) Disconnect the skid control ECU connector.

Skid Control ECU (Wire Harness Side) (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
Connector Front View: table below.
FL+ FL- FR- FR+ A25 LH
A25-5 (FL+) - A14-1 (FL+) Below 1 Ω
A25-6 (FL-) - A14-2 (FL-) Below 1 Ω
Front Speed Sensor (Wire Harness Side) A14-2 (FL-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
Connector Front View:
RH
A14 A35 A25-10 (FR+) - A35-1 (FR+) Below 1 Ω
A25-9 (FR-) - A35-2 (FR-) Below 1 Ω BC
FL- FL+ FR- FR+
(c) Connect the connectors.
C132908E02 NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR
CONNECTOR (FRONT SPEED SENSOR TO
SKID CONTROL ECU)
OK

Front Speed Sensor (Wire Harness Side) (b) Perform the inspection using an oscilloscope.
Connector Front View: (1) Disconnect the front speed sensor connector.
A14 A35 front speed sensor.
rotated.
OK:
The same waveforms is output from front
FL- FL+ FR- FR+
the waveform.
HINT:
GND and the output voltage becomes greater.
• When noise is identified in the waveform on the
1 V/Division, 2 ms./Division matter attached to the speed sensor.
(4) Connect the connector.
C132005E01
NG Go to step 11
OK

DATA LIST: ABS
Measurement Item /
Range (Display)
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)

BC intelligent tester and the speed value displayed on the
OK:
HINT:
If troubleshooting has been carried out according to the
"PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE", refer back to the table
and proceed to the next step before replacing the part
(See page BC-16).
NG REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
(See page BC-432)
OK
10 RECONFIRM DTC

21).
HINT:
Result
DTCs (C0200/31, C0205/32, C1330/35 and C1331/36) are not output B
B END
11 INSPECT SPEED SENSOR TIP
(a) Remove the front speed sensor (See page BC-438).

(b) Check the sensor tip.
OK:
No scratches or foreign matter on the sensor tip.
NOTICE:
Check the speed sensor signal after cleaning or
replacement (See page BC-11).
(c) Install the speed sensor.
NG CLEAN OR REPLACE SPEED SENSOR
OK
CLEAN OR REPLACE SPEED SENSOR ROTOR BC

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Mal-

DTC C0210/33
function
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Malfunc-

DTC C0215/34
tion
Low Output Signal of Rear Speed Sensor RH

DTC C1273/73
(Test Mode DTC)
Low Output Signal of Rear Speed Sensor LH

DTC C1274/74
(Test Mode DTC)
Abnormal Change in Output Signal of Rear

DTC C1277/77

DTC C1278/78
DTC C1332/38 Right Rear Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC C1333/39 Left Rear Speed Sensor Circuit

DESCRIPTION
Refer to DTCs C0200/31, C0205/32, C1330/35, and C1331/36 (See page BC-30).
DTCs from C1273/73 to C1278/78 can be deleted when the speed sensor sends a vehicle speed signal or
the test mode ends. DTCs from C1273/73 to C1278/78 are output only in the test mode.
• Rear speed sensor RH and/or LH
• Rear speed sensor circuit RH and/or LH
• Rear speed sensor rotor RH and/or LH
km/h), after the initial start or restart a wheel speed
• Rear speed sensor
C1273/73
C1274/74
• Sensor rotor
C1277/77
C1278/78
• Sensor rotor
HINT:
DTC No. C0210/33 and C1332/38 are for the rear speed sensor RH.
DTC No. C0215/34 and C1333/39 are for the rear speed sensor LH.
WIRING DIAGRAM
17
A25 RL-
2 g1
Speed Sensor Rear LH
7
1
A25 RL+
8
A25 RR-
2 f1
Speed Sensor Rear RH
19
1
A25 RR+ BC
F040884E16
HINT:
1 READ VALUE OF INTELLIGENT TESTER (REAR SPEED SENSOR)

DATA LIST: ABS
Measurement Item /
Range (Display)
Wheel speed sensor (RR) reading / min.: 0 MPH (0
RR WHEEL SPD Actual wheel speed
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)
Wheel speed sensor (RL) reading / min.: 0 MPH (0
RL WHEEL SPD Actual wheel speed
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)

OK:
NG Go to step 5
OK

(See page BC-11).
Result
B Go to step 5

BC Skid Control ECU (Harness Side (b) Perform the inspection using an oscilloscope.
Connector Front View): (1) Disconnect the skid control ECU connector.
(2) Connect the oscilloscope to terminals of the skid
control ECU.
rotated.
RL- RL+ RR- RR+ OK:
The same waveform is output from rear wheels
and there is no noise or interference in the
waveform.
HINT:
and the output voltage becomes greater.
matter attached to the speed sensor.
GND (4) Connect the connector.
NG CLEAN OR REPLACE SPEED SENSOR AND
SENSOR ROTOR
1 V/Division, 2 ms./Division
C132907E02
OK
4 RECONFIRM DTC

21).
HINT:
Result
DTCs (C0210/33, C0215/34, C1332/38 and C1333/39) are output (When troubleshooting in
B
accordance with the PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE)
C

(See page BC-16)
C END
A
BC
5 INSPECT SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION
(a) Check the rear speed sensor installation.

OK:
There is no clearance between the sensor and rear
axle carrier.
NOTICE:
No Clearance (See page BC-11).
OK NG NG REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR (See page

F010178E07
BC-443)
OK
6 INSPECT REAR SPEED SENSOR
(a) Disconnect the rear speed sensor connector.

Rear Speed Sensor: (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
LH
g1-1 (RL+) - g1-2 (RL-) Below 2.2 kΩ
g1-1 (RL+) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
g1-2 (RL-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
2
RH
1 Tester Connection Specified Condition
f1-1 (RR+) - f1-2 (RR-) Below 2.2 kΩ
f1-1 (RR+) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
BC C113377E03 f1-2 (RR-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
NOTICE:
Check the speed sensor signal after replacement (See
page BC-11).
NG REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR (See page
BC-443)
OK
7 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL SENSOR WIRE TO SKID

CONTROL ECU)
(a) Check harness and connector.

Skid Control ECU (Wire Harness Side) (1) Disconnect the skid control ECU connector.
Connector Front View: (2) Disconnect the skid control sensor wire.
(3) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
the table below.
LH
RL- RL+ RR- RR+ A25 Tester Connection Specified Condition
A25-7 (RL+) - g1-1 (RL+) Below 1 Ω
A25-17 (RL-) - g1-2 (RL-) Below 1 Ω
g1-1 (RL+) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
g1-2 (RL-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
Front Speed Sensor (Wire Harness Side) RH

BC
A25-19 (RR+) - f1-1 (RR+) Below 1 Ω
A25-8 (RR-) - f1-2 (RR-) Below 1 Ω
g1 f1 f1-1 (RR+) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher

f1-2 (RR-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
LH RH
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU TO
RL- RL+ RR- RR+
SKID CONTROL SENSOR WIRE)
C132909E03
OK
8 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL SENSOR WIRE TO REAR SPEED
SENSOR)
(a) Check harness and connector (skid control sensor wire).

Skid Control Sensor Wire: (1) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
the table below.
Vehicle Side Connector Standard resistance:
LH
g1-1 - A-1 Below 1 Ω
g1-1 - A-2 10 kΩ or higher
g1-1 - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
g1 LH g1-2 - A-2 Below 1 Ω
f1 RH g1-2 - A-1 10 kΩ or higher
A g1-2 - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
Sensor Side Connector RH

C113396E04 Tester Connection Specified Condition
f1-1 - A-1 Below 1 Ω

f1-1 - A-2 10 kΩ or higher
f1-1 - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE SKID CONTROL

SENSOR WIRE
OK

Skid Control ECU (Harness Side (b) Perform the inspection using the oscilloscope.
BC (2) Connect the oscilloscope to terminals of the skid
control ECU.
rotated.
RL- RL+ RR- RR+ OK:
The same waveforms is output from rear
the waveform.
HINT:
GND (4) Connect the connectors.
SENSOR ROTOR
C132907E02
OK

DATA LIST: ABS
Measurement Item /
Range (Display)
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)

OK:
HINT:
• It is suspected that the DTCs were output due to a
bad connection of the connector terminal.
BC
• If troubleshooting has been carried out according to
the "PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE", refer back to
the table and proceed to the next step (See page BC-
16).
(See page BC-432)
OK
11 RECONFIRM DTC

21).
HINT:
Result
DTCs (C0210/33, C0215/34, C1332/38 and C1333/39) are not output B
B END
12 INSPECT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR
(a) Turn the ignition switch off.

(b) Remove the rear axle (See page AH-15).
(c) Check the rotor.

OK:
No scratches, cracks, oil, or foreign matter on the
rotors.
NOTICE:
(d) Install the rear axle (See page AH-16).
ROTOR
OK
REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (See page BC-432)
BC
DTC C0226/21 SFR Solenoid Circuit
DTC C0236/22 SFL Solenoid Circuit
DTC C0246/23 SRR Solenoid Circuit
DTC C0256/24 SRL Solenoid Circuit

DESCRIPTION
These solenoids turn on when signals are received from the ECU and they control the pressure acting on
the wheel cylinders thus controlling braking force.
C0226/21
C0236/22 • Each solenoid circuit
Solenoid valve signal does not match the check result.
C0246/23 • Brake actuator assembly
C0256/24
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

(Skid Control ECU)
ALT ABS No. 2 3

A25 +BS
4
A25 GND1
FL MAIN
1
A25 GND2
Battery
C131988E01
1 RECONFIRM DTC
HINT:
These codes are detected when a problem is identified in the
brake actuator assembly.
The solenoid circuit is in the brake actuator assembly.
Therefore, solenoid circuit inspection and solenoid unit
inspection cannot be performed. Be sure to check if the DTC
is output before replacing the brake actuator assembly.
(a) Clear the DTC (See page BC-21).
(c) Drive the vehicle at a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h) or more
for 30 seconds or more.
(d) Check if the same DTC is recorded (See page BC-21).
Result
BC Condition Proceed to
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
HINT:
• If the normal system code is output (the trouble code
is not output), slightly jiggle the connectors, wire
harness, and fuses of the brake actuator assembly.
Make sure that no DTCs are output.
• If any DTCs are output while jiggling a connector or
wire harness of the brake actuator (skid control ECU),
inspect and repair the connector or wire harness.
B REPAIR BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
(See page BC-432)
END
Open or Short Circuit in ABS Motor Relay Cir-

DTC C0273/13
cuit
DESCRIPTION
The ABS motor relay supplies power to the ABS pump motor. While the ABS is activated, the ECU turns
the motor relay on and operates the ABS pump motor.
If the voltage supplied to the motor relay (+BM) is below the DTCs detection threshold due to low voltage
from the battery or alternator, the DTC may be stored.
When any of the following is detected:
• When the motor relay is actuated, voltage is not
supplied to the pump motor within 0.1 second.
• When the motor relay is changed from ON to OFF,
• ABS No. 1 fuse (Fusible link)
the remaining high voltage is more than 2 V for 1
C0273/13 • Wire harness (+BM circuit)
second.
• Brake actuator assembly (motor relay)
• For 30 to 125 msec. after the motor relay is turned
from ON to OFF, the remaining high voltage is out
of range. The voltage is still out of range when the
motor relay is turned from ON to OFF 3 times.
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

(Skid Control ECU)
ALT ABS No. 1 2

A25 +BM
4
A25 GND1
FL MAIN
1
A25 GND2
Battery
C131988E02
HINT:
• When C1241/41 is output together with C0273/13, inspect and repair the trouble areas indicated by
C1241/41 (See page BC-63).
• Check the condition of each related circuit connector before troubleshooting (See page IN-40).
1 INSPECT FUSIBLE LINK (ABS NO. 1 FUSE)
(a) Remove the fusible link from the engine room R/B.
Engine Room R/B Fusible Link (b) Check if the fusible link is melted.
OK:
The fusible link is not melted.
(c) Install the fusible link to the engine room R/B with the
nut.
NG REPLACE FUSIBLE LINK
ABS No. 1
BC C136500E01
OK
2 PERFORM ACTIVE TEST BY INTELLIGENT TESTER (ABS MOTOR RELAY)

(c) Select "ACTIVE TEST" on the intelligent tester (See
page BC-25).
ACTIVE TEST: ABS
Measurement Item /
Range (Display)
ABS MTR RELAY Turns ABS motor relay ON / OFF Operating sound of motor is heard
(d) Check the operating sound of the ABS motor relay when
operating it with the intelligent tester.
OK:
The operating sound of the ABS motor relay
should be heard.
Result
Result Proceed to
The operating sound is not heard A
The operating sound is heard B
B Go to step 5
A
3 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU CONNECTOR (+BM TERMINAL VOLTAGE)

Skid Control ECU (Harness Side (b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
Connector Front View):
table below.
A25
Standard voltage
+BM
Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
A25-2 (+BM) -
Always 10 to 14 V
Body ground

C131970E02
CONNECTOR (+BM CIRCUIT)
OK
4 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU CONNECTOR (GND TERMINAL CONTINUITY)

BC
(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
Skid Control ECU (Harness Side table below.
Standard resistance
GND2 GND1 Tester Connection Specified Condition
A25-4 (GND1) - Body ground Below 1 Ω
(b) Connect the connector.
C131970E03
CONNECTOR (GND CIRCUIT)
OK
5 RECONFIRM DTC
HINT:
This code is detected when a problem is identified in the
The ABS motor relay is in the brake actuator assembly.
Therefore, ABS motor relay inspection and motor relay unit
HINT:
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
HINT:
B REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
(See page BC-432)
BC CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (SYMPTOM SIMULATION) (See page BC-19)

Open or Short Circuit in ABS Solenoid Relay

DTC C0278/11
Circuit
DESCRIPTION
This relay supplies power to each ABS solenoid. If the ABS initial check is OK after the ignition switch is
turned on (IG), the skid control ECU will turn the ABS solenoid relay on.
• 3 or more solenoid valves are found faulty and
simultaneously valve supply voltage is detected to • Wire harness (+BS circuit)
C0278/11 be abnormal. • ABS No. 2 fuse (Fusible link)
• Solenoid valve relay is not switched off. • Brake actuator assembly (Solenoid relay)
• Valve relay is stuck open even through the valve
relay supply voltage is high.
WIRING DIAGRAM

BC
(Skid Control ECU)
ALT ABS No. 2 3

A25 +BS
4
A25 GND1
FL MAIN
1
A25 GND2
Battery
C131988E01
HINT:
C1241/41 (See page BC-63).
• Check the condition of each related circuit before troubleshooting (See page IN-40).
Engine Room R/B (b) Check if the fusible link is melted.
OK:
nut.
ABS Torque: 5.4 N*m (55 kgf*cm, 48 in.*lbf)
No. 2
BC C136500E02
OK
2 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU CONNECTOR (+BS CIRCUIT)

table below.
A25
Standard voltage
+BS
A25-3 (+BS) -
Always 10 to 14 V
Body ground

C131970E10
CONNECTOR (+BS CIRCUIT)
OK

Standard resistance
GND2 GND1 A25 Tester Connection Specified Condition
C131970E05
OK
4 RECONFIRM DTC
HINT:
The solenoid circuit is in the brake actuator assembly.
HINT:
Result BC
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
HINT:
harnesses, and fuses of the brake actuator assembly.
(See page BC-432)
CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (SYMPTOM SIMULATION) (See page BC-19)

DTC C1237/37 Speed Sensor Rotor Faulty

DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU measures the speed of each wheel by receiving signals from the speed sensor.
These signals are used for recognizing that all 4 wheels are operating properly.
Therefore, all wheel signals must be equal.
• Speed sensor rotor (Front)
• Rear axle hub and bearing assembly
• Wheel speed difference between the wheels.
C1237/37 • Speed sensor
• Wheel sensor signal failure.
• Speed sensor circuit
• ABS control continues for 60 sec. or more.
• Tire and wheel size
• Tire deformation
WIRING DIAGRAM
BC Brake Actuator Assembly (Skid Control ECU)
5
A25 FL+
1
A14
ABS Speed Sensor
Front LH 6
2
A25 FL-
10
A25 FR+
1
A35
ABS Speed Sensor
Front RH 9
2
A25 FR-
F040884E12
17
A25 RL-
2 g1
Speed Sensor Rear LH
7
1
A25 RL+
8
A25 RR-
2 f1
Speed Sensor Rear RH
19
1
A25 RR+
BC
F040884E16
HINT:
1 CHECK TIRES
(a) Check the size and condition of all 4 tires (See page TW-
3).
HINT:
This DTC is output when tire deformation or a difference
in tire size is detected.
OK:
The diameters of all 4 tires and air pressure are the
same.
NG REPLACE TIRES SO THAT ALL 4 TIRES ARE
THE SAME SIZE
OK
2 INSPECT SPEED SENSOR AND SENSOR ROTOR SERRATIONS

Skid Control ECU (Harness Side (b) Connect the oscilloscope to each speed sensor terminal
of the skid control ECU connector.
FL+ FL- RL+ RR- FR-
Terminals
Connector Circuit
A25-5 (FL+) - A25-6 (FL-) Front left speed sensor
A25-10 (FR+) - A25-9 (FR-) Front right speed sensor
A25-7 (RL+) - A25-17 (RL-) Rear left speed sensor
RL- RR+ FR+ C131970E06
A25-19 (RR+) - A25-8 (RR-) Rear right speed sensor
(c) Check that a waveform is output when the tires are

Normal Signal Waveform: rotated (by the sensor circuit).
OK:
A waveform as shown in the figure should be
BC output.
HINT:
• Each sensor circuit outputs the same waveform
without noise.
GND • As vehicle speed (wheel rotation speed) increases,
the width of the waveform narrows and the output
voltage becomes greater.
oscilloscope, the erratic signals are generated due to
1 V / Division, 2 ms. / Division rotor scratches, looseness or foreign matter attached
to the speed sensor.
C140980E01
(d) Make sure that the waveform does not change while
jiggling a connector or a wire harness.
OK:
The waveform does not change.
HINT:
If the waveform changes while jiggling a connector or a
wire harness, there may be a malfunction in the
connector or the wire harness.
(e) Connect the connector.
NG Go to step 4
OK
3 RECONFIRM DTC

HINT:
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B

(See page BC-432)
4 CHECK SPEED SENSOR ROTOR
(a) Check the speed sensor rotor.

Front Speed Sensor Rotor: (See page DS-25)
Rear Speed Sensor Rotor: (See page AH-15) BC
OK:
No scratches or foreign matter on the rotors.
NOTICE:
Check the speed sensor signal after the cleaning/
ROTOR
OK
5 CHECK SPEED SENSOR TIP
(a) Remove each speed sensor.

(b) Check the speed sensor tip.
OK:
NOTICE:
(c) Install speed sensor.
OK
6 INSPECT EACH SPEED SENSOR
(a) Disconnect each speed sensor connector.

Front Speed Sensor: (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
FRONT
1
2 A14-1 (FL+) - A14-2 (FL- 1.4 to 1.8 kΩ at 20°C
Always
) (68°F)
A14-1 (FL+) - Body
Always 10 kΩ or higher
ground
A14-2 (FL-) - Body
ground
A35-1 (FR+) - A35-2 1.4 to 1.8 kΩ at 20°C
Always
(FR-) (68°F)
Rear Speed Sensor: A35-1 (FR+) - Body
BC ground
A35-2 (FR-) - Body

ground
REAR
1 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
g1-1 (RL+) - g1-2 (RL-) Always Below 2.2 kΩ
2 g1-1 (RL+) - Body
ground
g1-2 (RL-) - Body
ground
f1-1 (RR+) - f1-2 (RR-) Always Below 2.2 kΩ
C136027E01
f1-1 (RR+) - Body
ground
f1-2 (RR-) - Body
ground

NOTICE:
(See page BC-11).
NG REPLACE EACH SPEED SENSOR
OK
7 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU TO EACH SPEED SENSOR)

Skid Control ECU Harness Side (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
FL+ FL- RL+ RR- FR- FRONT
A25
A25-5 (FL+) - A14-1
Always Below 1 Ω
(FL+)
A25-6 (FL-) - A14-2 (FL-) Always Below 1 Ω
A25-10 (FR+) - A35-1
RL- RR+ FR+ Always Below 1 Ω
(FR+)
Front Speed Sensor Harness Side A25-9 (FR-) - A35-2 (FR-
Always Below 1 Ω
Connector Front View: )
A25-5 (FL+) - Body
ground
A35 A14
A25-6 (FL-) - Body
BC
ground
A25-10 (FR+) - Body
ground
A25-9 (FR-) - Body
ground
FR- FR+ FL- FL+
REAR
Rear Speed Sensor Harness Side
A25-7 (RL+) - g1-1
Always Below 1 Ω
(RL+)
A25-17 (RL-) - g1-2 (RL-
Always Below 1 Ω
)
f1 g1
A25-19 (RR+) - f1-1
Always Below 1 Ω
(RR+)
A25-8 (RR-) - f1-2 (RR-) Always Below 1 Ω
A25-7 (RL+) - Body
RR- RR+ RL- RL+ ground
C136491E02
A25-17 (RL-) - Body
ground
A25-19 (RR+) - Body
ground
A25-8 (RR-) - Body
ground

EACH SPEED SENSOR)
OK
8 RECONFIRM DTC

(c) Drive the vehicle at the speed of 20 mph (32 km/h) or

more for at least 60 seconds.
HINT:
Result
DTC (C1237/37) is not output A
DTC (C1237/37) is output B

(See page BC-432)

BC
Low Battery Positive Voltage or Abnormally

DTC C1241/41
High Battery Positive Voltage
DESCRIPTION
If a malfunction is detected in the power supply circuit of the brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU),
the skid control ECU (housed in the actuator assembly) stores this DTC and the fail-safe function prohibits
ABS operation (See page BC-24).
This DTC is output when the IG1 terminal voltage deviates from the normal condition due to a malfunction
in the power supply or charging circuit such as the battery or alternator circuit, etc.
This DTC is cancelled when the IG1 terminal voltage returns to normal (only when the voltage returns to
normal from a voltage lower than the specified value).
With vehicle speed more than 4 mph (6 km/h), when
any of the following is detected: • Battery
• Battery voltage is 16.9 V or more. • Charging system
C1241/41
• Battery voltage is 9.4 V or less when ABS does not • Power source circuit
operate. • Brake actuator assembly (Skid control ECU)
• Battery voltage is 9.2 V or less when ABS operates.
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

(Skid Control ECU)
IG1
ECU IG No. 2 18
A25 IG1
5 3
2 1
E23
BC Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
Main Body ECU (*1)

ALT
6
E7 AM1 3
1 IG1D E7
(*1) AM2
E6 AM2
4
FL MAIN A25 GND1
1
A25 GND2
Battery
*1: with Smart Key System

*2: without Smart Key System
C136502E01
HINT:
1 INSPECT FUSE (ECU-IG NO. 2 FUSE)
(a) Remove the ECU-IG No. 2 fuse from the instrument

Instrument Panel J/B: panel J/B.
(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard resistance
ECU-IG No. 2 fuse Below 1 Ω (Continuity)
(c) Install the fuse.

ECU-IG No. 2 Fuse C136048E01
NG REPLACE FUSE
OK
2 INSPECT BATTERY
BC
(a) Check the battery voltage.
Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
NG INSPECT CHARGING SYSTEM
OK
3 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU CONNECTOR (IG1 TERMINAL VOLTAGE)

Skid Control ECU (Harness Side (b) Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
A25
table below.
Standard voltage
A25-18 (IG1) -
Ignition switch on (IG) 10 to 14 V
Body ground
IG1 C131970E07
CONNECTOR (IG1 CIRCUIT)
OK

Standard resistance
C131970E05
OK
BC 5 RECONFIRM DTC

(c) Check if the same DTC is recorded (See page BC-21).
HINT:
Result
DTC (C1241/41) is output A
DTC (C1241/41) is output (When troubleshooting in accordance with the PROBLEM
B
SYMPTOMS TABLE)
DTC (C1241/41) is not output (When troubleshooting in accordance with the DTC CHART) C

(See page BC-16)
C END

DTC C1249/49 Open in Stop Light Switch Circuit

DESCRIPTION
This circuit recognizes brake operation by sending a stop light signal to the skid control ECU.
The skid control ECU has an open detection circuit, which outputs this DTC when detecting an open in the
stop light signal input line (STP terminal) or the ground line of the stop light circuit with the stop light switch
off (brake pedal not depressed).
Stop light switch circuit is open, and stop light switch • Stop light switch
C1249/49 voltage is 40% or more and less than 67% of the • Stop light switch circuit
battery voltage. • Brake actuator assembly (Skid Control ECU)
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

A19 (Skid Control ECU)
Stop Light SW
STOP 20
A25 STP
2 1
N16
Center Stop Light
1 2
BC S12
Rear Combination Light (RH)
Tail
Stop 2
ALT Mutiplex
Communication
System (CAN)
FL MAIN Tail
2 N15
Noise Filter
(Dome and Stop)
Stop 3
S11
Battery
Rear Combination Light (LH)
C131990E01
HINT:
1 CHECK STOP LIGHT SWITCH OPERATION (STOP LIGHT SWITCH CIRCUIT)
(a) Check that the stop lights come on when the brake pedal
is depressed and goes off when the brake pedal is
released.
OK
Pedal Condition Illumination Condition
Brake pedal depressed ON
Brake pedal released OFF
NG Go to step 5
OK
2 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU CONNECTOR (STP TERMINAL)
(a) Disconnect the skid control ECU connector. BC

table below.
A25
Standard voltage
STP
Tester Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition
A25-20 (STP) - Body
Brake pedal depressed 8 to 14 V
ground
A25-20 (STP) - Body
Brake pedal released Below 4.0 V
ground
C131970E08
NG Go to step 7
OK

Standard resistance
C131970E05
OK
4 RECONFIRM DTC

(c) Depress the brake pedal several times to test the stop
light circuit.
HINT:
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output (When troubleshooting in accordance with the DTC CHART) B
DTC is output (When troubleshooting in accordance with the PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE) C

(See page BC-432)
C PROCEED TO NEXT CIRCUIT INSPECTION

(See page BC-16)
BC
A
5 INSPECT STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL VOLTAGE)
(a) Disconnect the stop light switch connector.

Stop Light Switch (Wire Harness Side)
Connector Front View: (b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard voltage
A19-2 - Body ground Always 10 to 14 V
A19
I042363E17
CONNECTOR (POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT)
OK
6 INSPECT STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

table below.
Standard resistance
Stop Light Switch Assembly Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
Switch pin free 1-2 Below 1 Ω
Switch pin pushed in 1-2 10 kΩ or higher
NG REPLACE STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

(See page BR-71)
Free Pushed In
C113379E01
BC
OK
7 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (STOP LIGHT SWITCH TO SKID CONTROL ECU)
(a) Disconnect the stop light switch connector and skid

Skid Control ECU (Wire Harness Side) control ECU connector.
table below.
STP A25 Standard resistance
A25-20 (STP) - A19-1 (STP) Below 1 Ω
Stop Light Switch (Wire Harness Side) NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

Connector Front View: CONNECTOR (STOP LIGHT SWITCH TO
SKID CONTROL ECU)
A19
STP
C132984E02
OK
REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT)

DTC C1300/62 Skid Control ECU Malfunction

DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU outputs this DTC, if malfunctions are found in the circuit inside the computer by self
diagnosis.
C1300/62 Internal failure of the skid control ECU control unit Brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU)
1 REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
(a) Replace the brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU)

(See page BC-432).
HINT:
This DTC is output when the skid control ECU detects a
BC malfunction in the internal circuit.
(b) Clear the DTC (See page BC-21).
NEXT
END
DTC U0073/94 Control Module Communication Bus OFF

DESCRIPTION
• The skid control ECU receives the signal sent from the ECM via the CAN communication system.
• When DTCs indicating a CAN communication system malfunction are output, repair the CAN
communication system before repairing each corresponding sensor.
1. The skid control ECU cannot send a signal (30
• Wire harness (CANL, CANH circuit)
U0073/94 cycles).
• Brake actuator assembly (Skid control ECU)
2. The condition that bus OFF state occurs for 300
msec.
Proceed to CAN communication system troubleshooting (See page CA-8).
HINT:
When DTCs indicating a CAN communication system malfunction are output, repair the CAN
communication system before repairing each corresponding sensor. BC
ABS Warning Light Remains ON

DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU sends the indicator signals to the combination meter assembly via the CAN
If any of the following is detected, the ABS warning light remains on.
• The skid control ECU connectors are disconnected from the skid control ECU.
• There is a malfunction in the skid control ECU internal circuit.
• There is an open in the wire harness between the combination meter and the skid control ECU.
• The ABS and/or EBD is defective.
HINT:
The intelligent tester may not be used when the skid control ECU is abnormal.
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM
F1
Combination Meter Brake Actuator Assembly (Skid Control ECU)
26
A25 CANH
CANH 17
ABS 15
DRIVER MICRO
IG+ A25 CANL
IC COMPUTER CANL 18
IG1
ECU IG No. 2 18 BC
A25 IG1
5 3
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
Main Body ECU

(*1)
ALT 6
E7 AM1 3
AM2 1 IG1D E7
(*1)
E6 AM2
4
A25 GND1
FL MAIN
1
*1: with Smart Key System A25 GND2
Battery
C136510E01
HINT:
Check the condition of each related circuit before troubleshooting (See page IN-40).
1 INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
(a) Check if a CAN communication system DTC is output

(See page BC-21).
Result
CAN communication system DTC is not output A
CAN communication system DTC is output B
B INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(See page CA-8)
2 CHECK SKID CONTROL ECU CONNECTOR SECURELY CONNECTED

BC (a) Check if the skid control ECU connector is connected.
OK:
The connector is securely connected.
NG CONNECT CONNECTOR TO ECU
CORRECTLY
OK
3 CHECK BATTERY

Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
OK

A25
table below.
Standard voltage
A25-18 (IG1) - Body
ground
IG1 C131970E07
OK

Standard resistance
C131970E05
OK
6 INSPECT COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY

BC
(b) Select the "ACTIVE TEST" on the tester (See page BC-
25).
ACTIVE TEST: ABS
ABS WRN LIGHT Turn ABS warning light ON / OFF Observe combination meter
(c) Check the ABS warning light operation.

OK:
The ABS warning light turns on or off in
accordance with the intelligent tester.
Result
OK A
OK (When troubleshooting in accordance with the PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE) B
NG C

(See page BC-16)
C REPLACE COMBINATION METER

ASSEMBLY (See page ME-63)

ABS Warning Light does not Come ON

WIRING DIAGRAM
F1
Combination Meter Brake Actuator Assembly (Skid Control ECU)
26
A25 CANH
CANH 17
ABS 15
DRIVER MICRO
IG+ A25 CANL
IC COMPUTER CANL 18
BC
IG1
ECU IG No. 2 18
A25 IG1
5 3
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
Main Body ECU

(*1)
ALT 6
E7 AM1 3
AM2 1 IG1D E7
(*1)
E6 AM2
4
A25 GND1
FL MAIN
1
Battery
C136510E01
HINT:

(See page BC-21).
Result
B REPAIR CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

(See page CA-8)
A
BC
2 INSPECT ABS WARNING LIGHT
HINT:
When disconnecting the skid control ECU connector, the ABS
warning light comes on.
(b) Disconnect the skid control ECU connector.
(c) Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(d) Check that the ABS warning light comes on.
OK:
The ABS warning light comes on.
(e) Connect the connector.
NG Go to step 3
OK

25).
ACTIVE TEST: METER
ABS WRN LIGHT Turn ABS warning light ON / OFF Observe combination meter

OK:
NG REPLACE COMBINATION METER

OK
BC
Brake Warning Light Remains ON

DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU sends the indicator signals to the combination meter assembly via the CAN
If any of the following is detected, the brake warning light remains on:
• The skid control ECU connector is disconnected from the skid control ECU.
• The brake fluid level is insufficient.
• The parking brake is applied.
• EBD operation is not possible.
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

Main Body ECU (Skid Control ECU)
5
CANH E8
6
CANL E8
Combination Meter
17 26
F1 A25 CANH
CANH
BC 18 15
MICRO
COMPUTER F1 A25 CANL
CANL
BRAKE
DRIVER IC IG+
6
F2
B/LE
A16
Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
1 2
E33 (*1)
A18 (*2)
4
Parking Brake SW
A25 GND1
2 14
PKB IM IC 1
1
(*1) (*2) A25 GND2
(*1): M/T
(*2): A/T
C136504E01
IG1
ECU IG No. 2 18
A25 IG1
5 3
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
BC
Main Body ECU (*1)
ALT
6
E7 AM1 3
AM2 1 IG1D E7
(*1)
E6 AM2
FL MAIN

Battery
C136505E01
HINT:
1 CHECK DTC
(a) Check if an ABS DTC is output (See page BC-21).

Result
B REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT

DTCS (See page BC-27)

(See page BC-21).
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B

(See page CA-8)
BC A
3 CHECK IF SKID CONTROL ECU CONNECTOR SECURELY CONNECTED
(a) Check if the skid control ECU connector is connected

securely.
OK:
The connector should be securely connected.
CORRECTLY
OK
4 CHECK BATTERY

Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
OK

A25
table below.
Standard voltage
A25-18 (IG1) - Body
ground
IG1 C131970E07
OK
6 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU CONNECTOR (GND TERMINAL CONTINUITY) BC

Standard resistance

C131970E05
OK
7 INSPECT PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
(a) Remove the parking brake switch.

Parking Brake Switch: (b) Disconnect the parking brake switch connector.
Automatic Transaxle: (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Free
Standard resistance
Pushed in Automatic Transaxle
(A18-1) - Ground part Free Below 1 Ω
(A18-1) - Ground part Pushed in 10 kΩ or higher
Manual Transaxle
Manual Transaxle:
(E33-1) - Ground part Free Below 1 Ω
Free (E33-1) - Ground part Pushed in 10 kΩ or higher
BC Pushed in NG REPLACE PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
C109430E03
OK
8 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MAIN BODY ECU TO PARKING BRAKE SWITCH)
(a) Disconnect the main body ECU connector.

Main Body ECU (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
Wire Harness View: table below.
Automatic Transaxle
IC : Automatic Transaxle Tester Connection Specified Condition
IC-14 - A18-1 (PKB) Below 1 Ω
A18-1 (PKB) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
Manual Transaxle
IM-2 (PKB) - E33-1 (PKB) Below 1 Ω
E33-1 (PKB) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
IM : Manual Transaxle
BC
CONNECTOR (MAIN BODY ECU TO
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH)
Parking Brake Switch Harness Side

A18 : Automatic
Transaxle
E33 : Manual
Transaxle
C136418E03
OK
9 INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH ASSEMBLY
(a) Remove the reservoir tank cap.

Brake Fluid Level A16 (b) Disconnect the brake fluid level warning switch
Warning Switch connector.
(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
HINT:
MAX Level A float is located inside the reservoir.
Its position can be changed by increasing or decreasing
the level of brake fluid.
Standard resistance
MIN Level
10 kΩ or higher
(A16-1) - (A16-2) Float UP
(No Continuity)
Below 1 Ω
(A16-1) - (A16-2) Float DOWN
(Continuity)
BC C139740E01
HINT:
If there is no problem after finishing the above check,
adjust the brake fluid level to the MAX level.
NG REPLACE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
RESERVOIR SUB-ASSEMBLY (BRAKE
FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH)
OK
10 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH TO

COMBINATION METER)
(a) Disconnect the combination meter assembly connector.

Combination Meter Wire (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
Harness View: table below.
Standard resistance
A16-1 - F2-6 (B/LE) Below 1 Ω
F2-6 (B/LE) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
A16-2 - Body ground Below 1 Ω

CONNECTOR (BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
WARNING SWITCH TO COMBINATION
METER) BC
F2-6 (B/LE)
Brake Fluid Level Warning Switch
Harness Side Connector Front View:
A16
C136033E01
OK

25).
ACTIVE TEST: ABS
BRAKE WARN LIGHT Turn brake warning light ON / OFF Observe combination meter

OK:
The BRAKE warning light turns on or off in
Result
OK A
OK (When troubleshooting in accordance with the PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE) B
NG C

(See page BC-16)
C REPLACE COMBINATION METER

BC
Brake Warning Light does not Come ON

WIRING DIAGRAM

5
CANH E8
6
CANL E8
Combination Meter
17 26 BC
F1 A25 CANH
CANH
18 15
MICRO
COMPUTER F1 A25 CANL
CANL
BRAKE
DRIVER IC IG+
6
F2
B/LE
A16
1 2
E33 (*1)
A18 (*2)
4
Parking Brake SW
A25 GND1
2 14
PKB IM IC 1
1
(*1) (*2) A25 GND2
(*1): M/T
(*2): A/T
C136504E01
IG1
ECU IG No. 2 18
A25 IG1
5 3
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
BC
Main Body ECU (*1)
ALT
6
E7 AM1 3
AM2 1 IG1D E7
(*1)
E6 AM2
FL MAIN

Battery
C136505E01
HINT:

(See page BC-21).
Result

(See page CA-8)
2 INSPECT BRAKE WARNING LIGHT
HINT:
When disconnecting the skid control ECU connector, the
brake warning light comes on.
(b) Disconnect the skid control ECU connector.
(d) Check that the brake warning light comes on.
OK:
The brake warning light comes on.
NG Go to step 3
BC
OK

25).
ACTIVE TEST: METER
BRAKE WARN LIGHT Turn brake warning light ON / OFF Observe combination meter

OK:
OK

TC and CG Terminal Circuit

DESCRIPTION
DTC output mode is set by connecting terminals TC and CG of the DLC3.
DTCs are indicated by the blinking pattern of the ABS warning light.
WIRING DIAGRAM

(Skid Control ECU)
ECM
41 41 26
CANH A55 A24 A25 CANH
*1 *2
49 49 15
BC CANL A55 A55 A25 CANL
*1 *2
E10
DLC3
27 27
TC A55 A24 TC
13
*1 *2
*1: 2GR-FE CG
4
*2: 2AZ-FE
C136513E01
HINT:
When warning lights continue to blink, a ground short in the wiring of terminal TC of the DLC3 or an
internal ground short in one or more ECUs is suspected.
HINT:
(a) Check if a CAN communication DTC is output (See page

BC-21).
Result
Result Proceed to
CAN communication system DTC is output A
CAN communication system DTC is not output B
B Go to step 2
GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (See page CA-8)
2 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ECM TO DLC3)
(a) Disconnect the ECM connector.

DLC3: (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard resistance
2GR-FE
A55-27 (TC) - E10-13 (TC) Below 1 Ω
E10
E10-13 (TC) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
BC
TC
2AZ-FE
ECM Wire Harness View: A24-27 (TC) - E10-13 (TC) Below 1 Ω

CONNECTOR (TC TERMINAL CIRCUIT)
A55-27 (TC) (*1)

A24-27 (TC) (*2)
(*1): 2GR-FE (*2): 2AZ-FE

C136035E02
OK
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DLC3 CG CIRCUIT)

DLC3: table below.
CG
Standard resistance
E10-4 (CG) - Body ground Below 1 Ω
E10
CONNECTOR (CG TERMINAL CIRCUIT)
G022986E25
OK
4 REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (TC TERMINAL CIRCUIT)

BC
DLC3: table below.
E10 Standard resistance
NG CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TC

TERMINAL CIRCUIT)
G022986E26
OK

TS and CG Terminal Circuit

DESCRIPTION
In the Test Mode (signal check), a malfunction of the speed sensor that cannot be detected when the
vehicle is stopped can be detected while driving.
Transition to the sensor check mode can be performed by connecting terminals TS and CG of the DLC3
and turning the ignition switch from off to on (IG).
WIRING DIAGRAM
A25
E10 Brake Actuator Assembly
DLC3
(Skid Control ECU)
TS TS BC
12 25
CG
4
C109400E11
HINT:
1 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU TO DLC3)

Skid Contorl ECU (Harness (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
Side Connector Front View): table below.
Standard resistance
A25 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
A25-25 (TS) - E10-12
Always Below 1 Ω
(TS)

TS CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU TO
DLC3: DLC3)
BC
E10
TS
C133301E02
OK
2 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DLC3 TO BODY GROUND)

DLC3:
CG table below.
Standard resistance
E10-4 (CG) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
ground
E10
CONNECTOR (DLC3 TO BODY GROUND)
G022987E23
OK

DLC3:
table below.
Standard resistance
E10-12 (TS) - Body
ground
E10
TS CONNECTOR (DLC3 TO BODY GROUND)
G022987E24
OK

BC
BC–100 BRAKE CONTROL – VEHICLE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM (for ADVICS Made)
VEHICLE STABILITY CONTROL

SYSTEM (for ADVICS Made)
PRECAUTION
section.
Switch Type
Expression
BC 2. TROUBLESHOOTING PRECAUTIONS
(a) When there is a malfunction with terminal contact
points or part installation problems, removal and
installation of the suspected problem parts may
return the system to the normal condition either
completely or temporarily.
malfunction occurred, such as DTC output and the
Freeze Frame Data, and record it before
disconnecting each connector or removing and
installing parts.
(c) Since the system may be influenced by
malfunctions in systems other than the brake control
system, be sure to check for DTCs in other systems.
3. HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
(a) Do not remove or install VSC parts such as the
steering angle sensor or yaw rate sensor
(acceleration sensor included) except when
required, as they cannot be adjusted correctly after
removal or installation.
(b) Be sure to perform preparation before work and
confirmation after work is completed by following
the direction in the repair manual when working on
the VSC system.
(c) Be sure to remove and install the ECU, actuator,
each sensor, etc. with the ignition switch off unless it
is not specified in the inspection procedure.
(d) If the ECU, brake actuator, or a sensor has been
removed and installed, it is necessary to check the
system for problems after the parts have been
reassembled. Check for DTCs using the intelligent
tester, also check that system functions and signals
received by the ECU are normal using Test Mode.
BRAKE CONTROL – VEHICLE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM (for ADVICS Made) BC–101
4. DTC PRECAUTION
(a) Warnings for some DTCs cannot be cleared only by
repairing the malfunctioning parts. If the warning is
displayed after repair work, the DTC should be
cleared after turning the ignition switch off.
NOTICE:
If a DTC for a malfunctioning part reappears
after it was cleared, then it has been stored
again.
5. CHASSIS DYNAMOMETER PRECAUTION
(a) Enter Test Mode to disable TRAC and VSC control
when using a chassis dynamometer.
HINT:
The vehicle may move unexpectedly out of the
dynamometer because of TRAC and VSC
operations.
NOTICE:
• Make sure that the VSC warning light is
blinking (for vehicles without the multi
information display) or "CHECK VSC
BC
SYSTEM" is displayed on the multi
information display (for vehicles with the
multi information display) (Test Mode is
achieved).
• Secure the vehicle with the lock chain for
safety.
6. CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
(a) The CAN communication system is used for the
data communication between the skid control ECU,
the steering angle sensor, the yaw rate sensor
(acceleration sensor included) and other ECUs. If
there is trouble in the CAN communication line,
corresponding DTCs in the communication line are
output.
(b) If the DTC in the CAN communication line is output,
troubleshoot the VSC system while data
communication is normal.
PARTS LOCATION
SKID CONTROL SENSOR
(REAR SPEED SENSOR)
BRAKE ACTUATOR
- SKID CONTROL ECU ECM (*2)
ECM (*1)
BC
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
- BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

WARNING SWITCH
ENGINE ROOM R/B
- ABS MOTOR RELAY
FRONT SPEED SENSOR (VSC NO. 1 (FAIL SAFE) RELAY)
(VSC NO. 2 RELAY)
- ABS NO. 1 FUSE
- ABS NO. 2 FUSE
(*1): 2GR-FE (*2): 2AZ-FE
C135800E01
COMBINATION METER
- ABS WARNING LIGHT
- BRAKE WARNING LIGHT
- VSC WARNING LIGHT (*3)
- MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY (*4)
- SLIP INDICATOR LIGHT
- MASTER CAUTION INDICATOR LIGHT
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH (*5)
BC
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH (*6)
SKID CONTROL
BUZZER
DLC3
YAW RATE AND

ACCELERATION
SENSOR
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
MAIN BODY ECU (INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)
- ECU-IG NO. 2 FUSE
- STOP FUSE
(*3): Models without Multi Information Display (*5): A/T
(*4): Models with Multi Information Display (*6): M/T
C135801E04
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Speed Sensor Master Cylinder

(on Each Wheel) Pressure Sensor
Solenoid Relay
BC
Switching Solenoid Valve
Stop Light Switch
Control Solenoid Valve
Skid Control ECU
Pump Motor
Stop Light
VSC NO. 2 Relay
Skid Control Buzzer
VSC NO. 1 (Fail Safe) Relay
C109461E02
Combination Meter
Skid Control ECU Speedometer
ABS Warning Light
BRAKE Warning Light
Steering Angle Sensor

VSC Warning Light (*1) BC
Multi Information Display (*2)

Yaw Rate and Acceleration Sensor
SLIP Indicator Light
Master Caution Indicator Light

ECM
Main Body ECU
(*1): Models without Multi Information Display

DLC3
(*2): Models with Multi Information Display
C140724E01
Transmitting ECU (transmitter) Receiving ECU Signals Communication method

• Shift position signal
• Throttle position signal
• Engine revolution signal
ECM Skid control ECU • Intake air temperature signal CAN communication system
• Engine torque request signal
• Accelerator pedal position
signal
Yaw rate and acceleration
Skid control ECU Yaw rate and acceleration sensor CAN communication system
request signal
Steering angle sensor request
Skid control ECU Steering angle sensor CAN communication system
signal
• Wheel speed signal
Skid control ECU ECM CAN communication system
• VSC data signal
• ABS warning light ON signal
• BRAKE warning light ON
signal
• VSC warning light ON signal
(*1)
Skid control ECU Combination meter • Multi information display ON CAN communication system
signal (*2)
BC •
•
SLIP indicator light ON signal
Master caution indicator light
ON signal
Main body ECU Skid control ECU Parking brake switch signal CAN communication system
(*1): Models without multi information display

(*2): Models with multi information display
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
HINT:
• The skid control ECU is located within the brake
actuator assembly.
• The yaw rate sensor and acceleration sensor are
combined in a single unit. This unit communicates
with the skid control ECU through CAN
communication.
(a) ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
BC
Pump Motor
Each Speed Skid Control ECU Each Wheel

Sensor Cylinder
Solenoid Valve
Combination Meter
ABS Warning
Light
: CAN Communication System
: Hydraulic Pressure
C109467E01
(1) Operation description

The skid control ECU detects wheel lock based
on speed signals it receives from the wheel
speed sensors. Based on this information, the
skid control ECU controls the pump motor and
solenoid valves. The pump motor and solenoid
valves are used to prevent wheel lock by
controlling the hydraulic pressure applied to the
brakes at each wheel. The ABS warning light will
come on when the system is malfunctioning.
(b) EBD (Electronic Brake force Distribution)
The EBD control utilizes ABS, and performs proper
wheels in accordance with driving conditions.
When braking while cornering, it also controls the
brake forces of the right and left wheels, helping to
maintain vehicle behavior.
BC
Each Speed Sensor Skid Control ECU Solenoid Valves Each Wheel Cylinder
Combination Meter
BRAKE Warning Light
C109468E02

The skid control ECU receives a speed signal
from each wheel speed sensor, and uses these
signals to detect locking of the wheels. The ECU
uses this information in order to determine
appropriate control of the solenoid valves.
The solenoid valves control the hydraulic
pressure applied to the brake cylinder at each
wheel. In this way, the solenoid valves are used
to control the brake power split between the front
and rear, and left and right wheels. The BRAKE
warning light will come on if there is a
malfunction in the EBD system.
BC
(c) BA (Brake Assist)

The primary purpose of the brake assist system is to
provide auxiliary brake force to assist the driver who
cannot generate a large enough brake force during
emergency braking, thus helping to maximize the
brake performance of the vehicle.
Pump Motor
Each Wheel Cylinder

Each Speed Sensor
Skid Control ECU
Solenoid Valve
BC
Master Cylinder
Pressure Sensor
ECM
Combination Meter
ABS Warning Light
C109469E01

The skid control ECU receives the speed signal
from each speed sensor and the fluid pressure
signal from the master cylinder pressure sensor
to determine whether brake assist is necessary.
If brake assist is necessary, the skid control ECU
sends control signals to the pump motor and
solenoid. The pump and the solenoid valve then
control the pressure applied to each wheel
cylinder.
The ABS warning light comes on to indicate a
malfunction in the BA system.
BC
(d) TRAC (Traction Control)

The TRAC system helps prevent the drive wheels
from slipping when the driver depresses the
accelerator pedal excessively when starting off or
accelerating on a slippery surface.
Pump Motor
Each Speed Sensor Skid Control ECU

Each Wheel Cylinder
Solenoid Valve
BC
Yaw Rate and
Acceleration Sensor
Combination Meter
VSC Warning Light

(*1)
Multi Information
Display (*2)
ECM

: CAN Communication System (*1): Models without Multi Information Display
: Hydraulic Pressure (*2): Models with Multi Information Display
C109470E03

The skid control ECU detects wheelspin by
receiving signals from each speed sensor and
the ECM via CAN communication. The skid
control ECU controls engine torque with the
ECM via CAN communication and brake
hydraulic pressure through the pump and
solenoid valve.
The SLIP indicator light blinks when the system
is operating. When there is a malfunction in the
TRAC system, both VSC warning light (models
without multi information display) and SLIP
indicator light will come on and the DTC will be
displayed on the multi information display
(models with multi information display).
BC
(e) VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)

The VSC system helps prevent the vehicle from
slipping sideways as a result of strong front or rear
wheel skid during cornering.
Pump Motor Each Wheel Cylinder
Skid Control ECU

Each Speed Sensor
Solenoid Valves
Skid Control Buzzer
BC
Yaw Rate and
Acceleration Sensor
Combination Meter
VSC Warning Light

Steering Angle Sensor (*1)
Multi Information
Display (*2)
ECM

: CAN Communication System (*1): Models without Multi Information Display
: Hydraulic Pressure (*2): Models with Multi Information Display
C109471E03

The skid control ECU determines the vehicle
operating conditions based on signals received
from the wheel speed sensors, yaw rate and
acceleration sensor, and steering angle sensor.
The skid control ECU sends signals via CAN
communication to the ECM in order to control
engine torque. The skid control ECU controls
brake hydraulic pressure using the pump and
solenoid valves.
The SLIP indicator light will blink, and the skid
control buzzer will sound when the system is
operating. If a malfunction occurs in the VSC
system, both the VSC warning light (models
without multi information display) and the SLIP
indicator light will come on. In addition, the DTC
will appear on the multi information display
(models with multi information display).
2. ABS with EBD, BA, TRAC and VSC OPERATION
(a) The skid control ECU calculates vehicle stability
BC
tendency based on the signals from the speed
sensor, yaw rate and acceleration sensor, and
steering angle sensor. In addition, it evaluates the
results of the calculations to determine whether any
control actions (control of the engine output torque
by electronic throttle control and of the wheel brake
pressure by the brake actuator assembly) should be
implemented.
(b) The SLIP indicator blinks and the skid control
buzzer sounds to inform the driver that the VSC
system is operating. The SLIP indicator also blinks
when traction control is operating, and the operation
being performed is displayed.
3. FAIL SAFE
(a) When a failure occurs in the ABS with BA, TRAC
and VSC systems, the ABS warning, VSC warning
(models without multi information display), and SLIP
indicator lights come on or the DTC will be
displayed on the multi information display (models
with multi information display) and ABS with BA,
TRAC and VSC operations are prohibited. In
addition, when there is a failure that disables the
EBD operation, the BRAKE warning light also
comes on and the EBD operation is prohibited.
(b) If control is prohibited due to a malfunction during
operation, control will be disabled gradually.
This is to avoid sudden vehicle instability.
4. INITIAL CHECK
and motor of the brake actuator is sequentially
activated to perform an electrical check. During the
initial check, the operating sound of solenoid valve
and motor can be heard from the engine
compartment, but this is not a malfunction.
5. INSPECTION MODE
(a) VSC operation can be disabled by operating the
intelligent tester.
HINT:
Refer to the intelligent tester operator's manual for
further details.
Components Function
Speed sensor Detects the wheel speed and sends the signal to the skid control ECU.
BC • Processes the signals sent from each sensor to control the ABS, BA, TRAC,
and VSC.
Skid control ECU
• Sends and receives the control signals to or from the ECM, yaw rate and
(housed in brake actuator assembly)
acceleration sensor, and steering angle sensor, etc. via CAN
communication.
• Consists of the master cylinder cut solenoid valve, retention solenoid valve,
pressure reduction solenoid valve, pump motor, and reservoir, and adjusts
the brake fluid pressure applied to each wheel cylinder.
Solenoid relay
Motor relay (VSC NO. 2 relay) Supplies power to the pump motor.
Fail safe relay (VSC NO. 1 relay) Cuts off power to the motor when the pump motor circuit malfunctions.
• Installed in the combination switch.
• Detects the steering amount and direction and sends the signals to the skid
control ECU via CAN communication.
Steering angle sensor
• Has the magnetic resistance element which detects the rotation of the
magnet housed in the detection gear in order to detect the changes of
magnetic resistance and the steering amount and direction.
• Acceleration sensor measures the capacity of the condenser that changes
the distance between the electrodes depending on G force, which occurs
when the vehicle is accelerated, and converts the measured value into
electrical signals.
Yaw rate and acceleration sensor
• Yaw rate sensor detects the vehicle's angular velocity (yaw rate) in the
vertical direction based on the amount and direction of the piezoelectric
ceramics deflection.
• Sends signals to the skid control ECU via CAN communication.
• Detects the fluid pressure in the master cylinder.
Master cylinder pressure sensor
• Housed in the brake actuator assembly.
Detects the brake operating conditions and inputs the results to the skid control
Stop light switch
ECU.
Controls the engine output when TRAC and VSC are operating with the skid
ECM
control ECU via CAN communication.
Skid control buzzer Intermittently sounds to inform the driver that the VSC is operating.
• Comes on to inform the driver that a malfunction in the ABS or BA has
ABS warning light occurred.
• Comes on to inform the driver that the parking brake is ON when the system
BRAKE warning light is normal, or the brake fluid has decreased.
• Comes on to inform the driver that a malfunction in the EBD has occurred.
Components Function
• Comes on to inform the driver that a malfunction in the VSC system has
VSC warning light (*1) occurred.
• Displays to inform the driver that a malfunction in the VSC system has
Multi information display (*2) occurred.
• Displays to output DTC.
SLIP indicator light Blinks to inform the driver that TRAC and VSC are operating.
Master caution indicator light Comes on to inform the driver that a malfunction.

BC
HOW TO PROCEED WITH

TROUBLESHOOTING
HINT:
The intelligent tester can be used at steps 3, 7, and 10.
NEXT
(a) Interview the customer and confirm the trouble (See

page IN-45).
NEXT
BC
(a) Check and record a DTC and Freeze Frame Data.

(b) Clear the DTC and Freeze Frame Data (See page BC-
141).
(c) Reconfirm the DTC.
(1) Reconfirm the DTC based on the recorded DTC and
Freeze Frame Data (See page BC-141 for DTC
Check/Clear, and BC-144 for Freeze Frame Data).
HINT:
If any of the DTCs U0100/65, U0123/62, U0124/95,
and U0126/63 is output together with a CAN
communication DTC, first check the appropriate
sensor for a momentary open circuit (See page BC-
118).
Result
DTC is output A
B GO TO STEP 5
C GO TO STEP 6
(a) Proceed to Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart (See page

BC-151).
NEXT
GO TO STEP 7
(a) Proceed to Diagnosis System (See page BC-138).

NEXT
(a) Proceed to Problem Symptoms Table (See page BC-

134).
NEXT
BC
NEXT
8 IDENTIFICATION OF PROBLEM
NEXT
9 REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT
NEXT
NEXT
END
CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT

PROBLEMS
1. CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS
HINT:
A momentary interruption (open circuit) in the connectors
and/or wire harness between the sensors and ECUs can
be detected using the ECU Data List function of the
intelligent tester.
(a) Turn the ignition switch off and connect the
intelligent tester to the DLC3.
BC
DLC3
Intelligent Tester
C131977E06
(b) Turn the ignition switch on (IG). Follow the

directions on the intelligent tester to display the Data
Harness Signal:
List and select areas where momentary interruption
should be monitored.
OK HINT:
• A momentary interruption (open circuit) cannot
Momentary be detected for 3 seconds after the ignition
interruption
1 sec. 1 sec. 1 sec. switch is turned on (IG) (initial check).
• If the status remains on (ERROR displayed),
check the continuity between the ECU and the
Intelligent Tester Display: sensors, or between ECUs.
• The ERROR display on the intelligent tester
ERROR remains on for 1 second after the harness signal
NORMAL changes from momentary interruption (open
circuit) to normal condition.
C106657E02
Measurement Item /
Item (Display) Normal Condition Diagnostic Note
Range (Display)
FR speed sensor open detection / ERROR: Momentary interruption
FR SPD OPN -
ERROR or NORMAL NORMAL: Normal
FL speed sensor open detection / ERROR: Momentary interruption
FL SPD OPN -
RR speed sensor open detection ERROR: Momentary interruption
RR SPD OPN -
/ ERROR or NORMAL NORMAL: Normal
RL speed sensor open detection / ERROR: Momentary interruption
RL SPD OPN -
EFI communication open ERROR: Momentary interruption
EFI COM OPN -
detection / ERROR or NORMAL NORMAL: Normal
Measurement Item /
Range (Display)
Yaw rate sensor open detection / ERROR: Momentary interruption
YAW RATE OPN -
Acceleration sensor open ERROR: Momentary interruption
DECELERAT OPN -
Steering angle sensor open ERROR: Momentary interruption
STEERING OPN -
ERROR: Momentary interruption
M/C OPN open detection / ERROR or -
NORMAL: Normal
NORMAL
(c) While observing the screen, gently jiggle the

connector or wire harness between the ECU and
sensors, or between ECUs.
Result:
ERROR display does not change.
HINT:
The connector and/or wire harness will be in
momentary interruption (open circuit) if the display
changes. Repair or replace the connector and/or BC
wire harness as one of them is faulty.
F047126
CALIBRATION
1. DESCRIPTION
• After replacing the VSC relevant components or
performing "Front wheel alignment adjustment", clear
and read the sensor calibration data.
• Follow the chart to perform calibration.
Replacing Parts / Operation Necessary Operation
Skid control ECU Yaw rate and acceleration sensor zero point calibration.
1. Clearing zero point calibration data.
2. Yaw rate and acceleration sensor zero point calibration.
1. Clearing zero point calibration data.
Front wheel alignment adjustment
2. Yaw rate and acceleration sensor zero point calibration.
2. OBTAIN ZERO POINT OF YAW RATE AND

ACCELERATION SENSOR (INTELLIGENT TESTER)
NOTICE:
• While obtaining the zero point, keep the vehicle
stationary and do not vibrate, tilt, move, or shake
BC it. (Do not start the engine.)
• Be sure to perform this procedure on a level
surface (with an inclination of less than 1 degree).
(a) Clear the zero point calibration data.
move the shift lever to the P position (A/T) or
apply the parking brake (M/T).
DLC3
Intelligent Tester
C131977E06
(5) Operate the intelligent tester to erase the codes

(select "RESET MEMORY").
HINT:
C106531

NOTICE:
If the ignition switch is turned on (IG) for
more than 15 seconds with the shift lever in
the P position (A/T) or the parking brake
applied (M/T) after zero point of the yaw rate
and acceleration sensor has been cleared,
only the zero point of the yaw rate sensor will
be stored. If the vehicle is driven under these
conditions, the skid control ECU will store
the zero point calibration for the acceleration
sensor as not being completed. The skid
control ECU will then also indicate this as a
malfunction of the VSC system using the
indicator lights (models without multi
information display) or multi information
display (models with multi information
display).
(b) Perform zero point calibration of the yaw rate and
acceleration sensor.
BC
NOTICE:
DTCs C1210/36 and C1336/39 will be
recorded if the shift lever is not in the P
position (A/T) or the parking brake is not
applied (M/T) (See page BC-188).
DLC3
Intelligent Tester
C131977E06

"TEST MODE").
HINT:
(6) After the Test Mode has been entered, keep the
vehicle stationary on a level surface for 2
seconds or more.
C106532
(7) Check that the VSC warning light blinks (models

TEST MODE
without multi information display) or "CHECK
Blinking Pattern: VSC SYSTEM" is displayed on the multi
information display (models with multi
information display) (Test Mode).
0.13 sec. 0.13 sec. HINT:
ON • The SLIP indicator light remains on during
BC Test Mode because TRAC is prohibited.
• If the VSC warning light does not blink
OFF (models without multi information display) or
"CHECK VSC SYSTEM" is not displayed on
Display: the multi information display (models with
multi information display), perform zero point
calibration again.
• The zero point calibration is performed only
once after the system enters the Test Mode.
• Calibration cannot be performed again until
the stored data is cleared.
(8) Turn the ignition switch off and disconnect the
intelligent tester.
C135802E01 3. OBTAIN ZERO POINT OF YAW RATE AND
ACCELERATION SENSOR (SST CHECK WIRE)
NOTICE:
• While obtaining the zero point, keep the vehicle
stationary and do not vibrate, tilt, move, or shake
it. (Do not start the engine.)
• Be sure to perform the procedure on a level
surface (with an inclination of less than 1 degree).
(a) Clear the zero point calibration data.
DLC3:
CG (1) Turn the ignition switch off.
(4) The warning light and indicator light come on for
3 seconds to indicate that the initial check is
completed.
TS
G022987E07 (5) Using SST, connect and disconnect terminals
TS and CG of the DLC3 4 times or more within 8
seconds.
SST 09843-18040
NOTICE:
If the ignition switch is turned on (IG) for
more than 15 seconds with the shift lever in
the P position (A/T) or the parking brake
applied (M/T) after zero point of the yaw rate
and acceleration sensor has been cleared,
only the zero point of the yaw rate sensor will
be stored. If the vehicle is driven under these
conditions, the skid control ECU will store
the zero point calibration for the acceleration
sensor as not being completed. The skid
control ECU will then also indicate this as a
malfunction of the VSC system using the
indicator lights (models without multi
information display) or multi information
display (models with multi information
display).
(b) Perform zero point calibration of the yaw rate and
BC
NOTICE:
DTCs C1210/36 and C1336/39 will be
recorded if the shift lever is not in the P
position (A/T) or the parking brake is not
applied (M/T) (See page BC-188).
DLC3:
CG DLC3.
SST 09843-18040
(5) Keep the vehicle stationary on a level surface for
2 seconds or more.
TS
G022987E07
(6) Check that the VSC warning light blinks (models

TEST MODE
without multi information display) or "CHECK
Blinking Pattern: VSC SYSTEM" is displayed on the multi
Test Mode because TRAC is prohibited.
• If the VSC warning light does not blink
OFF (models without multi information display) or
"CHECK VSC SYSTEM" is not displayed on
Display: the multi information display (models with
multi information display), perform zero point
calibration again.
• The zero point calibration is performed only
once after the system enters the Test Mode.
• Calibration cannot be performed again until
the stored data is cleared.
BC (7) Turn the ignition switch off and disconnect the
SST from the DLC3.
C135802E01
TEST MODE PROCEDURE

ABS Warning BRAKE Warning 1. WARNING LIGHT AND INDICATOR LIGHT INITIAL
Light: Light: CHECK
NOTICE:
Before releasing the parking brake, move the
shift lever to the P position for safety (A/T) or set
the chocks to hold the vehicle for safety (M/T).
HINT:
VSC Warning SLIP Indicator brake fluid is low, the BRAKE warning light comes
Light (*1): Light: on.
that the ABS warning, BRAKE warning, SLIP
indicator, and master caution indicator lights come
on for approximately 3 seconds. Vehicles equipped
with VSC, which are not equipped with a multi
information display, the VSC warning light will
Master Caution Indicator Light: illuminate instead of the master caution indicator
light.
HINT:
If the ECU stores a DTC, the ABS warning, BRAKE
warning, VSC warning and SLIP indicator lights will
come on.
C140885E01
If the vehicle is equipped with a multi information

display, and the vehicle stores a DTC, the master
caution indicator light will illuminate, and the multi
information display will indicate the malfunction
instead of the VSC warning light. In this case, the
ABS warning, BRAKE warning, and SLIP indicator
lights will also come on.
If the indicator remains on or does not come on,
proceed to troubleshooting for the light circuits listed
below.
ABS warning light circuit BC-229 or BC-233
BRAKE warning light circuit BC-244 or BC-252
VSC warning light circuit BC-236 or BC-240
SLIP indicator light circuit BC-255 or BC-259
2. SENSOR CHECK USING TEST MODE (SIGNAL

CHECK) (INTELLIGENT TESTER)
NOTICE: BC
After replacement of the brake actuator assembly
and/or yaw rate and acceleration sensor, perform
zero point calibration of the yaw rate and
HINT:
• If the ignition switch is turned from on (IG) to on
(ACC) or off during Test Mode (signal check), DTCs of
the signal check function will be erased.
• During Test Mode (signal check), the skid control ECU
records all DTCs of the signal check function. By
performing the Test Mode (signal check), the codes
are erased if a normal condition is confirmed. The
remaining codes are the codes where an abnormality
was found.
DLC3
Intelligent Tester
C131977E06

"SIGNAL CHECK").
HINT:
C106533
(6) Check that the ABS and VSC (models without

TEST MODE
multi information display) warning lights blink or
Blinking Pattern: "CHECK VSC SYSTEM" is displayed on the
multi information display (models with multi
BC Test Mode because TRAC is prohibited.
• If the ABS and VSC (models without multi
OFF information display) warning lights do not
blink or "CHECK VSC SYSTEM" is not
Display: displayed on the multi information display
(models with multi information display),
inspect the TS and CG terminal circuit, and
ABS and VSC warning light circuits.
ABS warning light circuit BC-233
VSC warning light circuit BC-240
C135802E01
(7) Check the ABS sensor.

Blinking Pattern in TEST MODE:
HINT:
Check that the ABS warning light is blinking in
0.13 sec. 0.13 sec. Test Mode and perform the check.
ON 3. ACCELERATION SENSOR CHECK (INTELLIGENT
TESTER)
(a) Keep the vehicle stationary on a level surface for 1
second or more.
OFF HINT:
BR03904E16 Acceleration sensor check can be performed with
the master cylinder pressure sensor check below.
4. MASTER CYLINDER PRESSURE SENSOR CHECK
(INTELLIGENT TESTER)
(a) Leave the vehicle in a stationary condition and
release the brake pedal for 1 second or more, and
quickly and continuously depress the brake pedal
with a force of 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf) or more for 1
second.
(b) Check that the ABS warning light stays on for 3

seconds.
HINT:
• Ensure that the ABS warning light comes on.
• While the ABS warning light stays on, continue to
depress the brake pedal with a force of 98 N (10
kgf, 22 lbf) or more.
• The ABS warning light comes on for 3 seconds
every time brake pedal operation above is
performed.
• If the check of the master cylinder pressure
sensor is not completed, depressing the brake
pedal causes further decrease in the negative
pressure, making the sensor check difficult to be
completed.
• If the negative pressure is insufficient, the master
cylinder pressure sensor check may not be
completed. In this case, run the engine at idle to
obtain sufficient negative pressure.
• If the brake pedal is strongly depressed when the
BC
negative pressure is insufficient, the BRAKE
warning light may come on in accordance with
the booster pressure control. In this case, run the
engine at idle to obtain sufficient negative
pressure.
5. SPEED SENSOR CHECK (INTELLIGENT TESTER)
(a) Check the speed sensor signal.
that the ABS warning light goes off.
HINT:
The sensor check may not be completed if
wheelspin occurs.
(b) Stop the vehicle.
NOTICE:
• Before performing the speed sensor check,
complete the acceleration sensor and master
cylinder pressure sensor checks.
• After the ABS warning light goes off and if the
vehicle speed exceeds 50 mph (80 km/h), a
signal check code will be stored again.
Accelerate or stop the vehicle before the
speed reaches 50 mph (80 km/h).
the ABS warning light blinks while driving
and the ABS system does not operate.
HINT:
When the sensor check has been completed, the
ABS warning light goes off while driving and blinks
in the Test Mode pattern while stationary.
(c) Check the VSC sensor.
TEST MODE
Check that the VSC warning light (models without
Blinking Pattern: multi information display) blinks or "CHECK VSC
SYSTEM" is displayed on the multi information
display (models with multi information display), and
0.13 sec. 0.13 sec. perform the check.
ON
OFF
Display:
BC
C135802E01
6. YAW RATE SENSOR CHECK (INTELLIGENT

TESTER)
Start Position (a) Check the output of the yaw rate sensor.
(1) Keep the vehicle in a stationary condition on a
level surface for 1 second or more.
(2) Move the shift lever from P to the D position (A/
T) or release the parking brake (M/T) and drive
Within +- 5 deg. the vehicle at a speed of approximately 3 mph (5
km/h), and turn the steering wheel either to the
left or right 90° or more until the vehicle makes a
180° turn.
(3) Stop the vehicle and move the shift lever to the P
End Position
position (A/T) or apply the parking brake (M/T).
Check that the skid control buzzer sounds for 3
seconds.
C137757E01
HINT:
• If the skid control buzzer sounds, the sensor
check is completed normally.
• If the skid control buzzer does not sound,
check the skid control buzzer circuit (See
page BC-263), then perform the sensor check
again.
• If the skid control buzzer still does not sound,
there is a malfunction in the yaw rate sensor,
so check the DTC.
• Make a 180° turn. At the end of the turn, the
direction of the vehicle should be within 180°
+- 5° of its start position.
• Do not spin the wheels.

• Do not turn the ignition switch off while
turning.
• Do not move the shift lever to the P position
(A/T) or do not apply the parking brake (M/T)
while turning, but changing in the vehicle
speed, stopping, or driving in reverse is
possible.
• Complete the turn within 20 seconds.
7. END OF SENSOR CHECK (INTELLIGENT TESTER)
(a) If the sensor check is completed, the ABS warning
light blinks (Test Mode) when the vehicle stops and
0.13 sec. 0.13 sec. the ABS warning light is off while the vehicle is
ON driving.
NOTICE:
• When the yaw rate sensor, acceleration
sensor, speed sensor, and master cylinder
OFF pressure sensor checks are completed, the
BR03904E16 sensor check is completed. BC
• If the sensor check is not completed, the ABS
warning light blinks even while the vehicle is
driving and the ABS does not operate.
8. READ DTC OF SIGNAL CHECK FUNCTION
(INTELLIGENT TESTER)
(a) Read the DTC(s) by following the tester screen.
NOTICE:
HINT:
See the list of DTC (See procedure "A").
9. SENSOR CHECK USING TEST MODE (SIGNAL
NOTICE:
After replacement of the brake actuator assembly
and/or yaw rate and acceleration sensor, perform
zero point calibration of the yaw rate and
HINT:
• If the ignition switch is turned from on (IG) to on
(ACC) or off during Test Mode (signal check), DTCs of
the signal check function will be erased.
• During Test Mode (signal check), the skid control ECU
records all DTCs of the signal check function. By
performing the Test Mode (signal check), the codes
are erased if a normal condition is confirmed. The
remaining codes are the codes where an abnormality
was found.

DLC3:
CG DLC3.
SST 09843-18040
TS
G022987E07
(5) Check that the ABS and VSC (models without

TEST MODE
multi information display) warning lights blink or
Blinking Pattern: "CHECK VSC SYSTEM" is displayed on the
BC information display) (Test Mode).
Test Mode because TRAC is prohibited.
• If the ABS and VSC (models without multi
OFF information display) warning lights do not
blink or "CHECK VSC SYSTEM" is not
Display: displayed on the multi information display
(models with multi information display),
inspect the TS and CG terminal circuit, and
ABS and VSC warning light circuits.
VSC warning light circuit BC-240
C135802E01
(6) Check the ABS sensor.

HINT:
Check that the ABS warning light is blinking in
0.13 sec. 0.13 sec. Test Mode and perform the check.
ON 10. ACCELERATION SENSOR CHECK (SST CHECK
WIRE)
(a) Keep the vehicle stationary on a level surface for 1
second or more.
OFF HINT:
BR03904E16 Acceleration sensor check can be performed with
the master cylinder pressure sensor check below.
11. MASTER CYLINDER PRESSURE SENSOR CHECK
(SST CHECK WIRE)
(a) Leave the vehicle in a stationary condition and
release the brake pedal for 1 second or more, and
quickly and continuously depress the brake pedal
with a force of 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf) or more for 1
second.
(b) Check that the ABS warning light stays on for 3

seconds.
HINT:
• Ensure that the ABS warning light comes on.
• While the ABS warning light stays on, continue to
depress the brake pedal with a force of 98 N (10
kgf, 22 lbf) or more.
• The ABS warning light comes on for 3 seconds
every time the brake pedal operation above is
performed.
• If the check of the master cylinder pressure
sensor is not completed, depressing the brake
pedal causes further decrease in the negative
pressure, making the sensor check difficult to be
completed.
• If the negative pressure is insufficient, the master
cylinder pressure sensor check may not be
completed. In this case, run the engine at idle to
obtain sufficient negative pressure.
• If the brake pedal is strongly depressed when the
BC
negative pressure is insufficient, the BRAKE
warning light may come on in accordance with
the booster pressure control. In this case, run the
engine at idle to obtain sufficient negative
pressure.
12. SPEED SENSOR CHECK (SST CHECK WIRE)
(a) Check the speed sensor signal.
HINT:
The sensor check may not be completed if
wheelspin occurs.
(b) Stop the vehicle.
NOTICE:
• Before performing the speed sensor check,
complete the acceleration sensor and master
cylinder pressure sensor checks.
• After the ABS warning light goes off, if
vehicle speed exceeds 50 mph (80 km/h), a
signal check code will be stored again.
Accelerate or stop the vehicle before the
speed reaches 50 mph (80 km/h).
the ABS warning light blinks while driving
and the ABS system does not operate.
HINT:
When the sensor check has been completed, the
ABS warning light goes off while driving and blinks
in the Test Mode pattern while stationary.
(c) Check the VSC sensor.
TEST MODE
Check that the VSC warning light (models without
Blinking Pattern: multi information display) blinks or "CHECK VSC
SYSTEM" is displayed on the multi information
display (models with multi information display), and
0.13 sec. 0.13 sec. perform the check.
ON
OFF
Display:
BC
C135802E01
13. YAW RATE SENSOR CHECK (SST CHECK WIRE)

(a) Check the output of the yaw rate sensor.
Start Position (1) Keep the vehicle stationary on a level surface for
1 second or more.
(2) Move the shift lever from P to the D position (A/
T) or release the parking brake (M/T) and drive
the vehicle at a vehicle speed of approximately 3
Within +- 5 deg. mph (5 km/h) and turn the steering wheel either
to the left or right 90° or more and until the
vehicle makes a 180° turn.
(3) Stop the vehicle and move the shift lever to the P
position (A/T) or apply the parking brake (M/T).
End Position
Check that the skid control buzzer sounds for 3
seconds.
HINT:
C137757E01
• If the skid control buzzer sounds, the sensor
check is completed normally.
• If the skid control buzzer does not sound,
check the skid control buzzer circuit (See
page BC-263), then perform the sensor check
again.
• If the skid control buzzer still does not sound,
there is a malfunction in the yaw rate sensor,
so check the DTC.
• Make a 180° turn. At the end of the turn, the
direction of the vehicle should be within 180°
+- 5° of its start position.
• Do not spin the wheels.
• Do not turn the ignition switch off while

turning.
• Do not move the shift lever to the P position
(A/T) or do not apply the parking brake (M/T)
while turning, but changing in the vehicle
speed, stopping, or driving in reverse is
possible.
• Complete the turn within 20 seconds.
14. END OF SENSOR CHECK (SST CHECK WIRE)
(a) If the sensor check is completed, the ABS warning
light blinks (Test Mode) when the vehicle stops and
0.13 sec. 0.13 sec. the ABS warning light is off while the vehicle is
ON driving.
NOTICE:
• When the yaw rate sensor, acceleration
sensor, speed sensor, and master cylinder
OFF pressure sensor checks are completed, the
BR03904E16 sensor check is completed.
• If the sensor check is not completed, the ABS BC
warning light blinks even while the vehicle is
driving and the ABS does not operate.
15. READ DTC OF SIGNAL CHECK FUNCTION (SST
DLC3: CG CHECK WIRE)
(a) Using SST, connect terminals TC and CG of the
DLC3.
SST 09843-18040
TS TC
G022988E01
(b) Count the number of blinks of the ABS and VSC

(models without multi information display) warning
lights or read "DIAG VSC" on the multi information
display (models with multi information display).
Blinking Pattern in Normal System Code: Display of Normal System Code:
0.25 sec. 0.25 sec.
ON
OFF
BC Blinking Pattern in Trouble Code (Example Codes 71 and 72):
2.5 sec.
0.5 sec.
1.5 sec. 4 sec.
0.5 sec.
Repeat
ON
OFF
Code 71 Code 72
Display of Trouble Code

(Example Code 71):
C135803E02
NOTICE:
HINT:
displayed first.
• See the list of DTC (See procedure "A").
(c) After performing the check, disconnect the SST

DLC3 and turn the ignition switch off.
(d) Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
HINT:
Mode will continue.
(Procedure "A")
ABS sensor:
C1272/72 Low output signal of front speed sensor LH

•
•
Front speed sensor LH
Sensor installation BC
C1275/75 Speed sensor rotor
RH
LH
RH
LH
• Yaw rate and acceleration sensor
C1279/79 Acceleration sensor output voltage malfunction
• Stop light switch
C1281/81 Master cylinder pressure sensor output malfunction
• Master cylinder pressure sensor
VSC sensor:
C0371/71 Yaw rate sensor Yaw rate and acceleration sensor
HINT:
(signal check).

If there are no DTCs output and the problem still occurs,
check the circuits for each problem symptom in the order
given in the table below and proceed to the relevant
troubleshooting page.
HINT:
• Inspect the fuse and relay before investigating the
suspected areas as shown in the table below.
• Inspect each malfunction circuit in numerical order for the
corresponding symptom.
Vehicle Stability Control System:
Symptom Suspected Area See page
1. Check the DTC again and make sure that the normal
BC-141
system code is output.
BC ABS, BA and/or EBD does not operate 5. Check the brake actuator assembly with the intelligent
tester. (Check brake actuator assembly operation using the
BC-425
Active Test function.) If abnormal, check the hydraulic circuit
for leakage.
6. If the symptoms still occur even after the above circuits in
BC-426
ECU).
BC-141
5. Check the brake actuator assembly with the intelligent
ABS, BA and/or EBD does not operate efficiently
tester. (Check brake actuator assembly operation using the
BC-425
Active Test function.) If abnormal, check the hydraulic circuit
for leakage.
BC-426
ECU).
BC-141
2. TC and CG terminal circuit BC-266
ABS sensor DTC check cannot be done
3. If the symptoms still occur even after the above circuit in
suspected areas has been inspected and proved to be normal, BC-426
replace the brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU).
ABS warning light abnormal (Remains on)
2. Brake actuator assembly (Skid control ECU) BC-426
ABS warning light abnormal (Does not come on)
1. BRAKE warning light circuit BC-244
BRAKE warning light abnormal (Remains on)
1. BRAKE warning light circuit BC-252
BRAKE warning light abnormal (Does not come on)
Symptom Suspected Area See page

BC-141
3. Check the hydraulic circuit for leakage -
VSC and/or TRAC does not operate 5. Rear speed sensor circuit BC-164
6. Yaw rate and acceleration sensor circuit BC-193
7. Steering angle sensor circuit BC-190
BC-426
ECU).
BC-141
VSC sensor DTC check cannot be done
3. If the symptoms still occur even after the above circuit in
suspected areas has been inspected and proved to be normal, BC-426
replace the brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU).
VSC warning light abnormal (Remains on) (*1)

1. VSC warning light circuit BC-236 BC
1. VSC warning light circuit BC-240
VSC warning light abnormal (Does not come on) (*1)
1. VSC warning light circuit BC-236
Multi information display abnormal (Remains on) (*2)
Multi information display abnormal (Does not come on) 1. VSC warning light circuit BC-240
(*2) 2. Brake actuator assembly (Skid control ECU) BC-426
1. SLIP indicator light circuit BC-255
SLIP indicator light abnormal (Remains on)
1. SLIP indicator light circuit BC-259
SLIP indicator light abnormal (Does not come on)
Sensor check cannot be done
1. Skid control buzzer circuit BC-263
Skid control buzzer abnormal

TERMINALS OF ECU
1. Terminal of ECU
Skid Control ECU:
F045080E06

GND2 (1) Pump motor ground
BM (2) Motor relay input
FR+ (3) Front wheel speed RH signal power supply output
BC FL- (4)
RR+ (5)
Front wheel speed LH signal input
Rear wheel speed RH signal power supply output
RL- (6) Rear wheel speed LH signal input
SP1 (12) Speed signal output for combination meter
MRF (14) Fail safe motor relay output
MR (15) Motor relay output
FR- (17) Front wheel speed RH signal input
FL+ (18) Front wheel speed LH signal power supply output
RR- (19) Rear wheel speed RH signal input
RL+ (20) Rear wheel speed LH signal power supply output
TS (24) Test mode (signal check) input
STP (27) Stop light switch input
BZ (30) Skid control buzzer output
+BS (31) Solenoid relay power supply
GND1 (32) Skid control ECU ground
WFSE (42) WFSE input
R+ (45) Power supply for motor relay
IG1 (46) IG1 power supply
2. Terminal Inspection
or resistance on the wire harness side.
Skid Control ECU Harness

Side Connector Front View:
A26
F049377E11
HINT:
connected to the skid control ECU because the
connector is watertight.
Standard
BC
GND2 (A26-1) - Body
W-B - Body ground Pump motor ground Ignition switch off Below 1 Ω
ground
Stop light switch ON →
STP (A26-27) - Body
P - Body ground Stop light switch input OFF (Brake pedal 8 to 14 V → Below 1.5 V
ground
depressed → released)
Ignition switch on (IG),
BZ (A26-30) - Body
R - Body ground Buzzer output when buzzer not 6 to 10 V
ground
sounding
+BS (A26-31) - Body Solenoid relay power
L - Body ground Always 10 to 14 V
ground supply
GND1 (A26-32) - Body Skid control ECU
W-B - Body ground Always Below 1 Ω
ground ground
IG1 (A26-46) - Body
P - Body ground IG1 power supply Ignition switch on (IG) 10 to 14 V
ground
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
1. DESCRIPTION
When troubleshooting a vehicle with the diagnosis
system, the only difference from the usual
troubleshooting procedure is connecting the intelligent
tester to the vehicle and reading various data output from
the vehicle's skid control ECU.
The skid control ECU records DTCs when the computer
detects a malfunction in the computer itself or in its
circuits.
To check the DTCs, connect the intelligent tester to the
DLC3 on the vehicle. The intelligent tester enables you
to erase the DTCs, activate the various actuators, and
check the Freeze Frame Data and Data List.
Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
BC before proceeding.
(b) Check the DLC3.
DLC3: CG SG CANH SIL The ECU uses ISO 15765-4 for communication.
The terminal arrangement of the DLC3 complies
with SAE J1962 and matches the ISO 15765-4
format.
If the result is not as specified, the DLC3 may have
a malfunction. Repair or replace the harness and
connector.
Verify the conditions listed in the table below.
CANL BAT G022986E35
Symbols (Terminal No.) Terminal Description Condition Specified condition

SIL (7) - SG (5) Bus "+" line During transmission Pulse generation
CANH (6) - CANL (14) CAN bus line *Ignition switch off 54 to 69 Ω
CANH (6) - CG (4) HIGH-level CAN bus line *Ignition switch off 200 Ω or higher
CANL (14) - CG (4) LOW-level CAN bus line *Ignition switch off 200 Ω or higher
CANH (6) - BAT (16) HIGH-level CAN bus line *Ignition switch off 6 kΩ or higher
CANL (14) - BAT (16) LOW-level CAN bus line *Ignition switch off 6 kΩ or higher
NOTICE:
or the doors.
HINT:
Connect the cable of the intelligent tester to the
use the tester. If the display indicates that a
communication error has occurred, there is a
problem either with the vehicle or with the tester.
• If communication is normal when the tester is

connected to another vehicle, inspect the DLC3
on the original vehicle.
• If communication is still not possible when the
tester is connected to another vehicle, the
problem may be in the tester itself. Consult the
Service Department listed in the tester's
operator's manual.
2. DIAGNOSIS
(a) If the skid control ECU detects a malfunction, the
ABS Warning BRAKE Warning ABS, BRAKE, and VSC (models without multi
Light: Light:
information display) warning lights, and SLIP
indicator light will come on and the multi information
display (models with multi information display)
shows warning messages in order to warn the
driver.
The table below indicates which lights will come on
when there is a malfunction in a particular function.
VSC Warning SLIP Indicator
BC
Light (*1): Light:
Master Caution Indicator Light:
C140885E01
Item / Trouble Area ABS EBD BA TRAC VSC

ABS warning light { { { - -
BRAKE warning light - { - - -
VSC warning light
{ { { { {
(*1)
Multi information
{ { { { {
display (*2)
SLIP indicator light { { { { {
{: Light ON
-: Light OFF
the SST between terminals TC and CG of the
DLC3 and observing the blinking pattern of the
ABS and VSC (models without multi information
display) warning lights, by reading the multi
information display), or by connecting the
intelligent tester.
• This system has a Test Mode (signal check)
function (See page BC-123).
The DTC can be read by connecting the
intelligent tester and observing the blinking
pattern of the ABS and VSC (models without
BC multi information display) warning lights or by
reading the multi information display (models
with multi information display).
3. WARNING LIGHT AND INDICATOR LIGHT CHECK
ABS Warning BRAKE Warning NOTICE:
Light: Light:
When releasing the parking brake, move the
shift lever to the P position for safety (A/T) or set
the chocks to hold the vehicle for safety (M/T).
HINT:
on.
VSC Warning SLIP Indicator that the ABS, BRAKE and VSC (models without
Light (*1): Light:
multi information display) warning lights, and SLIP,
and master caution indicator lights come on for
HINT:
If the warning light and indicator light check result is
not normal, proceed to troubleshooting for the ABS,
BRAKE and VSC warning light circuits and SLIP
Master Caution Indicator Light: indicator light circuit.
If the indicator remains on, proceed to
troubleshooting for the light circuit below.
BRAKE warning light circuit BC-244
C140885E01 VSC warning light circuit BC-236
SLIP indicator light circuit BC-255
HINT:
troubleshooting.
HINT:
after the ignition switch is on (IG)). BC
horizontally.
HINT:
Shake Slightly
open relays.
thoroughly.
DTC CHECK / CLEAR

1. DTC CHECK/CLEAR (INTELLIGENT TESTER)
(a) Check the DTC.
(3) Read the DTCs following the prompts on the
tester screen.
(b) Clear the DTC.
HINT:
DLC3 Refer to the intelligent tester operator's manual
Intelligent Tester for further details.
C131977E06
2. DTC CHECK/CLEAR (SST CHECK WIRE)

DLC3: (a) Check the DTC.
CG
DLC3.
SST 09843-18040
(3) Observe the blinking pattern of the ABS and
VSC (models without multi information display)
warning lights or read the multi information
TC
G022986E01 display (models with multi information display) in
order to identify the DTC.
HINT:
terminal circuit, and ABS and VSC warning light
circuits.
TC and CG terminal circuit BC-266
ABS warning light circuit BC-229 or BC-233
BC VSC warning light circuit BC-236 or BC-240
(4) As an example, the illustration below shows the

blinking patterns of the normal system code and
trouble codes 11 and 21 for ABS and VSC
(models without multi information display)
warning lights or display of the normal system
code and trouble code 43 for the VSC on the
information display).
Blinking Pattern in Normal System Code: Blinking Pattern in Trouble Code

(Example Codes 11 and 21):
0.25 sec. 2.5 sec. 0.5 sec.

0.25 sec. 1.5 sec. 0.5 sec.
2 sec. 4 sec.
4 sec. Repeat
ON ON
BC
OFF OFF
Code 11 Code 21
Display of Normal System Code: Display of Trouble Code (Example Code 43):
C135804E02
(5) The codes are explained in the code table (See

page BC-151).
order.
(b) Clear the DTC.
CG
DLC3.
SST 09843-18040
TC
G022986E01

seconds.
(4) Check that the warning light or multi information
display indicates the normal system code.
(5) Remove the SST from the terminals of the
DLC3.
HINT:
Clearing the DTCs cannot be performed by
BR03890 disconnecting the battery terminal or the ECU-IG
NO. 2 fuse.
BC
FREEZE FRAME DATA

(a) Whenever an ABS DTC is detected, the skid control
ECU stores the current vehicle (sensor) state as
Freeze Frame Data.
The skid control ECU stores the number of times
activated.
HINT:
• However, if the vehicle is stopped or at a low
speed (4.3 mph (7 km/h) or less), or if a DTC is
detected, the skid control ECU will stop counting
the number.
• Freeze Frame Data at the time the ABS
operates:
When the ECU stores data at the time a DTC is BC
detected, the data stored during ABS operation is
erased.
• Freeze Frame Data at the time a DTC is
detected:
time a DTC is detected, no updates will be
(b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(d) On the tester display, select the Freeze Frame Data.
Item (Display) Measurement Item Reference Value
Min.: 0 mph (0 km/h), Max.: 202 mph (326.4 km/
VEHICLE SPD Vehicle speed reading
h)
Number of operations of ignition switch on (IG)
#IG ON 0 to 31
after storing Freeze Frame Data
MAS CYL PRESS 1 Master cylinder pressure sensor reading Brake pedal released: 0.3 to 0.5 V
M/C PRESS GRADE Master cylinder pressure sensor change Min.: -30 MPa/s, Max.: 225 MPa/s
YAW RATE Yaw rate sensor reading Min.: -128 deg/s, Max.: 127 deg/s
Left turn: Increase
STEERING SEN Steering angle sensor reading
Right turn: Decrease
FORWARD & REA G Forward and backward G Min.: -25.11 m/s2, Max.: 24.91 m/s2
SPD GRADE Vehicle speed grade Min.: -25.11 m/s2, Max.: 24.91 m/s2
BUZZER Skid control buzzer signal Skid control buzzer ON: ON, OFF: OFF
ACCELERATOR % Accelerator opening angle % Min.: 0 %, Max.: 128 %
PARKING BRAKE SW Parking brake switch signal Parking brake switch ON: ON, OFF: OFF
ENGINE TORQUE Real engine torque Min.: -1,024 Nm, Max.: 1,023 Nm
FR WHEEL SPD FR wheel speed
h)
FL WHEEL SPD FL wheel speed
h)
RR WHEEL SPD RR wheel speed
h)

RL WHEEL SPD RL wheel speed
h)
LATERAL G Lateral G Min.: -25.11 m/s2, Max.: 24.91 m/s2
FAIL
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
GEAR POSITION Gear position information
5th
6th
P, N
R
NOT R
FAIL
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
LEVER POSITION Shift lever position information
5th
6th/B
D/M
BC P, N
R
ABS activated: ABS
VSC activated: VSC
TRAC activated: TRAC
OPERATED SYSTEM Operated system status BA activated: BA
Fail safe mode activated: FAIL
No system activated: NON
System prohibited: SYS
TROUBLE CODE Freeze frame DTC Displays to output DTC
INSPECTION MODE Inspection mode OTHER: Normal, INSPECT: Service
FAIL-SAFE CHART
• If there is a problem with sensor signals or actuator
systems, the skid control ECU prohibits power supply
to the brake actuator assembly and informs the ECM
of VSC system failure.
The brake actuator assembly turns off each solenoid
and the ECM shuts off VSC control (traction control
signal) from the skid control ECU accordingly, which
turns out to be as if the ABS, TRAC and VSC systems
were not installed.
The ABS control will be prohibited, but EBD control
continues as much as possible. If EBD control is
impossible, the BRAKE warning light comes on to
warn the driver (See page BC-138).
• If system components have any malfunction before
starting control, immediately stop the operation. If
system components have any malfunction during
control, gradually stop the control so as not to trigger BC
a sudden change in vehicle conditions.
If it is impossible to control the systems, the warning
light comes on to inform the driver of termination of
the systems (See page BC-138).
HINT:
If the hydraulic brake booster encounters a malfunction,
brake performance is gradually lost and ABS, BA, TRAC
and VSC systems are prohibited.
ABS, EBD and BA system:
ABS system ABS, BA, TRAC and VSC control prohibited
BA system ABS, BA, TRAC and VSC control prohibited
EBD system ABS, EBD, BA, TRAC and VSC control prohibited
HINT:
A malfunction in either the ABS or BA system will result
in an identical operation, with ABS, BA, TRAC and VSC
system control prohibited.
TRAC and VSC system:
Engine control system Before control: Disables control
(TRAC and VSC systems) During control: Uses only the brakes to effect control
Brake control system Before control: Disables control
(VSC system) During control: Uses only the engine to effect control
Brake control system Before control: Disables control
(TRAC system) During control: Disables control (by gradually ending control)
HINT:
As for the TRAC and VSC systems, different systems
prohibit different controls depending on a malfunctioning
part.

1. DATA LIST
HINT:
With the intelligent tester connected to the DLC3 and the
ignition switch on (IG), the ABS, TRAC and VSC Data
List can be displayed. Follow the prompts on the tester
screen to access the Data List.
(Display)
ON: Motor relay ON
ABS MTR RELAY ABS motor relay / ON or OFF -
OFF: Motor relay OFF
ON: Motor relay ON
FAIL MTR RELAY Fail safe motor relay / ON or OFF -
ON: Accelerator pedal released
IDLE SW Main idle switch / ON or OFF OFF: Accelerator pedal -
depressed
BC STOP LAMP SW Stop light switch / ON or OFF

-

PARKING BRAKE SW Parking brake switch / ON or OFF -
Engine revolutions / min.: 0 r/min,
ENG REVOLUTIONS - -
max.: 65535 r/min
Gear position information / P/N,
GEAR POSITION - -
R, 1st-6th, FAIL, NOT R
Shift lever position information /
LEVER POSITION - -
P/N, R, D/M, 1st-6th/B, FAIL
SHIFT INFO Shift information / ON or OFF ON: During gear change -
FR wheel speed sensor reading /
Similar speed as indicated on
FR WHEEL SPD min.: 0 mph (0 km/h), max.: 202 Actual wheel speed
speedometer
mph (326 km/h)
FL wheel speed sensor reading /
FL WHEEL SPD min.: 0 mph (0 km/h), max.: 202 Actual wheel speed
speedometer
mph (326 km/h)
RR wheel speed sensor reading /
RR WHEEL SPD min.: 0 mph (0 km/h), max.: 202 Actual wheel speed
speedometer
mph (326 km/h)
RL wheel speed sensor reading /
RL WHEEL SPD min.: 0 mph (0 km/h), max.: 202 Actual wheel speed
speedometer
mph (326 km/h)
Acceleration sensor 1 reading / Approximately 0+-0.13 G while Reading changes when vehicle is
DECELERAT SEN
min.: -1.889 G, max.: 1.875 G stationary bounced
Acceleration sensor 2 reading / Approximately 0+-0.13 G while Reading changes when vehicle is
DECELERAT SEN 2
min.: -1.889 G, max.: 1.875 G stationary bounced
ABS solenoid (SFRR) / ON or
SFRR ON: Operates -
OFF
ABS solenoid (SFRH) / ON or
SFRH ON: Operates -
OFF
ABS solenoid (SFLR) / ON or
SFLR ON: Operates -
OFF
ABS solenoid (SFLH) / ON or
SFLH ON: Operates -
OFF
ABS solenoid (SRRR) / ON or
SRRR ON: Operates -
OFF
ABS solenoid (SRRH) / ON or
SRRH ON: Operates -
OFF

(Display)
ABS solenoid (SRLR) / ON or
SRLR ON: Operates -
OFF
ABS solenoid (SRLH) / ON or
SRLH ON: Operates -
OFF
Master cut solenoid (SM1) / ON
SM1 ON: Operates -
or OFF
Master cut solenoid (SM2) / ON
SM2 ON: Operates -
or OFF
Maximum wheel speed sensor
VEHICLE SPD reading / min.: 0 mph (0 km/h), Actual vehicle speed Speed indicated on speedometer
max.: 202 mph (326 km/h)
Yaw rate sensor 1 / min.: -128 Min.: -128 deg/s
YAW RATE SENS 1 -
deg/s, max.: 127 deg/s Max.: 127 deg/s
Memorized zero value / min.: - Min.: -128 deg/s
ZERO YAW RATE -
128 deg/s, max.: 127 deg/s Max.: 127 deg/s
Steering angle sensor / min.: - Left turn: Increase
STEERING SEN -
3,276.8 deg, max.: 3,276.7 deg Right turn: Decrease
Master cylinder pressure sensor When brake pedal is released: Reading increases when brake
MAS CYL PRESS 1
1 reading / min.: 0 V, max.: 5 V 0.3 to 0.5 V pedal is depressed BC
The difference of a present
ACCELERATOR % accelerator / min.: 0%, max.: - -
128%
Real engine torque / min.: -1,024
ENGINE TORQUE - -
N*m, max.: 1,023 N*m
FR SPD OPN -
FL SPD OPN -
RR SPD OPN -
RL SPD OPN -
YAW RATE OPN -
DECELERAT OPN -
STEERING OPN -
M/C OPN open detection / ERROR or -
NORMAL: Normal
NORMAL
EFI COM OPN -
Number of DTC / min.: 0, max.:
#DTC - -
255
ON: Warning light ON
ABS WARN LAMP ABS warning light / ON or OFF -
OFF: Warning light OFF
BRAKE WARN LAMP BRAKE warning light / ON or OFF -
ON: Indicator light ON
SLIP INDI LAMP SLIP indicator light / ON or OFF -
OFF: Indicator light OFF
ON: Buzzer ON
BUZZER Skid control buzzer / ON or OFF -
OFF: Buzzer OFF
VSC warning light (*1) or multi
ON: Indicator ON
VSC WARN LAMP information display (*2) / ON or -
OFF: Indicator OFF
OFF
Memorized zero value / min.: - Min.: -12.5 MPa
ZERO M/C SEN -
12.5 MPa, max.: 12.4 MPa Max.: 12.4 MPa

(Display)
FR wheel acceleration / min.: - Min.: -200.84 m/s2
FR WHEEL ACCEL 2 2 -
200.84 m/s , max.: 199.27 m/s Max.: 199.27 m/s2
FL wheel acceleration / min.: - Min.: -200.84 m/s2
FL WHEEL ACCEL 2, -
200.84 m/s max.: 199.27 m/s2 Max.: 199.27 m/s2
RR wheel acceleration / min.: - Min.: -200.84 m/s2
RR WHEEL ACCEL -
200.84 m/s2 , max.: 199.27 m/s 2
Max.: 199.27 m/s2
RL wheel acceleration / min.: - Min.: -200.84 m/s2
RL WHEEL ACCEL -
200.84 m/s2, max.: 199.27 m/s2 Max.: 199.27 m/s2
Memorized zero value / min.: - Min.: -25.11 m/s2
ZERO DECELERAT -
25.11 m/s2, max.: 24.91 m/s2 Max.: 24.91 m/s2
ZERO DECELERAT 2 -
25.11 m/s2, max.: 24.91 m/s2 Max.: 24.91 m/s2
Memorized zero value / min.: - Min.: -3,276.8 deg
ZERO STEERING -
3,276.8 deg, max.: 3,276.7 deg Max.: 3,276.7 deg
Lateral G / min.: -25.11 m/s2, Min.: -25.11 m/s2

LATERAL G -
BC max.: 24.91 m/s 2 Max.: 24.91 m/s2
Forward and rearward G / min.: - Min.: -25.11 m/s2
FORWARD&REA G -
25.11 m/s2, max.: 24.91 m/s2 Max.: 24.91 m/s2
Yaw rate value / min.: -128 deg/s, Min.: -128 deg/s
YAW RATE VALUE -
max.: 127 deg/s Max.: 127 deg/s
Steering angle value / min.: - Min.: -3,276.8 deg
STEERING ANGLE -
TRAC STATUS TRAC control status / ON or OFF ON: During the control -
TRAC engine control status / ON
TRAC ENG STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
TRAC brake control status / ON
TRAC BRK STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
FR wheel VSC control status / ON
FR VSC STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
FL wheel VSC control status / ON
FL VSC STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
RR wheel VSC control status /
RR VSC STATUS ON: During the control -
ON or OFF
RL wheel VSC control status / ON
RL VSC STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
FR wheel ABS control status / ON
FR ABS STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
FL wheel ABS control status / ON
FL ABS STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
RR wheel ABS control status /
RR ABS STATUS ON: During the control -
ON or OFF
RL wheel ABS control status / ON
RL ABS STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
RR wheel EBD control status /
RR EBD STATUS ON: During the control -
ON or OFF
RL wheel EBD control status / ON
RL EBD STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
BA STATUS BA control status / ON or OFF ON: During the control -
PBA STATUS PBA control status / ON or OFF ON: During the control -
Inspection mode / OTHER or
INSPECTION MODE - -
INSPECT
Number of ignition switch on (IG)
#IG ON2 after entering the inspection - -
mode / min.: 0, max.: 255

(Display)
Freeze frame DTC / min.:0, max.:
TROUBLE CODE - -
65,535

2. ACTIVE TEST
HINT:
Performing the Active Test using the intelligent tester
allows the relay, actuator, and other items to operate
without removing any parts. Performing the Active Test
as the first step in troubleshooting is one of the methods
to save labor time.
It is possible to display the Data List during the Active
Test.
(c) On the tester display, select the Active Test.
HINT: BC
The ignition switch must be turned on (IG) to
proceed to the Active Test using the intelligent
tester.
Item (Display) Vehicle Condition / Test Details Diagnostic Note
Operating sound of solenoid
(clicking sound) can be heard
SMF Turns master cut solenoid (SM1) ON / OFF
SMR Turns master cut solenoid (SM2) ON / OFF
SOL RELAY Turns ABS solenoid relay ON / OFF -
Operating sound of relay (clicking
MOTOR RELAY Turns ABS motor relay ON / OFF
sound) and motor can be heard
ABS WARN LAMP Turns ABS warning light ON / OFF Observe combination meter
Turns VSC warning light (*1) or multi information display (*2) ON /
VSC WARN LAMP Observe combination meter
OFF
SLIP INDI LAMP Turns SLIP indicator light ON / OFF Observe combination meter
BRAKE WARN LAMP Turns BRAKE warning light ON / OFF Observe combination meter
BUZZER Turns skid control buzzer ON / OFF Buzzer can be heard


• If a trouble code is displayed during the DTC check, check
the circuit indicated by the DTC. For details of each code,
refer to the page for the respective "DTC No." in the DTC
chart.
• Inspect the fuse and relay before investigating the trouble
areas as shown in the table below.
DTC chart of ABS:
1. Front speed sensor RH
3. Speed sensor rotor
C0200/31 (*1) Front Speed Sensor RH Circuit BC-156
control ECU)
1. Front speed sensor LH
C0205/32 (*1) Front Speed Sensor LH Circuit BC-156
BC control ECU)
1. Rear speed sensor RH
C0210/33 (*1) Rear Speed Sensor RH Circuit BC-164
control ECU)
1. Rear speed sensor LH
C0215/34 (*1) Rear Speed Sensor LH Circuit BC-164
control ECU)
C0226/21 SFR Solenoid Circuit BC-172
2. SFRH or SFRR circuit
C0236/22 SFL Solenoid Circuit BC-172
2. SFLH or SFLR circuit
C0246/23 SRR Solenoid Circuit BC-172
2. SRRH or SRRR circuit
C0256/24 SRL Solenoid Circuit BC-172
2. SRLH or SRLR circuit
1. ABS NO. 1 fuse
2. VSC NO. 2 relay
C0273/13 (*1) Open in ABS Motor Relay Circuit BC-175
3. VSC NO. 2 relay circuit
1. ABS NO. 1 fuse
Short to B+ in ABS Motor Relay 2. VSC NO. 2 relay
C0274/14 BC-175
Circuit 3. VSC NO. 2 relay circuit
1. ABS NO. 2 fuse
Open in ABS Solenoid Relay 2. ABS solenoid relay
C0278/11 BC-181
Circuit 3. ABS solenoid relay circuit
Short to B+ in ABS Solenoid
C0279/12 Brake actuator assembly BC-181
Relay Circuit
C1225/25 SM Solenoid Circuit BC-172
2. SM1 or SM2 circuit
Foreign Object is Attached on Tip
C1235/35 3. Sensor installation BC-197
of Front Speed Sensor RH
control ECU)

of Front Speed Sensor LH
control ECU)
of Rear Speed Sensor RH
control ECU)
of Rear Speed Sensor LH
control ECU)
1. ECU-IG NO. 2 fuse
2. Battery
3. Charging system
C1241/41 Low Battery Positive Voltage BC-207
4. Power source circuit
5. Internal power supply circuit of
the skid control ECU
1. Yaw rate and acceleration BC
Acceleration Sensor Stuck sensor
C1243/43 (*1) BC-193
Malfunction 2. Yaw rate and acceleration
sensor circuit
1. Yaw rate and acceleration
Open or Short in Acceleration sensor
C1244/44 BC-193
Sensor Circuit 2. Yaw rate and acceleration
sensor circuit
Acceleration Sensor Output sensor
C1245/45 (*1) BC-193
Malfunction 2. Yaw rate and acceleration
sensor circuit
1. Master cylinder pressure
sensor
Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor 2. Master cylinder pressure
C1246/46 (*2) BC-210
Malfunction sensor circuit
1. STOP fuse
2. Stop light switch
C1249/49 Open in Stop Light Switch Circuit 3. Stop light switch circuit BC-213
control ECU)
1. Brake actuator assembly (GND
circuit)
C1251/51 (*1) Open in Pump Motor Circuit BC-219
(Motor circuit)
1. ABS NO. 1 fuse
2. VSC NO. 1 (fail safe) relay
Short Circuit in ABS Motor Fail
C1361/91 3. VSC NO. 1 (fail safe) relay BC-175
Safe Relay Circuit
circuit
Yaw Rate and / or Acceleration
sensor
C1381/97 Sensor Power Supply Voltage BC-193
Malfunction
sensor power source circuit
Control Module Communication
U0073/94 CAN communication system BC-224
Bus OFF
CAN communication system
Lost Communication with Lateral
U0124/95 (Skid control ECU to yaw rate and BC-224
Acceleration Sensor Module
acceleration sensor)
(*1, *2):
Even after the trouble areas are repaired, the ABS warning
light will not go off unless the following operations are
performed:
• (*1):
(a)Drive the vehicle at 12 mph (20 km/h) for 30 seconds or
more and check that the ABS warning light goes off.
(b)Clear the DTC.
• (*2):
(a)Keep the vehicle stationary for 5 seconds or more and
depress the brake pedal lightly 2 or 3 times.
(b)Drive the vehicle at the vehicle speed of 31 mph (50
km/h) and keep depressing the brake pedal strongly for
(c) Repeat the above operation 3 times or more and check
(d)Clear the DTC.
HINT:
In some cases, the intelligent tester cannot be used when the
BC DTC chart of VSC:
ABS warning light remains on.

43 ABS Control System Malfunction ABS control system BC-155
Engine Control System
C1201/51 Engine control system BC-186
Malfunction
ECM Communication Circuit
C1203/53 ECM BC-187
Malfunction
control ECU)
Zero Point Calibration of Yaw
C1210/36 2. Yaw rate and acceleration BC-188
Rate Sensor Undone
sensor
3. Zero point calibration undone
1. Steering angle sensor
2. Steering angle sensor circuit
Steering Angle Sensor Circuit 3. Steering angle sensor power
C1231/31 BC-190
Malfunction supply
control ECU)
sensor
C1232/32 Stuck in Acceleration Sensor BC-193
sensor circuit
sensor
C1234/34 Yaw Rate Sensor Malfunction BC-193
sensor circuit
sensor zero point calibration
incomplete
Steering Angle Sensor Zero Point 2. Poor adjustment of the
C1290/66 BC-222
Malfunction centered position of the steering
wheel
3. Poor adjustment of front wheel
alignment
control ECU)
Zero Point Calibration of
C1336/39 2. Yaw rate and acceleration BC-188
Acceleration Sensor Undone
sensor
3. Zero point calibration undone
Lost Communication with ECM / CAN communication system
U0100/65 BC-224
PCM (Skid control ECU to ECM)

Lost Communication with Yaw
U0123/62 (Skid control ECU to yaw rate and BC-224
Rate Sensor Module
Lost Communication with
U0126/63 (Skid control ECU to steering BC-224
Steering Angle Sensor Module
angle sensor)
HINT:
VSC warning light (models without multi information display)
or multi information display (models with multi information
display) remains on.
Test Mode DTC of ABS:
Low Output Signal of Front Speed
Sensor RH (Test Mode DTC)
Low Output Signal of Front Speed
Sensor LH (Test Mode DTC)
3. Speed sensor rotor BC
Low Output Signal of Rear Speed
Sensor RH (Test Mode DTC)
Low Output Signal of Rear Speed
Sensor LH (Test Mode DTC)
Abnormal Change in Output
C1275/75 Signal of Front Speed Sensor RH Speed sensor rotor BC-197
(Test Mode DTC)
C1276/76 Signal of Front Speed Sensor LH Speed sensor rotor BC-197
(Test Mode DTC)
C1277/77 Signal of Rear Speed Sensor RH Speed sensor rotor BC-197
(Test Mode DTC)
C1278/78 Signal of Rear Speed Sensor LH Speed sensor rotor BC-197
(Test Mode DTC)
Acceleration Sensor Output 1. Yaw rate and acceleration
C1279/79 Voltage Malfunction (Test Mode sensor BC-193
DTC) 2. Sensor installation
Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor 1. Stop light switch
C1281/81 Output Malfunction (Test Mode 2. Master cylinder pressure BC-210
DTC) sensor
Test Mode DTC of VSC:

Yaw Rate Sensor (Test Mode
C0371/71 Yaw rate and acceleration sensor BC-193
DTC)
DTC 43 ABS Control System Malfunction

DESCRIPTION
This DTC is output when the VSC system detects a malfunction in the ABS control system.
DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area
43 Malfunction in the ABS control system. ABS control system
NOTICE:
When replacing the brake actuator assembly, perform zero point calibration (See page BC-119).
1 CHECK ABS CONTROL SYSTEM

BC Result
DTC (ABS control system DTC) is not output A
DTC (ABS control system DTC) is output B
B REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT

DTC (See page BC-151)
2 RECONFIRM DTC

Result
DTC (43) is not output A
DTC (43) is output B
USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

DTC C0200/31 Front Speed Sensor RH Circuit
DTC C0205/32 Front Speed Sensor LH Circuit

DTC C1271/71
(Test Mode DTC)

DTC C1272/72
(Test Mode DTC)
DESCRIPTION
The speed sensors detect wheel speed and transmit the signals to the ECU. These signals are used for
control of the ABS control system. Each of the front and rear rotors have 48 serrations.
induces an AC voltage.
Since the frequency of this AC voltage changes in direct proportion to the speed of the rotor, the BC
frequency is used by the ECU to detect the speed of each wheel.
DTCs C1271/71 and C1272/72 can be deleted when the speed sensor sends a wheel speed signal or the
Test Mode ends. DTCs C1271/71 and C1272/72 are output only in the Test Mode.
Speed Sensor
Rotor N S Magnet
Coil
To ECU
Low speed
High speed
+V
-V
F000010E04

1. At a vehicle speed of 6 mph (10 km/h) or more, an open
• Front speed sensor RH/LH
or short in the sensor signal circuit continues for 1 second
C0200/31 or more.
C0205/32 2. Momentary interruption of the sensor signal from the
abnormal wheel occurs 7 times or more.
3. An open in the speed sensor signal circuit continues for
0.5 seconds or more.
HINT:
• DTC C0200/31 is for the front speed sensor RH.
• DTC C0205/32 is for the front speed sensor LH.
WIRING DIAGRAM
- Skid Control ECU
Front Speed Sensor RH
FR+
2 1 3
FR-
17
Front Speed Sensor LH

BC
FL+
2 1 18
FL-
4
C132772E05
NOTICE:
1 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION)
(a) Using the intelligent tester, check for any momentary

interruption in the wire harness and connector
corresponding to a DTC (See page BC-118).
ABS / VSC:
Item (Display) Measurement Item / Range (Display) Normal Condition
FR speed sensor open detection / ERROR or ERROR: Momentary interruption
FR SPD OPN
NORMAL NORMAL: Normal
FL speed sensor open detection / ERROR or ERROR: Momentary interruption
FL SPD OPN
Result
There are no momentary interruptions A
There are momentary interruptions B
There is a constant open circuit C
HINT:
Perform the above inspection before removing the
sensor and connector.
B Go to step 11
C Go to step 5

(c) Start the engine.
(d) Select the Data List mode on the intelligent tester.
ABS / VSC:
FR wheel speed sensor reading / min.: 0 mph (0 km/
h), max.: 202 mph (326 km/h)
FL wheel speed sensor reading /min.: 0 mph (0 km/h),
max.: 202 mph (326 km/h)
BC
(e) Check that there is no difference between the speed
OK:
NG Go to step 5
OK
3 PERFORM TEST MODE (SIGNAL CHECK)
(a) Perform sensor check in the Test Mode procedure (See

page BC-123).
OK:
All Test Mode DTCs are erased.
NG Go to step 5
OK
4 RECONFIRM DTC

(d) Drive the vehicle at the speed of 20 mph (32 km/h) or
(e) Check if the same DTC is recorded (See page BC-141).
Result
DTCs (C0200/31 and/or C0205/32) are not output A
DTCs (C0200/31 and/or C0205/32) are output B
HINT:
Problem Symptoms Table, refer back to the table and
proceed to the next step (See page BC-134).
B Go to step 7
5 CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION

BC
Front Speed Sensor:
(b) Check the speed sensor installation.
OK:
8.0 N*m (82 kgf*cm,
There is no clearance between the sensor and the
71 in.*lbf) front steering knuckle.
Torque:
No clearance 8.0 N*m (82 kgf*cm, 71 in.*lbf)
OK NG
BR03795E52
NG INSTALL FRONT SPEED SENSOR
CORRECTLY
OK
6 CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR TIP
(a) Remove the front speed sensor (See page BC-438).

OK:
NOTICE:
NG CLEAN OR REPLACE FRONT SPEED
SENSOR
OK

Front Speed Sensor: (b) Install the front speed sensor.
(c) Disconnect the front speed sensor connector.
(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
1 RH
2
1.4 to 1.8 kΩ at 20°C (68
1 (FR+) - 2 (FR-) Always
°F)
1 (FR+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
2 (FR-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
LH
C136017E01
1.4 to 1.8 kΩ at 20°C (68
BC
1 (FL+) - 2 (FL-) Always
°F)
1 (FL+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
2 (FL-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
NOTICE:
(See page BC-123).
NG REPLACE FRONT SPEED SENSOR
OK
8 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU - FRONT SPEED SENSOR)

RH
FR+ Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
A26 FL- A26-3 (FR+) - A35-1 (FR+) Always Below 1 Ω
A26-3 (FR+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
A26-17 (FR-) - A35-2 (FR-) Always Below 1 Ω
A26-17 (FR-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
LH
FR- FL+
Front Speed Sensor Harness Side A26-18 (FL+) - A14-1 (FL+) Always Below 1 Ω
BC Connector Front View: A26-18 (FL+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
A26-4 (FL-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
A35 A14
CONNECTOR
FR- FR+ FL- FL+
C136018E01
OK
9 CHECK SPEED SENSOR AND SPEED SENSOR ROTOR SERRATIONS
(a) Reconnect the front speed sensor connector.

Skid Control ECU Harness Side (b) Connect the oscilloscope to the front speed sensor
Connector Front View: terminal of the skid control ECU.
rotated.
FR+ OK:
A26 FL- The same waveform is output from all the 4 wheels
waveform.
HINT:
• As the vehicle speed (wheel revolution speed)
increases, a cycle of the waveform narrows and the
FR- FL+ output voltage becomes greater.
speed sensor rotor's scratches, looseness or foreign BC
matter attached to it.
GND
1 V/Division, 2 ms/Division
C136019E04
OK
10 RECONFIRM DTC
(a) Reconnect the skid control ECU connector.

Result
DTCs (C0200/31 and/or C0205/32) are output A
DTCs (C0200/31 and/or C0205/32) are not output B
HINT:
B USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK
REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
11 REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU - FRONT

SPEED SENSOR)

(b) Repair or replace the harness or connector.
(c) Check for any momentary interruption between the skid
control ECU and front speed sensor (See page BC-118).
(d) Check that there is no momentary interruption.
NEXT
BC 12 RECONFIRM DTC

Result
HINT:
B Go to step 2
END
DTC C0210/33 Rear Speed Sensor RH Circuit
DTC C0215/34 Rear Speed Sensor LH Circuit

DTC C1273/73
(Test Mode DTC)

DTC C1274/74
(Test Mode DTC)
DESCRIPTION
Since the frequency of this AC voltage changes in direct proportion to the speed of the rotor, the BC
DTCs C1273/73 and C1274/74 can be deleted when the speed sensor sends a wheel speed signal or the
Test Mode ends. DTCs C1273/73 and C1274/74 are output only in the Test Mode.
Speed Sensor
Rotor N S Magnet
Coil
To ECU
Low speed
High speed
+V
-V
F000010E04

1. At a vehicle speed of 6 mph (10 km/h) or more, an open
• Rear speed sensor RH/LH
or short in the sensor signal circuit continues for 1 second
C0210/33 or more.
C0215/34 2. Momentary interruption of the sensor signal from the
abnormal wheel occurs 7 times or more.
3. An open in the speed sensor signal circuit continues for
0.5 seconds or more.
HINT:
• DTC C0210/33 is for the rear speed sensor RH.
• DTC C0215/34 is for the rear speed sensor LH.
WIRING DIAGRAM
- Skid Control ECU
Rear Speed Sensor RH
RR+
2 1 5
RR-
19
Rear Speed Sensor LH

BC
RL+
2 1 20
RL-
6
C132772E06
NOTICE:

ABS / VSC:
RR speed sensor open detection / ERROR or ERROR: Momentary interruption
RR SPD OPN
RL speed sensor open detection / ERROR or ERROR: Momentary interruption
RL SPD OPN
Result
There are no momentary interruptions A
There are momentary interruptions B
There is a constant open circuit C
HINT:
B Go to step 11
C Go to step 5

(d) Select the Data List mode on the intelligent tester.
ABS / VSC:
RR wheel speed sensor reading / min.: 0 mph (0 km/
h), max.: 202 mph (326 km/h)
RL wheel speed sensor reading / min.: 0 mph (0 km/
h), max.: 202 mph (326 km/h)
BC
(e) Check that there is no difference between the speed
OK:
NG Go to step 5
OK
3 PERFORM TEST MODE (SIGNAL CHECK)
(a) Perform sensor check in the Test Mode procedure (See

page BC-123).
OK:
All Test Mode DTCs are erased.
NG Go to step 5
OK
4 RECONFIRM DTC

Result
HINT:
B Go to step 6
5 CHECK REAR SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION

BC
Rear Speed Sensor:
(b) Check the speed sensor installation.
OK:
axle carrier.
No Clearance NG INSTALL REAR SPEED SENSOR

CORRECTLY
OK NG
F010178E22
OK

(b) Disconnect the rear speed sensor connector.
Rear Speed Sensor:
table below.
RH
2 (RR+) - 1 (RR-) Always 0.9 to 2.1 kΩ
2 (RR+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
1 1 (RR-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
2 LH
2 (RL+) - 1 (RL-) Always 0.9 to 2.1 kΩ
C113377E02 2 (RL+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
1 (RL-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
NOTICE:
(See page BC-123).
NG REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR
OK
7 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL SENSOR WIRE)
(a) Disconnect the skid control sensor wire.

Skid Control Sensor Wire:
table below.
Vehicle Side Connector "B" Standard resistance:
f1 :RH RH
g1 :LH Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
f1 ("A"-1) - f1 ("B"-2) Always Below 1 Ω
f1 ("A"-1) - f1 ("B"-1) Always 10 kΩ or higher
f1 ("A"-1) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher BC
f1 ("A"-2) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
Sensor Side Connector "A"
LH
C136026E01 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
g1 ("A"-1) - g1 ("B"-2) Always Below 1 Ω
g1 ("A"-1) - g1 ("B"-1) Always 10 kΩ or higher
g1 ("A"-1) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
NOTICE:
(See page BC-123).
NG REPLACE SKID CONTROL SENSOR WIRE
OK
8 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU - REAR SPEED SENSOR)

RH
A26 RR+ RL- Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
A26-5 (RR+) - f1-1 (RR+) Always Below 1 Ω
A26-5 (RR+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
A26-19 (RR-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
RR- RL+ LH
Connector Front View: A26-20 (RL+) - g1-1 (RL+) Always Below 1 Ω
BC A26-20 (RL+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
A26-6 (RL-) - g1-2 (RL-) Always Below 1 Ω
A26-6 (RL-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
f1 g1
CONNECTOR
RR- RR+ RL- RL+
C136020E01
OK
(a) Reconnect the skid control sensor wire.

Skid Control ECU Harness Side (b) Reconnect the rear speed sensor connector.
Connector Front View: (c) Connect the oscilloscope to the rear speed sensor
terminal of the skid control ECU.
(d) Check that a waveform is output when the tires are
RR+ rotated.
A26 RL-
OK:
The same waveform is output from all the 4 wheels
waveform.
HINT:
RR- RL+
output voltage becomes greater.
Normal Signal Waveform: oscilloscope, the erratic signals are generated due to BC
speed sensor rotor's scratches, looseness or foreign
GND
C136019E02
OK
10 RECONFIRM DTC

Result
HINT:
11 REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU - REAR SPEED

SENSOR)

control ECU and rear speed sensor (See page BC-118).
NEXT
BC 12 RECONFIRM DTC

Result
HINT:
B Go to step 2
END
DTC C1225/25 SM Solenoid Circuit

DESCRIPTION
These solenoids turn on when signals are received from the skid control ECU and they control the
pressure acting on the wheel cylinders to control the braking force.
C0226/21
C0236/22
C0246/23
Open or short in the solenoid circuit continues for 0.05 seconds or
more.
•
•
Solenoid circuit
BC
C0256/24
• While outputting switching solenoid (SM1 or SM2) ON,
overcurrent continues for 0.05 seconds or more.
• While outputting switching solenoid (SM1 or SM2) OFF, an
open circuit continues for 0.05 seconds or more.
• While outputting switching solenoid (SM1 or SM2) ON,
• Brake actuator assembly
C1225/25 an open circuit continues for 0.1 second or more.
• SM1 or SM2 circuit
• While outputting switching solenoid (SM1 or SM2) OFF,
current continues to be applied for 0.1 second or more.
• Short to GND in the switching solenoid (SM1 or SM2)
continues for 0.1 second or more.
• Switching solenoids SM1 and SM2 are shorted for 0.1 second
or more.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Skid Control ECU
ALT ABS NO. 2 Solenoid Relay

31 +BS
SFRH
SFLH
BC
SRRH
SRLH
SFRR
SFLR
GND1 SRRR
32
SRLR
FL MAIN
GND2 SM1
1
SM2
Battery
C136021E01
NOTICE:
1 RECONFIRM DTC
HINT:
These codes are detected when a problem is determined in
the brake actuator assembly.
The solenoid circuits are in the brake actuator assembly.
inspection cannot be performed. Be sure to check if any DTC
code is output before replacing the brake actuator assembly.
(c) Drive the vehicle at the speed of 4 mph (6 km/h) or more.
Result
DTCs (C0226/21, C0236/22, C0246/23, C0256/24 and/or C1225/25) are not output A
DTCs (C0226/21, C0236/22, C0246/23, C0256/24 and/or C1225/25) are output B
BC
HINT:
• If a speed signal of 4 mph (6 km/h) or more is input to
the skid control ECU, with the ignition switch on (IG)
and the stop light switch off, the ECU performs self
diagnosis of the motor and solenoid circuits.
wire harness of the brake actuator assembly (skid
control ECU), inspect and repair the connector or wire
harness.

DTC C0273/13 Open in ABS Motor Relay Circuit
DTC C0274/14 Short to B+ in ABS Motor Relay Circuit
Short Circuit in ABS Motor Fail Safe Relay Cir-

DTC C1361/91
cuit
DESCRIPTION
If a DTC of the motor line is stored, the VSC NO. 1 (fail safe) relay cuts off the power supply to the VSC
NO. 2 relay and performs fail safe.
While any of the ABS, TRAC, VSC, or BA is operating, the skid control ECU (housed in the actuator
assembly) turns the VSC NO. 2 relay on and activates the pump motor in the brake actuator.
This code may be stored if the motor relay (BM) voltage becomes lower than the DTC detecting condition
due to insufficient output from the battery or alternator.
BC When any of the following (1 or 2) is detected:

1. All of the following conditions continue for 0.12 seconds or
more.
• The IG1 terminal voltage is between 9.5 and 17.2 V. • ABS NO. 1 fuse
• During initial check and ABS, BA, TRAC, or VSC are • VSC NO. 2 relay
C0273/13
operating. • VSC NO. 2 relay circuit
• Relay contact is open when the relay is ON. • Brake actuator assembly
2. All of the following conditions continue for 0.12 seconds.
• The IG1 terminal voltage is 9.5 V or less.
• Relay contact remains open when the relay is ON.
• ABS NO. 1 fuse
When the motor relay is OFF, the VSC NO. 2 relay remains • VSC NO. 2 relay
C0274/14
closed for 4 seconds or more. • VSC NO. 2 relay circuit
• ABS NO. 1 fuse
Immediately after the ignition switch is turned on (IG), the
• VSC NO. 1 (fail safe) relay
C1361/91 relay contact is closed for 4 seconds when the VSC NO. 1
• VSC NO. 1 (fail safe) relay circuit
(fail safe) relay is OFF.
WIRING DIAGRAM
R+
45
VSC NO. 1 (Fail Safe)
MRF
1 2 14
5 3
BC
VSC NO. 2
MR Skid Control
1 2 15 ECU
ABS NO. 1
3 5
BM
ALT
2
Pump
FL MAIN Motor
GND2
Battery 1
C136022E01
NOTICE:
1 INSPECT ABS NO. 1 FUSE
Engine Room R/B:
Fusible Link
ABS NO. 1
(50 A) Fuse
BC C136500E06
(b) Check if the fusible link is melted.

Fusible Link: OK:
The fusible link is melted.
nut.
NG REPLACE FUSIBLE LINK (ABS NO. 1 FUSE)
ABS NO. 1
E130412E02
OK
2 INSPECT VSC NO. 2 RELAY
(a) Remove the VSC NO. 2 relay.

VSC NO. 2 Relay:
table below.
Standard resistance
3-5 Always 10 kΩ or higher
Apply B+ between
3-5 Below 1 Ω
terminals 1 and 2
F050240E07
NG REPLACE VSC NO. 2 RELAY
OK
3 INSPECT VSC NO. 1 (FAIL SAFE) RELAY

BC
(a) Remove the VSC NO. 1 (fail safe) relay.
VSC NO. 1 (Fail Safe) Relay:
table below.
Standard resistance
Apply B+ between
3-5 Below 1 Ω
terminals 1 and 2
F050241E11
NG REPLACE VSC NO. 1 (FAIL SAFE) RELAY
OK
4 INSPECT ENGINE ROOM RELAY BLOCK (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)
(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the

Engine Room R/B:
VSC NO. 1 (Fail Safe) Relay table below.
Standard voltage
VSC NO. 1 (fail safe) relay terminal 5 -
Always 10 to 14 V
Body ground

C135809E01
OK
5 INSPECT ENGINE ROOM RELAY BLOCK

Engine Room R/B: VSC NO. 1 (Fail Safe) Relay
table below.
Standard resistance
Always Below 1 Ω
VSC NO. 2 relay terminal 5
Body ground
VSC NO. 2 Relay
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE ENGINE ROOM
RELAY BLOCK
BC C135809E02
OK
6 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU - ENGINE ROOM RELAY
BLOCK)

table below.
Standard resistance
A26
A26-2 (BM) - VSC NO. 2 relay
Always Below 1 Ω
terminal 3
A26-2 (BM) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
A26-14 (MRF) - VSC NO. 1 (fail safe)
Always Below 1 Ω
relay terminal 2
MR
BM R+
MRF A26-14 (MRF) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
Engine Room R/B: A26-15 (MR) - VSC NO. 2 relay
Always Below 1 Ω
VSC NO. 1 (Fail Safe) Relay terminal 2
A26-15 (MR) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
A26-45 (R+) - VSC NO. 1 (fail safe)
Always Below 1 Ω
relay terminal 1
A26-45 (R+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher

VSC NO. 2 Relay CONNECTOR
C136023E03
OK
7 RECONFIRM DTC

(c) Drive the vehicle at the speed of 4 mph (6 km/h) or more.
HINT:
Reinstall the relays, connectors, etc. and restore the
Result
DTCs (C0273/13, C0274/14 and/or C1361/91) are not output A
DTCs (C0273/13, C0274/14 and/or C1361/91) are output B
HINT:
• If a speed signal of 4 mph (6 km/h) or more is input to BC
harness.

DTC C0278/11 Open in ABS Solenoid Relay Circuit
DTC C0279/12 Short to B+ in ABS Solenoid Relay Circuit

DESCRIPTION
The ABS solenoid relay supplies power to the ABS solenoid and TRAC solenoid.
The solenoid relay is turned on 1.5 seconds after the ignition switch is turned on (IG), and is turned off if
an open or short in the solenoid is detected by self diagnosis performed when the vehicle starts running.
The ABS solenoid relay is housed in the skid control ECU in the actuator assembly.
HINT:
If a speed signal of 4 mph (6 km/h) or more is input to the skid control ECU, with the ignition switch on (IG)
and the stop light switch off, the ECU performs self diagnosis of the motor and solenoid circuits.
When any of the following (1 or 2) is detected:
1. Both of the following conditions continue for 0.2 seconds or more.
• The IG1 terminal voltage is between 9.5 and 17.2 V. • ABS NO. 2 fuse
• The solenoid relay contact is open when the relay is ON. • ABS solenoid relay
C0278/11
BC 2. Both of the following conditions continue for 0.2 seconds or more.
• IG1 terminal voltage becomes lower than 9.5 V or less when the
•
•
ABS solenoid relay circuit
relay is turned on.
• The relay contact remains open.
Immediately after the ignition switch is turned on (IG), the solenoid
C0279/12 Brake actuator assembly
relay contact is closed for 0.2 seconds when the relay is turned off.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Skid Control ECU
ALT ABS NO. 2 Solenoid Relay

31 +BS
SFRH
SFLH
BC
SRRH
SRLH
SFRR
SFLR
GND1 SRRR
32
SRLR
FL MAIN
GND2 SM1
1
SM2
Battery
C136021E01
NOTICE:
1 INSPECT ABS NO. 2 FUSE
Engine Room R/B:
Fusible Link
ABS NO. 2
(30 A) Fuse
BC C136500E07
(b) Check if the fusible link is melted.

Fusible Link: OK:
The fusible link is melted.
nut.
NG REPLACE FUSIBLE LINK (ABS NO. 2 FUSE)
ABS NO. 2
E130412E03
OK
2 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU (+BS TERMINAL)
Skid Control ECU Harness Side

table below.
Standard voltage
A26-31 (+BS) - Body ground Always 10 to 14 V
A26
+BS
F049362E96
OK
3 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU (GND TERMINAL)

BC
Standard resistance
A26-32 (GND1) - Body ground Always Below 1 Ω
A26
GND2 GND1 F049362E97
OK
4 RECONFIRM DTC

(d) Drive the vehicle at the speed of 4 mph (6 km/h) or more.
Result
HINT:

harness.
BC
DTC C1201/51 Engine Control System Malfunction

DESCRIPTION
If a malfunction in the engine control system is detected, the operations of VSC and TRAC are prohibited
by the fail safe function. When the signals from the engine are input normally, the fail safe is cancelled and
the DTC is not stored.
Engine control system malfunction signal continues for 5
C1201/51 Engine control system
seconds.
1 CHECK ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
(a) Check if the engine control system DTC is output (See

page ES-45 for 2GR-FE, or ES-38 for 2AZ-FE).
Result BC
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
B INSPECT ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
REPLACE ECM
DTC C1203/53 ECM Communication Circuit Malfunction

DESCRIPTION
The circuit is used to send TRAC and VSC control information from the skid control ECU to the ECM, and
engine control information from the ECM to the skid control ECU.
Engine, drive source and destination variations that are sent
C1203/53 ECM
from the ECM do not match the ones of the skid control ECU.
1 CHECK PART NUMBER (ECM AND BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY)
(a) Check that the proper ECM and brake actuator assembly
(skid control ECU) are installed.
OK:
BC Proper ECUs are installed.
NG REPLACE ECUS WITH PROPER ONES
OK
REPLACE ECM
Zero Point Calibration of Yaw Rate Sensor

DTC C1210/36
Undone
Zero Point Calibration of Acceleration Sensor

DTC C1336/39
Undone
DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU receives signals from the yaw rate and acceleration sensor via the CAN
The yaw rate sensor has the built in acceleration sensor and detects the vehicle's condition using 2
circuits (GL1, GL2). If there is trouble in the bus lines between the yaw rate and acceleration sensor and
the CAN communication system, the DTCs U0123/62 (yaw rate sensor communication trouble) and
U0124/95 (acceleration sensor communication trouble) are output.
The DTCs are also output when the calibration has not been completed.
• Yaw rate and acceleration sensor BC
C1210/36 Zero point calibration of yaw rate sensor undone. • Zero point calibration undone
(Perform zero point calibration and check DTC.
If DTC is not output again, the sensor is normal)
When either of the following is detected: • Brake actuator assembly (Skid control ECU)
1. The vehicle runs in the normal mode with zero point • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor
C1336/39 calibration undone. • Zero point calibration undone
2. After the zero point has been obtained, the zero point (Perform zero point calibration and check DTC.
voltage of the sensor is not between 2.38 and 2.62 V. If DTC is not output again, the sensor is normal)
NOTICE:
HINT:
When U0123/62, U0124/95 or U0126/63 is output along with C1210/36 or C1336/39, inspect and repair
trouble areas indicated by U0123/62, U0124/95 or U0126/63 first.
1 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION OF YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR
(a) Perform zero point calibration of the yaw rate and

acceleration sensor (See page BC-119).
NEXT
2 RECONFIRM DTC

(b) Check if the same DTCs are recorded (See page BC-
141).
Result
HINT:
• The DTCs are recorded because zero point
calibration has not been completed.
• End the procedure as the same DTCs are not
recorded after completion of zero point calibration.
B END
3 CHECK YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR INSTALLATION

(b) Check that the yaw rate and acceleration sensor has
been installed properly (See page BC-448).
OK:
The sensor should be tightened to the specified
torque.
BC The sensor should not be tilted.
NG INSTALL YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION
SENSOR CORRECTLY
OK

DTC C1231/31 Steering Angle Sensor Circuit Malfunction

DESCRIPTION
The steering angle sensor signal is sent to the skid control ECU via the CAN communication system.
When there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system, it will be detected by the steering angle
sensor zero point malfunction diagnostic function.
• Steering angle sensor
When ECU IG1 terminal voltage is 9.5 V or more, the steering • Steering angle sensor circuit
C1231/31
angle sensor malfunction signal is received. • Steering angle sensor power supply
WIRING DIAGRAM
Steering Angle Sensor - Skid Control ECU BC
CANL CANL
9 25
CANH CANH
10 11
ECU-B NO. 1
BAT
3 2 1
From Battery
IG1
ECU-IG NO. 2
IG
1 3 5
ESS From Ignition Switch (*1),

2 1 2 Main Body ECU (*2)
(*1): without Smart Key System (*2): with Smart Key System
C136024E04
HINT:
• When U0073/94, U0123/62, U0124/95 or U0126/63 is output together with C1231/31, inspect and
repair the trouble areas indicated by U0073/94, U0123/62, U0124/95 or U0126/63 first.
• When the speed sensor or the yaw rate sensor has trouble, DTCs for the steering angle sensor may be
output even when the steering angle sensor is normal. When DTCs for the speed sensor or yaw rate
sensor are output together with other DTCs for the steering angle sensor, inspect and repair the speed
sensor and yaw rate sensor first, and then inspect and repair the steering angle sensor.
1 CHECK DTC

(b) Turn the ignition switch off.
(c) Turn the ignition switch on (IG) again and check that no
CAN communication system DTC is output.
(d) Drive the vehicle and turn the steering wheel to the right
and left at the speed of 22 mph (35 km/h) and check that
no speed sensor and yaw rate sensor DTCs are output.
Result
No CAN communication system DTC and the speed sensor or yaw rate sensor DTC
A
BC are output
Speed sensor or yaw rate sensor DTC is output C
HINT:
• If there is a malfunction in the speed sensor or the
yaw rate sensor, an abnormal value may be output
although the steering angle sensor is normal.
• If the speed sensor and the yaw rate sensor DTCs are
output simultaneously, repair the sensors and inspect
the steering angle sensor.
C REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT

2 INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

Steering Angle Sensor Wire (b) Remove the steering wheel and the column cover lower.
Harness View: (c) Disconnect the steering angle sensor connector.
(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard voltage
Specified
Tester Connection Condition
Condition
Ignition switch on
E17-1 (IG) - Body ground 10 to 14 V
(IG)
E17-3 (BAT) - Body ground Always 10 to 14 V
E17-1 (IG)

E17-3 (BAT)
G030156E15
OK
3 INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

Steering Angle Sensor Wire (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
Harness View:
table below.
Standard resistance
E17-2 (ESS) - Body ground Always Below 1 Ω
HINT:
E17-2 (ESS) CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)
BC
G030156E16
OK
REPLACE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

DTC C1232/32 Stuck in Acceleration Sensor
DTC C0371/71 Yaw Rate Sensor (Test Mode DTC)
DTC C1234/34 Yaw Rate Sensor Malfunction
DTC C1243/43 Acceleration Sensor Stuck Malfunction
DTC C1244/44 Open or Short in Acceleration Sensor Circuit
DTC C1245/45 Acceleration Sensor Output Malfunction
Acceleration Sensor Output Voltage Malfunc-

DTC C1279/79
tion (Test Mode DTC)
BC
Yaw Rate and / or Acceleration Sensor Power
DTC C1381/97
Supply Voltage Malfunction
DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU receives signals from the yaw rate and acceleration sensor via the CAN
The yaw rate sensor has a built in acceleration sensor and detects the vehicle's condition using 2 circuits
(GL1, GL2).
If there is trouble in the bus lines between the yaw rate and acceleration sensor and the CAN
communication system, the DTC U0123/62 (malfunction in CAN communication with the yaw rate sensor)
and U0124/95 (malfunction in CAN communication with the acceleration sensor) are output.
These DTCs are also output when calibration has not been completed.
DTCs C0371/71 and C1279/79 can be deleted when the yaw rate and acceleration sensor sends a yaw
rate and/or acceleration signal or the Test Mode ends. DTCs C0371/71 and C1279/79 are output only in
the Test Mode.
At a vehicle speed of 6 mph (10 km/h) or more, either GL1 or • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor
C1232/32
GL2 (input signal) does not change for 30 seconds or more. • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor circuit
Sensor malfunction signal is received from the yaw rate • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor
C1234/34
sensor. • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor circuit
While the vehicle speed changes from 19 mph (30 km/h) to 0
C1243/43 mph (0 km/h), the condition that the values of GL1 and GL2
• Yaw rate and acceleration sensor circuit
do not change occurs 16 times or more.
1. A data malfunction signal is received from the
acceleration sensor. • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor
C1244/44
2. After the difference between GL1 and GL2 becomes 0.6 • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor circuit
G or more with the vehicle stationary, the difference
remains 0.4 G or more for 60 seconds or more.
At a vehicle speed of 19 mph (30 km/h) or more, the
difference between the forward and backward G calculated
C1245/45 from the acceleration sensor value and that calculated from
• Yaw rate and acceleration sensor circuit
the vehicle speed sensor exceeds 0.35 G for 60 seconds or
more.
At a vehicle speed of more than 2 mph (3 km/h), the • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor
C1381/97 acceleration sensor power source malfunction signal is • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor power source
received for 10 seconds or more. circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM

Yaw Rate and
Acceleration Sensor - Skid Control ECU
CANL CANL
2 25
CANH CANH
3 11
From Battery
BC
IG1
ECU-IG NO. 2
IG
5 3 5
GND From Ignition Switch (*1),

1 1 2 Main Body ECU (*2)
C136028E04
NOTICE:
When replacing the yaw rate and acceleration sensor, perform zero point calibration (See page
BC-119).
HINT:
When U0123/62, U0124/95 or U0126/63 is output together with C1232/32, C1234/34, C1243/43, C1244/
44, C1245/45, or C1381/97, inspect and repair the trouble areas indicated by U0123/62, U0124/95 or
U0126/63 first.
1 CHECK DTC

(c) At a speed of 19 mph (30 km/h) or more, drive the
vehicle, turn the steering wheel, and decelerate the
vehicle (depress the brake pedal).
(d) Turn the ignition switch on (IG) again and check that no
(e) Check if DTCs for zero point calibration of the yaw rate
sensor undone (C1210/36) or for zero point calibration of
the acceleration sensor undone (C1336/39) are output.
Result
DTCs (C1210/36, C1336/39 and/or CAN communication system DTC) are not output A
DTCs (C1210/36 and/or C1336/39) are output C
C REPAIR CIRCUIT INDICATED BY OUTPUT

BC
2 CHECK YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR INSTALLATION

(b) Check that the yaw rate and acceleration sensor has
OK:
The sensor is tightened to the specified torque.
The sensor is not tilted.
SENSOR CORRECTLY
OK
3 INSPECT YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR (IG TERMINAL)
(a) Disconnect the yaw rate and acceleration sensor

Yaw Rate and Acceleration Sensor Harness Side
Connector Front View: connector.
table below.
Standard voltage
E34
IG E34-5 (IG) - Body
ground
G026359E61

CONNECTOR (IG CIRCUIT)
OK
4 INSPECT YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR (GND TERMINAL)

Yaw Rate and Acceleration Sensor Harness Side
table below.
Standard resistance
E34-1 (GND) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
ground
E34
NOTICE:
GND G026359E62
Check the yaw rate and acceleration sensor signal
after replacement (See page BC-123).
HINT:
BC
OK
REPLACE YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR

Foreign Object is Attached on Tip of Front

DTC C1235/35
Speed Sensor RH
Foreign Object is Attached on Tip of Front

DTC C1236/36
Speed Sensor LH
Foreign Object is Attached on Tip of Rear

DTC C1238/38
Speed Sensor RH
Foreign Object is Attached on Tip of Rear

DTC C1239/39
Speed Sensor LH

DTC C1275/75

DTC C1276/76

DTC C1277/77
Speed Sensor RH (Test Mode DTC)

DTC C1278/78
DESCRIPTION
Since the frequency of this AC voltage changes in direct proportion to the speed of the rotor, the
DTCs C1275/75 to C1278/78 can be deleted when the speed sensor sends a vehicle speed signal or the
Test Mode ends. DTCs from C1275/75 to C1278/78 are output only in the Test Mode.
Speed Sensor
Rotor N S Magnet
Coil
To ECU
Low speed
High speed
+V
-V
F000010E04

• Speed sensor
C1235/35
C1236/36
At a vehicle speed of 12 mph (20 km/h) or more, noise • Speed sensor rotor BC
occurs in the sensor signal from the abnormal wheel for 5 • Sensor installation
C1238/38
seconds or more. • Brake actuator assembly
C1239/39
(Skid control ECU)
HINT:
• DTC C1235/35 is for the front speed sensor RH.
• DTC C1236/36 is for the front speed sensor LH.
• DTC C1238/38 is for the rear speed sensor RH.
• DTC C1239/39 is for the rear speed sensor LH.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Front Speed Sensor Circuit:

- Skid Control ECU
Front Speed Sensor RH
FR+
2 1 3
FR-
17

BC
FL+
2 1 18
FL-
4
C132772E07
Rear Speed Sensor Circuit: Brake Actuator Assembly
- Skid Control ECU
Rear Speed Sensor RH
RR+
2 1 5
RR-
19
Rear Speed Sensor LH
2 1 20
RL+ BC
RL-
6
C132772E08
NOTICE:
HINT:
When C0200/31, C0205/32, C0210/33, or C0215/34 is output together with C1235/35, C1236/36, C1238/
38, or C1239/39, inspect and repair the trouble areas indicated by C0200/31, C0205/32, C0210/33, or
C0215/34 first.

Skid Control ECU Harness Side (b) Connect the oscilloscope to each speed sensor terminal
Connector Front View: of the skid control ECU.
rotated (by the sensor circuit).
FR+ FL- RR+ RL- OK:
A26 The same waveform is output from all the 4 wheels and
there is no noise or interference in the waveform.
(d) Check that the waveform does not change while jiggling
a connector or a wire harness.
OK:
RL+ The waveform does not change.
FR- FL+ RR- HINT:
BC output voltage becomes greater.
speed sensor rotor's scratches, looseness or foreign
GND
NG Go to step 3
C136019E05
OK
2 RECONFIRM DTC

Result
DTCs (C1235/35, C1236/36, C1238/38 and/or C1239/39) are not output A
DTCs (C1235/35, C1236/36, C1238/38 and/or C1239/39) are output B

3 INSPECT EACH SPEED SENSOR

table below.
RH
1
2 1.4 to 1.8 kΩ at 20°C
(68 °F)
2 (RR+) - 1 (RR-) Always 0.9 to 2.1 kΩ
1 (RR-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
Rear Speed Sensor:
LH
BC
1.4 to 1.8 kΩ at 20°C
(68 °F)
1 2 (FL-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
2 (RL+) - 1 (RL-) Always 0.9 to 2.1 kΩ
2 2 (RL+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
C136027E01
Result
Result Proceed to
OK (for rear) A
OK (for front) B
NG C
B Go to step 5
C REPLACE EACH SPEED SENSOR
A
4 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL SENSOR WIRE)
(a) Disconnect the skid control sensor wire.

Skid Control Sensor Wire:
table below.
Vehicle Side Connector "B" Standard resistance:
f1 :RH RH
g1 :LH Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
Sensor Side Connector "A"
LH
BC C136026E01 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
NOTICE:
(See page BC-123).
NG REPLACE SKID CONTROL SENSOR WIRE
OK
5 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU - EACH SPEED SENSOR)

Skid Control ECU Harness Side table below.
Connector Front View: Standard resistance:
RH
FR+ FL- RR+ RL-
A26 A26-3 (FR+) - A35-1 (FR+) Always Below 1 Ω
A26-3 (FR+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
A26-17 (FR-) - A35-2 (FR-) Always Below 1 Ω
A26-17 (FR-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
A26-5 (RR+) - f1-1 (RR+) Always Below 1 Ω
RL+ A26-5 (RR+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
FR- FL+ RR-
Front Speed Sensor Harness Side
Connector Front View: A26-19 (RR-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
LH BC
A35 A14
A26-18 (FL+) - A14-1 (FL+) Always Below 1 Ω
A26-18 (FL+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
FR- FR+ FL- FL+ A26-4 (FL-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
Rear Speed Sensor Harness Side A26-20 (RL+) - g1-1 (RL+) Always Below 1 Ω
Connector Front View: A26-20 (RL+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
A26-6 (RL-) - g1-2 (RL-) Always Below 1 Ω
A26-6 (RL-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
f1 g1
CONNECTOR
RR- RR+ RL- RL+
C136025E01
OK
6 RECONFIRM DTC
(a) Reconnect the skid control sensor wire.

(b) Reconnect the skid control ECU connector and the
speed sensor connector.
(c) Clear the DTC (See page BC-141).
(d) Start the engine.
(e) Drive the vehicle at the speed of 12 mph (20 km/h) or
(f) Check if the same DTC is recorded (See page BC-141).
Result
DTCs (C1235/35, C1236/36, C1238/38 and/or C1239/39) are output (for front) A
DTCs (C1235/35, C1236/36, C1238/38 and/or C1239/39) are output (for rear) B
DTCs (C1235/35, C1236/36, C1238/38 and/or C1239/39) are not output C
B Go to step 8
C USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK
7 CHECK FRONT SPEED SENSOR TIP

(b) Remove the front speed sensor (See page BC-438).
(c) Check the speed sensor tip.
OK:
NOTICE:
BC replacement (See page BC-123).
NG CLEAN OR REPLACE FRONT SPEED
SENSOR
OK
8 CHECK EACH SPEED SENSOR ROTOR

(b) Remove each speed sensor rotor.
(c) Check the speed sensor rotor.
OK:
No scratches, missing teeth, or foreign matter on
the rotors.
NOTICE:
NG CLEAN OR REPLACE EACH SPEED
SENSOR ROTOR
OK
9 RECONFIRM DTC
(a) Install the front speed sensor and the speed sensor
rotor.
Result
DTCs (C1235/35, C1236/36, C1238/38 and/or C1239/39) are output A
DTCs (C1235/35, C1236/36, C1238/38 and/or C1239/39) are not output B
BC
DTC C1241/41 Low Battery Positive Voltage

DESCRIPTION
If a malfunction is detected in the power supply circuit, the skid control ECU (housed in the actuator
assembly) stores this DTC and the fail safe function prohibits ABS operation.
This DTC is stored when the IG1 terminal voltage deviates from the DTC detection condition due to a
malfunction in the power supply or charging circuit such as the battery or alternator circuit, etc.
The DTC is cancelled when the IG1 terminal voltage returns to normal.
1. At a vehicle speed of 2 mph (3 km/h) or more, the IG1
terminal voltage is 9.5 V or less for 10 seconds or more.
• ECU-IG NO. 2 fuse
2. When the solenoid relay remains ON and the IG1
• Battery
terminal voltage is 9.5 V or less, the relay contact is open
C1241/41 • Charging system
for 0.2 seconds or more.
• Power source circuit
3. While the VSC NO. 1 (fail safe) relay is ON after VSC
• Internal power supply circuit of the skid control ECU
NO. 2 relay ON, the IG1 terminal voltage is 9.5 V or less
and the actuator pump drive motor is OFF for 0.1 second
or more.
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM
- Skid Control ECU
IG1
Ignition Switch
ECU-IG NO. 2
IG1
5 3 46
(*1) AM1 (*1)
4 AM1 IG1 1
2 1
ALT (*2) Main Body ECU
(*2)
IG1D AM1
FL MAIN 3 6
GND1
32
AM2
1 2
GND2
Battery 1
(*1): without Smart Key System
(*2): with Smart Key System
C136029E03
NOTICE:
1 INSPECT ECU-IG NO. 2 FUSE
(a) Remove the ECU-IG NO. 2 fuse from the main body
Main Body ECU:
ECU.
table below.
Standard resistance
ECU-IG NO. 2 (7.5 A) fuse Always Below 1 Ω
NG REPLACE ECU-IG NO. 2 FUSE
BC
ECU-IG NO. 2 Fuse
C135806E01
OK
2 CHECK BATTERY
(a) Install the ECU-IG NO. 2 fuse.

(b) Check the battery voltage.
Standard voltage:
10 to 14 V
NG CHECK AND REPLACE CHARGING SYSTEM
OR BATTERY
OK
3 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU (IG1 TERMINAL)

Connector Front View: (b) Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
table below.
Standard voltage
Specified
Condition
A26 Ignition switch on
A26-46 (IG1) - Body ground 10 to 14 V
IG1 (IG)
F049362E98

OK

Connector Front View: (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard resistance
A26

OK
BC
5 RECONFIRM DTC

Result
HINT:

DTC C1246/46 Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor Malfunction
Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor Output Mal-

DTC C1281/81
function (Test Mode DTC)
DESCRIPTION
Master cylinder pressure sensor is connected to the skid control ECU in the brake actuator assembly.
DTC C1281/81 can be deleted when the master cylinder pressure sensor sends a master cylinder
pressure signal or the Test Mode ends. DTC C1281/81 is output only in the Test Mode.
Skid Control ECU

BC
From Battery IG1 VCM

Master Cylinder
Pressure Sensor
From Stop Light
Switch STP PMC
To Body Ground GND E2
VCM: Power Supply for Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor
PMC: Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor Input
E2: Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor Ground
C106656E05

• At a vehicle speed of 4.3 mph (7 km/h) or more, when the
PMC terminal voltage is over 0.86 V, it does not change
by 0.005 V or more for 30 seconds.
• Noise occurs in the PMC terminal 7 times or more within
5 seconds.
• Master cylinder pressure sensor
• When the stop light switch is OFF, the PMC terminal
• Master cylinder pressure sensor circuit
C1246/46 voltage is more than 0.86 V or less than 0.3 V for 5
• Stop light switch circuit
seconds or more.
• With the IG1 terminal voltage between 9.5 and 17.2 V, the
VCM terminal voltage is not between 4.4 and 5.6 V for 1.2
seconds or more.
• When the VCM terminal voltage between 4.4 and 5.6 V,
the PCM terminal voltage is not between 0.14 and 4.85 V
for 1.2 seconds or more.
NOTICE:
BC
1 CHECK STOP LIGHT OPERATION
(a) Check that the stop light comes on when the brake pedal
is depressed, and goes off when the brake pedal is
released.
OK
Condition Illumination Condition
NG INSPECT STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT
OK
2 READ VALUE OF INTELLIGENT TESTER (MASTER CYLINDER PRESSURE SENSOR)

(c) Select the Data List mode on the intelligent tester.
ABS / VSC:
Master cylinder pressure sensor 1 reading / min.: 0 V,
MAS CYL PRESS 1 When brake pedal is released: 0.3 to 0.5 V
max.: 5 V
(d) Check that the brake fluid pressure value of the master
cylinder pressure sensor observed on the intelligent
tester changes when the brake pedal is depressed.
OK:
When the pedal is depressed, voltage displayed on
the intelligent tester increases.
OK
3 READ VALUE OF INTELLIGENT TESTER (STOP LIGHT SWITCH)
(a) Select the Data List mode on the intelligent tester.

ABS / VSC:
STOP LAMP SW Stop light switch / ON or OFF
(b) Check that the stop light condition observed on the

intelligent tester changes when the brake pedal is
depressed.
OK:
When the brake pedal is depressed, the intelligent
tester displays "ON".
OK
BC
4 RECONFIRM DTC

(d) At a speed of 18 mph (30 km/h) or more, drive the
vehicle and perform braking test (decelerate the vehicle
by depressing the brake pedal).
Result


DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU (housed in the actuator assembly) inputs the stop light switch signal and the
condition of brake operation.
stop light input line while the stop light switch is OFF.
• STOP fuse
When IG1 terminal voltage is 9.5 to 17.2 V, an open circuit of • Stop light switch
C1249/49
the stop light switch continues for 0.3 seconds or more. • Stop light switch circuit
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM
- Skid Control ECU
ECU-IG NO. 2
From IG1
Relay 46 IG1
Stop Light Switch
STOP Open
2 1 27 STP Detection
Circuit
From
Battery
BC
Rear Combination Light LH
1 3
Stop
Rear Combination Light RH
1 3
Stop
Center Stop Light
1 2
32 GND1
1 GND2
C136030E01
NOTICE:
1 INSPECT STOP FUSE
(a) Remove the STOP fuse from the main body ECU.
Main Body ECU: (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard resistance
STOP (10 A) fuse Always Below 1 Ω
NG REPLACE STOP FUSE
STOP Fuse
BC C135806E02
OK
(a) Install the STOP fuse.

(b) Check that the stop light comes on when the brake pedal
released.
OK
NG Go to step 7
OK
3 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU (STP TERMINAL)

table below.
Standard voltage
Specified
Condition
A26-27 (STP) - Body ground 8 to 14 V
(Brake pedal depressed)
A26
STP Stop light switch OFF
A26-27 (STP) - Body ground Below 1.5 V
F049362E99
(Brake pedal released)

CONNECTOR (STP CIRCUIT)
OK

table below.
Standard voltage
Specified
Condition
A26-46 (IG1) - Body ground Ignition switch on (IG) 10 to 14 V
A26
IG1 NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR
F049362E98
OK
BC

table below.
Standard resistance
A26

OK
6 RECONFIRM DTC

(d) Depress the brake pedal several times to test the stop
light circuit.
Result
HINT:
7 INSPECT STOP LIGHT SWITCH (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)
Stop Light Switch Harness Side

table below.
Standard voltage
A19
BC I042363E16
OK
8 INSPECT STOP LIGHT SWITCH

table below.
Stop Light Switch:
Standard resistance
1-2 Switch pin free Below 1 Ω
2 1 1-2 Switch pin pushed in 10 kΩ or higher
NG REPLACE STOP LIGHT SWITCH
Free Pushed in
C124796E03
OK
9 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU - STOP LIGHT SWITCH)

table below.
Standard resistance
A26-27 (STP) - A19-1 Always Below 1 Ω
A26-27 (STP) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
A26
STP NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR
Stop Light Switch Harness Side
CONNECTOR
BC
A19
F049379E08
OK
10 RECONFIRM DTC
(a) Reconnect the skid control ECU connector and the stop
light switch connector.
(d) Depress the brake pedal several times to test the stop
light circuit.
Result
HINT:
INSPECT LIGHTING SYSTEM (STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT)

DTC C1251/51 Open in Pump Motor Circuit

DESCRIPTION
• Actuator pump motor does not operate properly.
• Brake actuator assembly (GND circuit)
C1251/51 • Open in actuator pump motor circuit continues for at least
• Brake actuator assembly (Motor circuit)
2 seconds.
WIRING DIAGRAM
BC R+
45
VSC NO. 1 (Fail Safe)
MRF
1 2 14
5 3
VSC NO. 2
MR Skid Control
1 2 15 ECU
ABS NO. 1
3 5
BM
ALT
2
Pump
FL MAIN Motor
GND2
Battery 1
C136022E01
NOTICE:

(c) Select the Active Test mode on the intelligent tester.
ABS / VSC:
Operating sound of relay (clicking sound) and
motor can be heard
(d) Check the operating sound of the ABS motor relay and
motor when operating it with the intelligent tester.
OK:
The operating sound of the ABS motor relay and BC
motor can be heard.
OK Go to step 3
NG
2 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU (GND2 TERMINAL)

Connector Front View: (b) Disconnect the skid control ECU connector.
table below.
Standard resistance
A26
GND2 NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR
C141143E01
CONNECTOR (GND2 CIRCUIT)
OK
3 RECONFIRM DTC

(d) Drive the vehicle at the speed of 4.3 mph (7 km/h) or
more.
Result
HINT:
• If a normal system code is output (the trouble code is
not output), slightly jiggle the connectors, wire
harness.
BC USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK

DTC C1290/66 Steering Angle Sensor Zero Point Malfunction

DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU acquires steering angle sensor zero point every time the ignition switch is turned on
(IG) and the vehicle is driven at 22 mph (35 km/h) or more for approximately 5 seconds. The ECU also
stores the previous zero point.
If front wheel alignment or steering wheel position is adjusted without disconnecting the negative battery
terminal, or if yaw rate and acceleration sensor zero point is not acquired after the adjustments have been
completed, the skid control ECU detects the difference between the previous zero point and newly
acquired zero point and outputs this DTC to indicate a poor adjustment.
Warning of the steering angle sensor zero point malfunction will be cancelled by turning the ignition switch
off.
• Yaw rate and acceleration sensor zero point
calibration incomplete
The steering angle sensor zero point calibration position
C1290/66 • Poor adjustment of the centered position of the
vastly differs from the recorded value
steering wheel
• Poor adjustment of front wheel alignment
BC
NOTICE:
1 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION OF YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR
(a) Perform zero point calibration of the yaw rate and

acceleration sensor (See page BC-119).
HINT:
• When the stored zero point of the yaw rate and
acceleration sensor is erased, steering angle sensor
zero point will also be erased.
• If the zero point and output value of the yaw rate and
acceleration sensor and the output value of the speed
sensors are not normal, steering angle sensor zero
point cannot be acquired normally even if the vehicle
is driven straight ahead at 22 mph (35 km/h) or more.
NEXT
2 CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ZERO POINT CALIBRATION
(a) Drive the vehicle straight ahead at 22 mph (35 km/h) or

(b) Check that the centered position of the steering wheel is
correctly set while driving straight ahead.
HINT:
If front wheel alignment and steering position are
adjusted as a result of abnormal centered position of the
steering wheel, acquire yaw rate and acceleration
sensor zero point again after the adjustments are
completed.
OK:
The centered position of the steering wheel is
correctly set.
NG ADJUST FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT OR
STEERING POSITION
OK
3 RECONFIRM DTC

and left at the speed of 22 mph (35 km/h) or more.
Result
END
DTC U0100/65 Lost Communication with ECM / PCM
Lost Communication with Yaw Rate Sensor

DTC U0123/62
Module
Lost Communication with Lateral Acceleration

DTC U0124/95
Sensor Module
Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sen-

DTC U0126/63
sor Module
DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU receives the signals from the ECM, steering angle sensor, and yaw rate and BC
acceleration sensor via the CAN communication system.
1. With the IG1 terminal voltage 10 V or more, after the
output of data from the skid control ECU is completed,
the sending continues for 5 seconds or more.
2. With the IG1 terminal voltage 10 V or more, the condition
that bus OFF state occurs once or more within 100 ms
occurs 10 times in succession. (Sent signals cannot be
received.)
U0073/94 3. With the IG1 terminal voltage 10 V or more, a delay in CAN communication system
receiving data from the yaw rate and acceleration sensor
and steering angle sensor continues for 1 second or
more.
4. With the IG1 terminal voltage 10 V or more, the condition
that a delay in receiving data from the yaw rate and
acceleration sensor and steering angle sensor occurs
more than once within 5 seconds occurs 10 times in
succession within 60 seconds.
1. With the IG1 terminal voltage 10 V or more and the
vehicle speed 9 mph (15 km/h) or more, data cannot be CAN communication system
U0100/65
sent to the ECM for 2 seconds or more. (Skid control ECU to ECM)
2. The IG1 terminal voltage 10 V or more and the vehicle
speed 9 mph (15 km/h) or more for 2 seconds or more.
1. With the IG1 terminal voltage 10 V or more, data from the
yaw rate sensor cannot be received for 1 second or more.
U0123/62 2. With the IG1 terminal voltage 10 V or more, the following
(Skid control ECU to yaw rate and acceleration sensor)
occurs 10 times in succession within 60 seconds.
• The condition that data from the yaw rate sensor cannot
be received occurs once or more within 5 seconds.
acceleration sensor cannot be received for 1 second or
more.
• The condition that data from the acceleration sensor
cannot be received occurs once or more within 5
seconds.

steering angle sensor cannot be received for 1 second or
more.
(Skid control ECU to steering angle sensor)
• The condition that data from the steering angle sensor
cannot be received occurs once or more within 5
seconds.
WIRING DIAGRAM
- Skid Control ECU

ECM J/C
BC
CANH CANH
41 1 2 11
CANL CANL
49 7 8 25
4 10
Yaw Rate and Acceleration Sensor Steering Angle Sensor

1 J/C 2
CANH CANH
3 1 1 10
CANL CANL
2 2 2 9
C136031E01

ABS / VSC:
EFI communication open detection / ERROR or ERROR: Momentary interruption
EFI COM OPN
STEERING OPN Steering sensor open detection / ERROR or NORMAL
NORMAL: Normal
Yaw rate sensor open detection / ERROR or ERROR: Momentary interruption
YAW RATE OPN
Result
There is a constant open circuit A BC
There are no momentary interruptions B
There are momentary interruptions C
HINT:
B Go to step 3
C Go to step 4
2 CHECK IF EACH SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR IS SECURELY CONNECTED

(b) Check if each sensor or ECM connector is securely
connected.
OK:
NG CONNECT CONNECTOR TO EACH SENSOR
OR ECM CORRECTLY
OK
3 RECONFIRM DTC

(b) Record the output DTCs (for ABS, VSC, and CAN
communication) (See page BC-141).
HINT:
If the CAN communication system DTC and the relevant
sensor DTCs are output simultaneously, troubleshoot the
relevant sensor DTCs (for ABS and VSC) after the CAN
communication system returns to normal.
Result
DTC (CAN communication system DTC) is output A
DTC (ABS and/or VSC DTC) is output B
DTC is not output C

C USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK
BC
INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
4 REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

control ECU and each sensor or ECM (See page BC-
118).
NEXT
5 RECONFIRM DTC

and left at a speed of 9 mph (15 km/h) or more.
(e) Check that no CAN communication system DTC is
output.
(f) If ABS and VSC DTCs are output, record them.
Result
DTC output for the CAN communication system A
No DTC is output (ABS and/or VSC DTC is output) B
No DTC is output (No ABS and/or VSC DTC is output) C
HINT:
The CAN communication system must be normal when
repairing each sensor DTC (for ABS and VSC).

C END
INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
BC

DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU is connected to the combination meter via CAN communication.
• There is an open in the harness between the combination meter and the skid control ECU.
HINT:
In some cases, the intelligent tester cannot be used when the skid control ECU is abnormal.
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM
Combination Meter - Skid Control ECU
CANL CANL
18 25
CANH
CANH 17 11
MPX+B
IG1
ECU-IG NO. 2
BC
From Battery IG1
5 3 46
2 1
ES
24
From Ignition Switch (*3),
Main Body ECU (*4)
IG+
ABS
From IG2 Relay (*1),
Ignition Switch (*2)
Power
GND1
Supply 32
Circuit
GAUGE NO. 2
IG+
13
(*1): 2GR-FE (*2): 2AZ-FE GND2
1
C109474E03
NOTICE:
(a) Check if the CAN communication system DTC is output

(See page CA-25).
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
2 CHECK IF SKID CONTROL ECU CONNECTOR IS SECURELY CONNECTED
(a) Check if the skid control ECU connector is securely

BC connected.
OK:
CORRECTLY
OK
3 CHECK BATTERY

Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
OR BATTERY
OK

table below.
Standard voltage
A26-46 (IG1) - Body
A26 ground
IG1
F049362E98
OK

table below.
Standard resistance
A26

OK
BC

(b) Perform Active Test of the combination meter (meter
CPU) using the intelligent tester (See page ME-32).
OK:
HINT:
proceed to the next step before replacing the part (See
page BC-134).
ASSEMBLY
OK


DESCRIPTION
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM
CANL CANL
18 25
CANH
CANH 17 11
MPX+B
IG1
ECU-IG NO. 2
BC
From Battery IG1
5 3 46
2 1
ES
24
Main Body ECU (*4)
IG+
ABS
Power
GND1
Supply 32
Circuit
GAUGE NO. 2
IG+
13
(*1): 2GR-FE (*2): 2AZ-FE GND2
1
C109474E03
NOTICE:

(See page CA-25).
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
2 CHECK ABS WARNING LIGHT

BC (b) Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(c) Check that the ABS warning light comes on.
OK:
HINT:
page BC-134).
OK REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
NG

(b) Reconnect the skid control ECU connector.
(c) Perform Active Test of the combination meter (meter
OK:
HINT:
ASSEMBLY
OK

VSC Warning Light Remains ON

DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU communicates with the combination meter via CAN communication. If the ECU
stores a DTC, the DTC will be displayed on the multi information display in the combination meter (models
with multi information display). On models without a multi information display, the VSC warning light will
come on when the skid control ECU stores a DTC.
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM
CANL CANL
18 25
CANH 17 11 CANH
MPX+B
BC
ES
24

(*4)
Power
Supply
Circuit
IG+ GAUGE NO. 2
13
(*1): 2GR-FE (*2): 2AZ-FE

IG+
VSC (*3)
C109475E02
NOTICE:

(See page CA-25).
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B

connected. BC
OK:
CORRECTLY
OK
3 CHECK BATTERY

Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
OR BATTERY
OK
(a) Perform Active Test of the combination meter (meter

OK:
The VSC warning light (models without multi
information display) or multi information display
(models with multi information display) turns on or
off in accordance with the intelligent tester.
HINT:
page BC-134).

ASSEMBLY
OK
BC
VSC Warning Light does not Come ON

DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU communicates with the combination meter via CAN communication. If the ECU
stores a DTC, the DTC will be displayed on the multi information display in the combination meter (models
with multi information display). On models without a multi information display, the VSC warning light will
come on when the skid control ECU stores a DTC.
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM
CANL CANL
18 25
CANH 17 11 CANH
MPX+B
BC
ES
24

(*4)
Power
Supply
Circuit
IG+ GAUGE NO. 2
13
(*1): 2GR-FE (*2): 2AZ-FE

IG+
VSC (*3)
C109475E02
NOTICE:

(See page CA-25).
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
2 CHECK VSC WARNING LIGHT

(b) Start the engine. BC
(c) Select "VSC WARN LAMP" in the Active Test and
operate the VSC warning light (models without multi
information display) or multi information display (models
with multi information display) using the intelligent tester.
ABS / VSC:
Turn VSC warning light (*1) or multi
VSC WARN LAMP Observe combination meter
information display (*2) ON / OFF

(d) Check that "ON" and "OFF" of the VSC warning light
(models without multi information display) or multi
information display (models with multi information
display) are indicated on the combination meter when
using the intelligent tester.
OK:
HINT:
page BC-134).
NG


OK:
HINT:
ASSEMBLY
OK

BC

DESCRIPTION
If any of the following is detected, the BRAKE warning light remains on:
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

Combination Meter
- Skid Control ECU
CANL CANL
18 25
CANH 17 11 CANH
MPX+B
Parking Brake Switch 5 6
CANH CANL
1
BC 14 (*5)
2 (*6)
19
PKB
Main Body ECU


Main Body ECU (*4)
Power Supply
Circuit GAUGE NO. 2
IG+
13
From Battery
ES
IG1
24
IG+ ECU-IG NO. 2
IG1
BRAKE 5 3 46
2 1
B/LE
6 1
Brake Fluid Level

Warning Switch GND1
32
(*1): 2GR-FE (*2): 2AZ-FE
(*3): without Smart Key System GND2

1
(*4): with Smart Key System 2
(*5): A/T (*6): M/T C135799E03
NOTICE:

(See page CA-25).
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B

connected. BC
OK:
CORRECTLY
OK
3 CHECK BATTERY

Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
OR BATTERY
OK

table below.
Standard voltage
Specified
Condition
A26 Ignition switch on
A26-46 (IG1) - Body ground 10 to 14 V
IG1 (IG)
F049362E98

OK

table below.
Standard resistance
A26

OK
BC
(a) Disconnect the parking brake switch connector.

Parking Brake Switch (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
A/T:
Standard resistance
Free
Pushed in
Parking brake switch
1 - Body ground ON Below 1 Ω
(Switch pin free)
1 - Body ground OFF 10 kΩ or higher
(Switch pin pushed in)
M/T: NG REPLACE PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

Free
Pushed in
C109430E02
OK
7 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MAIN BODY ECU - PARKING BRAKE SWITCH)
(a) Disconnect the main body ECU connector.

Main Body ECU Harness Side (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
Connector Front View table below.
A/T
A/T:
IC-14 (PKB) - A18-1 Always Below 1 Ω
IC-14 (PKB) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
IC
M/T
IM-2 (PKB) - E33-1 Always Below 1 Ω
IM-2 (PKB) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
M/T:
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR BC
CONNECTOR
IM

A18 : A/T
E33 : M/T
C136418E01
OK
8 INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH
(a) Remove the reservoir tank cap and strainer.

Brake Fluid Level Warning Switch: (b) Disconnect the brake fluid level warning switch
connector.
table below.
HINT:
A float is located inside the reservoir. Its position can be
changed by increasing or decreasing the level of brake
fluid.
Standard resistance
1-2 Float up (Switch OFF) 1.9 to 2.1 kΩ
1-2 Float down (Switch ON) Below 1 Ω
HINT:
BC C140953E01
If there is no problem after finishing the above check,
OK
9 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (COMBINATION METER - BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

WARNING SWITCH)
(a) Disconnect the combination meter connector.

Standard resistance
F2-6 (B/LE) - A16-1 Always Below 1 Ω
F2-6 (B/LE) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
A16-2 - Body ground Always Below 1 Ω

CONNECTOR
BC
F2-6 (B/LE)
A16
C136033E01
OK

OK:
HINT:
• Reinstall the connectors and restore the vehicle to its
prior condition before checking the combination
meter.
the Problem Symptoms Table, refer back to the table
(See page BC-134).
ASSEMBLY
OK
BC

DESCRIPTION
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

Combination Meter
- Skid Control ECU
CANL CANL
18 25
CANH 17 11 CANH
MPX+B
Parking Brake Switch 5 6
CANH CANL
1
BC 14 (*5)
2 (*6)
19
PKB
Main Body ECU


Main Body ECU (*4)
Power Supply
Circuit GAUGE NO. 2
IG+
13
From Battery
ES
IG1
24
IG+ ECU-IG NO. 2
IG1
BRAKE 5 3 46
2 1
B/LE
6 1
Brake Fluid Level

Warning Switch GND1
32
(*1): 2GR-FE (*2): 2AZ-FE
(*3): without Smart Key System GND2

1
(*4): with Smart Key System 2
(*5): A/T (*6): M/T C135799E03
NOTICE:

(See page CA-25).
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
2 CHECK BRAKE WARNING LIGHT

(b) Turn the ignition switch on (IG). BC
(c) Check that the BRAKE warning light comes on.
OK:
The BRAKE warning light comes on.
HINT:
page BC-134).
NG

(b) Reconnect the skid control ECU connector.
(c) Perform Active Test of the combination meter (meter
OK:
HINT:
ASSEMBLY
OK

Slip Indicator Light Remains ON

DESCRIPTION
The SLIP indicator light blinks during VSC and/or TRAC operation.
When the system fails, the SLIP indicator light comes on to warn the driver (See page BC-138).
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

Combination Meter
- Skid Control ECU
CANL
CANL
18 25
CANH
CANH 17 11
MPX+B
BC
ES
24
IG+
SLIP
Power
Supply
Circuit GAUGE NO. 2
IG+
13
(*1): 2GR-FE
(*2): 2AZ-FE
C109476E03
NOTICE:

(See page CA-25).
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B

BC connected.
OK:
CORRECTLY
OK
3 CHECK BATTERY

Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
OR BATTERY
OK

OK:
The SLIP indicator light turns on or off in
HINT:
page BC-134).
ASSEMBLY
OK
BC
Slip Indicator Light does not Come ON

DESCRIPTION
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

Combination Meter
- Skid Control ECU
CANL
CANL
18 25
CANH
CANH 17 11
MPX+B
BC
ES
24
IG+
SLIP
Power
Supply
Circuit GAUGE NO. 2
IG+
13
(*1): 2GR-FE
(*2): 2AZ-FE
C109476E03
NOTICE:

(See page CA-25).
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
2 CHECK SLIP INDICATOR LIGHT

BC (b) Start the engine.
(c) Select "SLIP INDI LAMP" in the Active Test and operate
the SLIP indicator light using the intelligent tester.
ABS / VSC:
SLIP INDI LAMP Turn SLIP indicator light ON / OFF Observe combination meter
(d) Check that "ON" and "OFF" of the SLIP indicator light
are indicated on the combination meter when using the
intelligent tester.
OK:
HINT:
page BC-134).
NG

OK:
HINT:

ASSEMBLY
OK
BC
Skid Control Buzzer Circuit

DESCRIPTION
The skid control buzzer sounds while the accumulator pressure is abnormally low or when an abnormality
causing low fluid pressure occurs, and then the VSC is activated.
WIRING DIAGRAM
- Skid Control ECU

Skid Control Buzzer
IG1
ECU-IG NO. 2
BZ
5 3 2 1 30
BC
2 1

Main Body ECU (*2)
From Battery
C136034E03
NOTICE:
1 PERFORM ACTIVE TEST BY INTELLIGENT TESTER (SKID CONTROL BUZZER)

ABS / VSC:
(d) Check that the buzzer sounds/stops when turning the

skid control buzzer on/off by using the intelligent tester.
Result
Buzzer does not sound or sounds constantly A
Buzzer sounds/stops B
HINT:
B END
2 INSPECT SKID CONTROL BUZZER (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)

Skid Control Buzzer Harness Side
Connector Front View: (b) Disconnect the skid control buzzer connector.
(c)
(d)
Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
BC
table below.
Standard voltage
E13 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
E13-2 - Body ground Ignition switch on (IG) 10 to 14 V
C107604E17
OK
3 INSPECT SKID CONTROL BUZZER
(a) Apply battery negative voltage to terminal 1, and battery

Skid Control Buzzer: positive voltage to terminal 2 of the skid control buzzer,
and then check that the buzzer sounds.
OK:
The skid control buzzer sounds.
NG REPLACE SKID CONTROL BUZZER
(+) (-)
1 2
C125130E01
OK
4 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU - SKID CONTROL BUZZER)

Skid Control ECU Harness Side (b) Disconnect the skid control ECU connector.
Connector Front View: (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard resistance
A26-30 (BZ) - E13-1 Always Below 1 Ω
A26-30 (BZ) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
A26 HINT:
BZ If troubleshooting has been carried out according to the
Skid Control Buzzer Harness Side Problem Symptoms Table, refer back to the table and
Connector Front View: proceed to the next step before replacing the part (See
page BC-134).
BC NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

CONNECTOR
E13
I045407E11
OK


DESCRIPTION
Connecting terminals TC and CG of the DLC3 causes the ECU to display the DTC by blinking the ABS
warning light.
WIRING DIAGRAM
DLC3 ECM - Skid Control ECU
CANH CANH
41 11
TC TC
13 27
CANL CANL
BC
49 25
CG
4
C109399E05
NOTICE:

(See page CA-25).
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
A
2 INSPECT DLC3

DLC3: (b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
CG
table below.
Standard voltage
E10-13 (TC) - E10-4 (CG) Ignition switch on (IG) 10 to 14 V
E10
OK Go to step 5
TC
G022986E20
NG
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TC of DLC3 - ECM)

BC
DLC3: (b) Disconnect the ECM connector.
table below.
2GR-FE
E10 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
E10-13 (TC) - A55-27 (TC) Always Below 1 Ω
E10-13 (TC) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
TC
2AZ-FE
ECM Wire Harness View:
E10-13 (TC) - A24-27 (TC) Always Below 1 Ω
E10-13 (TC) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher

CONNECTOR
A55-27 (TC) (*1)

A24-27 (TC) (*2)
(*1): 2GR-FE (*2): 2AZ-FE

C136035E02
OK
4 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (CG of DLC3 - BODY GROUND)

DLC3: table below.
CG
Standard resistance
E10-4 (CG) - Body ground Always Below 1 Ω
E10
CONNECTOR
G022986E21
OK
5 CHECK ECM (TC of DLC3 INPUT)

BC
DLC3: (b) Reconnect the ECM connector.
CG
(c) Using SST, connect terminals TC and CG of the DLC3.
(d) Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(e) Check that the check engine warning light is blinking.
E10
TC
G022986E20
Result
Check engine warning light is blinking A
Check engine warning light is not blinking B
HINT:
page BC-134).
B REPAIR OR REPLACE WIRE HARNESS OR
ECM (TC of ECM CIRCUIT)


DESCRIPTION
WIRING DIAGRAM
DLC3 - Skid Control ECU
BC TS TS
12 24
CG
4
C109400E06
NOTICE:
1 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU - TS of DLC3)

table below.
Standard resistance
A26-24 (TS) - E10-12 (TS) Always Below 1 Ω
A26 NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

TS CONNECTOR
DLC3:
BC
E10
TS
C128347E08
OK
2 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (CG of DLC3 - BODY GROUND)

DLC3:
CG table below.
Standard resistance
E10-4 (CG) - Body ground Always Below 1 Ω
E10 NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

CONNECTOR
G022987E21
OK
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TS of DLC3 - BODY GROUND)

DLC3:
table below.
Standard resistance
E10-12 (TS) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
HINT:
E10
TS G022987E22 proceed to the next step before replacing the part (See
page BC-134).
CONNECTOR
BC OK

BC–272 BRAKE CONTROL – VEHICLE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM (for BOSCH Made)
VEHICLE STABILITY CONTROL

SYSTEM (for BOSCH Made)
PRECAUTION
section.
Switch Type
Expression
BC 2. TROUBLESHOOTING PRECAUTION
(a) When there is a malfunction in the contact point of
the terminals or installation problems with parts, the
removal and installation of the suspected problem
parts may return the system to the normal condition
either completely or temporarily.
malfunction occurred, such as by DTC output and
freeze frame data output, and record it before
disconnecting each connector or removing and
installing parts.
(c) Since the vehicle stability control system may be
influenced by a malfunction in the other systems, be
sure to check for DTCs in the other systems.
(d) Be sure to remove and install the brake actuator
assembly and each sensor with the ignition switch
off unless specified in the inspection procedure.
(e) If the brake actuator or a sensor has been removed
and installed, it is necessary to check the system for
problems after the parts have been reassembled.
Check for DTCs using the intelligent tester, also
check that system functions and signals received by
the ECU are normal using test mode.
3. CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PRECAUTION
(a) The CAN communication system is used for data
communication between the skid control ECU, the
steering angle sensor, and the yaw rate and
acceleration sensor. If there is trouble in the CAN
communication line, a DTC of the communication
line is output.
(b) If a DTC of the CAN communication line is output,
troubleshoot the vehicle stability control system
under the condition that data communication is
normal.
BRAKE CONTROL – VEHICLE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM (for BOSCH Made) BC–273

4. DTC PRECAUTION
(a) Warnings for some DTCs cannot be cleared by only
repairing the malfunctioning parts. If the warning is
displayed after repair work, the DTC should be
cleared after turning the ignition switch off.
NOTICE:
If a DTC for a malfunctioning part reappears
after it was cleared, then it has been stored
again.
5. CHASSIS DYNAMOMETER PRECAUTION
(a) Enter Test Mode to disable TRAC and VSC control
when using a chassis dynamometer.
HINT: BC
The vehicle may move unexpectedly out of the
dynamometer because of TRAC and VSC
operations.
NOTICE:
• Make sure that the VSC warning (multi
information display and master caution
indicator light) light is blinking (TEST Mode is
achieved).
• Secure the vehicle with the lock chain for
safety.
PARTS LOCATION
BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
- SKID CONTROL ECU BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
- BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH

REAR SPEED SENSOR
FRONT SPEED SENSOR
SKID CONTROL SENSOR
(REAR SPEED SENSOR

ECM (2GR-FE)
ROTOR)
BC
ECM (2AZ-FE)
ENGINE ROOM R/B SKID CONTROL SENSOR

- FUSIBLE LINK (ABS NO. 1 ) (REAR SPEED SENSOR)
- FUSIBLE LINK (ABS NO. 2)

REAR SPEED SENSOR ROTOR
FRONT SPEED SENSOR

C131985E02
STOP LIGHT SWITCH

COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY
SKID CONTROL BUZZER - ABS WARNING LIGHT - BRAKE WARNING LIGHT
PARKING BRAKE - SLIP INDICATOR LIGHT - MASTER CAUTION INDICATOR

SWITCH - VSC WARNING LIGHT - MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY
(Automatic
Transaxle)
BC
DLC3
INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B
- ECU-IG NO. 2 FUSE YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (Manual Transaxle)
C131986E01
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Motor Relay Pump Motor
Stop Light Switch
Solenoid
Solenoid Relay (Control)
BC
Speed Sensor
(for Each Wheel) Skid Control Solenoid
ECU (Linear)
Master Cylinder
Pressure Sensor
Skid Control
(VSC Warning)
Buzzer
C131981E02

Brake Actuator
Skid Control
Assembly
ECU
Speedometer
ABS Warning Light
Brake Warning Light
Steering Angle
Sensor SLIP Indicator Light
VSC Warning (Multi-

BC
Information Display)
Yaw Rate and

VSC Warning Light (without
Acceleration
Multi-Information Display)
Sensor
Body ECU
Shift Position Switch

Parking Brake
Switch
ECM Accelerator Pedal Position

Sensor

Engine Revolution Sensor
C132007E02
Transmitting ECU (transmitter) Receiving ECU Signals Communication method

• Shift position signal
• Throttle position signal
• Engine revolution signal
ECM Skid control ECU • Intake air temperature signal CAN communication system
• Engine torque request signal
• Accelerator pedal position
signal
Yaw rate and acceleration
Skid control ECU Yaw rate and acceleration sensor CAN communication system
request signal
Steering angle sensor request
Skid control ECU Steering angle sensor CAN communication system
signal
Skid control ECU ECM CAN communication system
• VSC data signal
• ABS warning light ON signal
• BRAKE warning light ON
signal
• VSC warning light ON signal
Skid control ECU Combination meter (*1) CAN communication system
• Multi information display ON
BC •
signal (*2)
SLIP indicator light ON signal
• Master caution indicator light
ON signal
Main body ECU Skid control ECU Parking brake switch signal CAN communication system
(*1): without multi-information display (Combination meter)

(*2): with multi-information display (Combination meter)
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
HINT:
• The skid control ECU is located within the brake
actuator assembly.
• The yaw rate sensor and acceleration sensor are
combined in a single unit. This unit communicates
with the skid control ECU through the CAN
(a) ABS operation
(1) Based on the signals received from the 4 wheel
speed sensors, the skid control ECU calculates
the deceleration and speed of each wheel, while
monitoring for wheel lock. If wheel lock is
occurring, the ECU controls the solenoid valves
in the brake actuator in order to adjust the
hydraulic pressure applied to the brakes at each
wheel.
BC
2. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
(a) ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Pump Motor
Sensor Cylinder
Skid Control ECU
Solenoid Valves
BC
Combination Meter
ABS Warning
Light
Hydraulic Pressure
C132008E02

The skid control ECU detects wheel lock
condition by receiving vehicle speed signals
from each speed sensor, and sends control
signals to the pump motor and solenoid valves.
The pump motor and solenoid valves avoid
wheel lock by controlling the hydraulic pressure
of each wheel cylinder.
The ABS warning light comes on when the ABS
system is malfunctioning.
(b) EBD (Electronic Brake force Distribution)

The EBD control utilizes ABS, which ensures proper
wheels in accordance with driving conditions. In
addition, when braking while cornering, it also
controls the brake forces of the right and left wheels,
helping to maintain vehicle behavior.

Sensor Solenoid Valves Cylinder
Skid Control ECU
BC
Combination Meter
BRAKE Warning
Light
Hydraulic Pressure
C132009E02

The skid control ECU receives a speed signal
from each speed sensor, and uses these signals
to detect locking of the wheels. The ECU uses
this information in order to determine
appropriate control of the solenoid valves.
The solenoid valves control the hydraulic
pressure applied to the brake cylinder at each
wheel. In this way, the solenoid valves are used
to control the brake power split between the front
and rear, and left and right wheels. The BRAKE
warning light comes on if there is a malfunction
in the EBD system.
(c) BA (Brake Assist)

The primary purpose of the brake assist system is to
provide auxiliary brake force to assist a driver who
cannot generate a large enough brake force during
emergency braking. This system helps to maximize
the brake performance of the vehicle.
Pump Motor
Sensor Cylinder
Skid Control ECU
Solenoid Valves
BC
Master Cylinder
Pressure Sensor
Combination Meter
ABS Warning
ECM Light
Hydraulic Pressure
C132010E01

The skid control ECU receives the speed signal
from each speed sensor and the hydraulic
pressure signal from the master cylinder
pressure sensor to determine whether brake
assist is necessary. If brake assist is considered
to be necessary, the skid control ECU sends
control signals to the pump motor and solenoid
valve.
The pump and solenoid valve then control the
pressure applied to each wheel cylinder.
The ABS warning light comes on to indicate a
malfunction in the BA (brake assist) system.
BC
(d) TRAC (Traction Control)

The TRAC system helps prevent the drive wheel
from slipping if the driver depresses the accelerator
pedal excessively when starting off or accelerating
Pump Motor
Sensor Skid Control ECU Cylinder
Solenoid Valves
BC
Yaw Rate and
Acceleration
Sensor Combination Meter
VSC Warning
Steering Angle (Multi-Information
Sensor Display)
SLIP Indicator
Light
ECM
Master Caution
Indicator Light
Hydraulic Pressure
C132011E01

The skid control ECU detects wheelspin
condition by receiving signals from each speed
sensor and the ECM via CAN communication.
The skid control ECU controls engine torque
with the ECM via CAN communication and
brake hydraulic pressure through the pump and
solenoid valve.
The SLIP indicator light blinks when the system
is operating. If a malfunction occurs in the TRAC
system, both master caution and SLIP indicator
lights will come on and the DTC will be displayed
on the multi-information display.
BC
(e) VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)

The VSC system helps prevent the vehicle from
slipping sideways as a result of a strong front or rear
wheel skid during cornering.
Each Wheel
Cylinder
Pump Motor
Each Speed
Sensor Skid Control ECU
Solenoid Valves
Skid Control
Buzzer
BC
Yaw Rate and
Acceleration
Sensor
Combination Meter
Steering Angle VSC Warning

Sensor (Multi-Information
Display)
SLIP Indicator
ECM Light
Master Caution
Indicator Light
Hydraulic Pressure
C132012E02

The skid control ECU determines the vehicle
operating conditions based on signals received
from the wheel speed sensors, yaw rate and
acceleration sensor, and steering angle sensor.
The skid control ECU sends signals via CAN
communication to the ECM in order to control
engine torque. The skid control ECU controls
brake hydraulic pressure using the pump and
solenoid valves.
The SLIP indicator light will blink, and the skid
control system buzzer will sound when the
system is operating. If a malfunction occurs in
the VSC system, both the master caution
indicator light and the SLIP indicator light will
come on. In addition to this, the DTC will appear
on the multi-information display. Vehicles without
a multi-information display will illuminate the
VSC warning light and SLIP indicator light if a
malfunction occurs.
BC
3. ABS with EBD, BA, TRAC and VSC OPERATION
(a) The skid control ECU calculates vehicle stability
tendency based on the signals from the speed
sensor, yaw rate and acceleration sensor, and
steering angle sensor. In addition, it evaluates the
results of the calculations to determine whether any
control actions (control of the engine output torque
by electronic throttle control and of the wheel brake
pressure by the brake actuator assembly) should be
implemented.
(b) The SLIP indicator blinks and the skid control
buzzer sounds to inform the driver that the VSC
system is operating. The SLIP indicator also blinks
when traction control is operating, and the operation
being performed is displayed.
4. FAIL SAFE
(a) When a failure occurs in the ABS with BA, TRAC
and VSC systems, the ABS and VSC warning (with
multi-information display) lights, and SLIP indicator
light come on and ABS with BA, TRAC and VSC
operations are prohibited. In addition, when there is
a failure that disables the EBD operation, the
BRAKE warning light also comes on and the EBD
operation is prohibited.
(b) If control is prohibited due to a malfunction during
operation, control will be disabled gradually. This is
to avoid sudden vehicle instability.
5. INITIAL CHECK
and motor of the brake actuator assembly is
sequentially activated to perform an electrical
check. During the initial check, the operating sound
of solenoid valve and motor can be heard from the
engine compartment, but this is not a malfunction.
Components Function
• Changes the fluid path based on the signals from the skid control ECU during the operation of
the ABS with EBD & Brake Assist & TRAC & VSC system, in order to control the fluid pressure
that is applied to the wheel cylinders.
• Judges the vehicle driving condition based on the signals from each sensor, and controls the
Skid control ECU (housed in brake brake actuator assembly.
actuator assembly) • Sends and receives the control signals to or from the ECM, yaw rate and acceleration sensor,
and steering angle sensor via CAN communication.
BC Master cylinder pressure sensor
•
•
Detects the fluid pressure in the master cylinder.
Housed in the brake actuator assembly.
Speed sensor Detects speed of each wheel and inputs the data into the skid control ECU.
Illuminates the brake light when the brake pedal is depressed. (Sends a brake on signal to the skid
Stop light switch
control ECU)
• Supplies power to the pump motor.
Motor relay
Solenoid relay
• Controls the engine output based on the signals received from the skid control ECU.
ECM • Sends the accelerator pedal position signal and the engine speed signal to the skid control
ECU.
• Comes on to inform the driver that a malfunction in the ABS, EBD or BA (Brake Assist) has
ABS warning light occurred.
• Comes on to inform the driver that the parking brake is ON when the system is normal.
BRAKE warning light
• Comes on to inform the driver that a malfunction in the EBD has occurred.
VSC warning light Comes on to inform the driver that a malfunction in the VSC system has occurred.
SLIP indicator light Blinks to inform the driver that TRC and VSC are operating.
Brake fluid level warning switch Detects the brake fluid level.
Skid control buzzer Intermittently sounds to inform the driver that the VSC is operating.
• Acceleration sensor measures the capacity of the condenser that changes the distance
between the electrodes depending on G force, which occurs when the vehicle is accelerated,
and converts the measured value into electrical signals.
• Yaw rate sensor detects the vehicle's angular velocity (yaw rate) in the vertical direction based
on the amount and direction of the piezoelectric ceramics deflection.
• Sends signals to the skid control ECU via CAN communication.
• Installed in the steering column.
• Detects the steering amount and direction and sends the signals to the skid control ECU via
CAN communication.
Steering angle sensor
• Has the magnetic resistance element, which detects the rotation of the magnet housed in the
detection gear in order to detect the changes in magnetic resistance and the steering amount
and direction.
HOW TO PROCEED WITH

TROUBLESHOOTING
NEXT
(a) Interview the customer to confirm the trouble.

NEXT
(a) Check for DTCs (See page BC-302). BC

HINT:
The skid control ECU is connected to the CAN
Therefore, before starting troubleshooting, make sure to
check that there is no trouble in the CAN communication
system.
Result
Result Proceed to
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
B CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
(a) Check for DTCs and Freeze Frame Data (See page BC-
302 for DTC Check / Clear, BC-305 for Freeze Frame
Data).
(1) Record the DTCs and Freeze Frame Data.
(b) Clear the DTCs.
(c) Recheck for DTCs.
(1) Reproduce the malfunction and check if the DTCs
are output again.
Result
Result Proceed to
DTC is output A
B GO TO STEP 9
C GO TO STEP 10
(a) Go to "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART" (See

page BC-311).
NEXT
NEXT
BC 7 REPAIR OR REPLACE
NEXT
8 CONFIRMATION TEST
NEXT
END
NEXT
(a) Go to "PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE" (See page BC-

295).
NEXT
NEXT
12 REPAIR OR REPLACE
NEXT
NEXT
END
TEST MODE PROCEDURE

ABS Warning Light: BRAKE Warning
1. WARNING LIGHT AND INDICATOR LIGHT INITIAL
Light: CHECK
USA: USA: NOTICE: BC
shift lever to the P position for safety (Automatic
CANADA: CANADA: Transaxle model) or set the chocks to hold the
vehicle for safety (Manual Transaxle model).
HINT:
Master Caution SLIP Indicator on.
Indicator Light: Light: (b) When the ignition switch is turned on (IG), check
that the ABS, VSC (without multi-information
display), BRAKE warning lights, and master caution,
SLIP indicator lights come on for approximately 3
seconds.
HINT:
If the ECU stores any DTCs, the ABS, BRAKE, VSC
multi-information display) warning (without multi-information display and
master caution indicator light) lights, and SLIP
indicator light come on.
C137469E01 below.
ABS warning light (Does not come on) BC-385
VSC warning light (Remains on) BC-388
VSC warning light (Does not come on) BC-392
SLIP indicator light (Remains on) BC-408
SLIP indicator light (Does not come on) BC-412
2. SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK BY TEST MODE (SIGNAL

CHECK) (INTELLIGENT TESTER)
HINT:
during the signal check function will be erased.
Intelligent Tester (1) Turn the ignition switch off.
Transaxle).
BC DLC3
CAN VIM
C131977E05

"SIGNAL CHECK").
HINT:
C106533

HINT:
Blinking Pattern:
the ABS warning light circuit.
0.13 sec. 0.13 sec.
ON ABS warning light (Does not come on) BC-404

OFF (1) Drive the vehicle straight ahead.
Display:
HINT:
wheelspin occurs, or if the steering wheel is
USA:
sensor signal check has been completed and
BC
Canada: • The ABS warning light comes on immediately
NOTICE:
C132874E01
(d) Read the DTC(s) by following the tester screen.
NOTICE:
HINT:
See the list of DTCs (See procedure "A").
3. SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK BY TEST MODE (SIGNAL
HINT:
during the signal check will be erased.

Transaxle).
DLC3:
CG DLC3.
SST 09843-18040
TS
G022987E07

HINT:
Blinking Pattern:
BC If the ABS warning light does not blink, inspect
the TS and CG terminal circuit, and ABS
0.13 sec. 0.13 sec.
ON Trouble Area See procedure
OFF ABS warning light circuit (Does not come on) BC-385

Display:
HINT:
wheelspin occurs, or if the steering wheel is
USA: turned during this check.
Canada: sensor signal check has been completed and
• The ABS warning light comes on immediately
C132874E01
NOTICE:
(d) Using SST, connect terminals TC and CG of the

DLC3: CG DLC3.
SST 09843-18040
(e) Count the number of blinks of the ABS warning light.
TS TC
G022988E01
Blinking Pattern of Normal System Code:
0.25 sec. 0.25 sec.
ON
BC
OFF
Blinking Pattern of Trouble Code (Example Codes 71 and 72):
0.5 sec. 2.5 sec.

1.5 sec. 4 sec.
0.5 sec.
Repeat
ON
OFF
Code 71 Code 72
C132876E01
NOTICE:
HINT:
displayed first.
• See the list of DTCs (See procedure "A").
(f) After performing the check, disconnect the SST
DLC3, and turn the ignition switch off.
(g) Turn the engine switch on (IG) to cancel the Test

Mode.
HINT:
Mode will continue.
(Procedure "A")
DTC of Test Mode (Signal Check):
C1272/72 Low output signal of front speed sensor LH • Sensor installation
BC • Rear speed sensor RH
C1275/75 • Sensor installation
RH
• Sensor rotor
LH
• Sensor rotor
RH
• Sensor rotor
LH
• Sensor rotor
HINT:
(signal check).
5. ENGINE VARIANT LEARNING
• Engine variant learning is automatically performed
immediately after the Test Mode is entered.
• The ABS, VSC, BRAKE, and SLIP indicators come on
for 3 seconds after learning.

If there are no DTCs output but the problem still occurs,
check the circuits for each problem symptom in the order
given in the table below, and proceed to the relevant
troubleshooting page.
NOTICE:
Before replacing the brake actuator assembly, sensor, or
other related parts, turn the ignition switch off.
Vehicle stability control system:
1. Check for the DTC again and make sure that the normal BC-302
5. Check the brake actuator assembly with the intelligent tester BC-431
ABS, BA and/or EBD does not operate
test function). If abnormal, check the hydraulic circuit for
leakage.
BC
ECU).
5. Check the brake actuator assembly with the intelligent tester BC-431
ABS, BA and/or EBD does not operate efficiently
test function). If abnormal, check the hydraulic circuit for
leakage.
ECU).
3. Check the hydraulic circuit for leakage. -
VSC and/or TRACTION does not operate 5. Rear speed sensor circuit BC-324
6. Yaw rate and deceleration sensor circuit BC-343
7. Steering angle sensor circuit BC-350
ECU).
ABS sensor DTC check cannot be done 3. If the symptoms still occur even after the above circuits in BC-432
ECU).

VSC sensor DTC check cannot be done 3. If the symptoms still occur even after the above circuits in BC-432
ECU).
Sensor signal check cannot be done
ABS warning light abnormal (Remains on) ABS warning light circuit BC-380
ABS warning light abnormal (Does not come on) ABS warning light circuit BC-385
VSC warning light abnormal (Remains on) VSC warning light circuit BC-388
VSC warning light abnormal (Does not come on) VSC warning light circuit BC-392
Brake warning light abnormal (Remains on) Brake warning light circuit BC-395
Brake warning light abnormal (Does not come on) Brake warning light circuit BC-404
SLIP indicator light abnormal (Remains on) SLIP indicator light circuit BC-408
SLIP indicator light abnormal (Does not come on) SLIP indicator light circuit BC-412
BC Skid control buzzer abnormal Skid control buzzer circuit BC-415
TERMINALS OF ECU
1. TERMINALS OF ECU
Skid Control ECU:
A60
BC
C113404E05

+BM (2) Power supply for motor
+BS (3) Power supply for solenoid
FL+ (5) Front left wheel speed sensor input
FL- (6) Front left wheel speed sensor ground
RL+ (7) Rear left wheel speed sensor input
RR- (8) Rear right wheel speed sensor ground
FR- (9) Front right wheel speed sensor ground
FR+ (10) Front right wheel speed sensor input
BZ (23) Buzzer output
RL- (27) Rear left wheel speed sensor ground
IG1 (28) ECU power supply
RR+ (29) Rear right wheel speed sensor input
STP1 (30) Stop light switch input
SP1 (33) Speed signal output
TS (39) Sensor check switch input
2. TERMINAL INSPECTION
and resistance according to the value(s) in the table
below.
Skid Control ECU (Harness Side Connector Front View):
A60
BC C137467E01
HINT:
connected to the skid control ECU, as the connector
is watertight.
GND2 (A60-1) - Body Actuator pump motor
W-B - Body ground Always Below 1 Ω
ground ground
+BM (A60-2) - Body
B - Body ground Power supply for motor Always 10 to 14 V
ground
+BS (A60-3) - Body
L - Body ground Power supply for solenoid Always 10 to 14 V
ground
GND1 (A60-4) - Body
W-B - Body ground Skid control ECU ground Always Below 1 Ω
ground
BZ (A60-23) - Body Buzzer warning light Ignition switch on (IG),
R - Body ground 6 to 10 V
ground output Buzzer does not sound
IG1 (A60-28) - Body
P - Body ground IG1 power supply Ignition switch on (IG) 10 to 14 V
ground
STP1 (A60-30) - Body
P - Body ground Stop light switch input →OFF (Brake pedal 5 to 14 V → Below 3 V
ground
depressed → released)
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
1. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
(a) Inspect the battery voltage.
Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
before proceeding.
(b) The vehicle's ECU uses the ISO 15765-4 for
communication protocol. The terminal arrangement
CG SG CANH of the DLC3 complies with SAE J1962 and matches
the ISO 15765-4 format.
HINT:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Connect the cable of the intelligent tester to the
9 10 11 1213141516 use the intelligent tester. If the screen displays a
communication error message, a problem exists on
CANL BAT A082779E65 either the vehicle side or the tester side.
If the communication is normal when the tester is
connected to another vehicle, inspect the DLC3 on
BC
the original vehicle.
If the communication is still impossible when the
tester is connected to another vehicle, the problem
is probably in the tester itself. Consult the Service
Department listed in the tester's instruction manual.
Symbols (Terminal No.) Terminal Description Condition Specified Condition
CANH (6) - CANL (14) HIGH-level CAN bus line Ignition switch OFF* 54 to 69 Ω
CANH (6) - Battery positive HIGH-level CAN bus line Ignition switch OFF* 6 kΩ or higher
CANH (6) - CG (4) HIGH-level CAN bus line Ignition switch OFF* 200 Ω or higher
CANL (14) - Battery positive LOW-level CAN bus line Ignition switch OFF* 6 kΩ or higher
CANL (14) - CG (4) LOW-level CAN bus line Ignition switch OFF* 200 Ω or higher
NOTICE:
or the doors.
2. DESCRIPTION
NOTICE:
(a) If the skid control ECU detects a malfunction, the

ABS, VSC (without multi-information display), and
ABS Warning Light: BRAKE Warning BRAKE warning lights, and master caution and
Light: SLIP indicator lights will come on and the multi-
information display shows a warning message in
USA: USA:
order to warn the driver.
The table below indicates which lights will come on
when there is a malfunction in a particular function.
CANADA: CANADA:
Master Caution SLIP Indicator

Indicator Light: Light:
BC
multi-information display)
C137469E01
Item/Trouble Area ABS EBD BA TRAC VSC

ABS Warning Light { { { - -
BRAKE Warning Light - { - - -
VSC Warning Light
(without multi-information { { { { {
display)
SLIP Indicator Light { { { { {
{: Light ON
-: Light OFF
the SST between terminals TC and CG of the
DLC3 and observing the blinking pattern of the
ABS warning light by connecting the intelligent
tester (See page BC-302).
• This system has a signal check function (TEST
MODE) (See page BC-290).
The DTC can be read by connecting the
intelligent tester and observing the blinking
pattern of the ABS warning.
3. WARNING LIGHT AND INDICATOR LIGHT INITIAL

CHECK
ABS Warning Light: BRAKE Warning (a) Release the parking brake.
Light: NOTICE:
USA: USA:
shift lever to the P position for safety (Automatic
Transaxle model) or set the chocks to hold the
vehicle for safety (Manual Transaxle model).
CANADA: CANADA: HINT:
on.
Master Caution SLIP Indicator that the ABS, VSC (without multi-information
Indicator Light: Light: display), and BRAKE warning lights, and master
caution and SLIP indicator lights come on for
HINT:
If the ECU stores any DTCs, the ABS, BRAKE, and
VSC warning (multi-information display and master
BC
VSC Warning Light (without caution indicator light) lights, and SLIP indicator
multi-information display) light come on.
below.
C137469E01
SLIP indicator light (Remains on) BC-408
SLIP indicator light (Does not come on) BC-412
HINT:
troubleshooting.

HINT:
after the ignition switch is turned on (IG)).
horizontally.
HINT:
Shake Slightly
open relays.
thoroughly.
BC
DLC3:
DTC CHECK / CLEAR
CG
1. DTC CHECK/CLEAR (WHEN USING SST CHECK
WIRE:)
(a) DTC check
DLC3.
SST 09843-18040
TC
G022986E01
(3) Observe the blinking pattern of the ABS and

VSC (without multi-information display) warning
lights or read the multi information display (with
multi-information display) in order to identify the
DTC.
with Multi-Information Display

Normal System Code of ABS and VSC: Trouble Code of ABS and VSC (Example Codes 11 and 21):
0.25 sec. 0.5 sec.

1.5 sec.
0.25 sec. 0.5 sec.
2 sec. 4 sec. 2.5 sec.
4 sec.
Repeat
ON ON
OFF OFF
with Multi-Information Display Code 11 Code 21 BC

Normal System Code of VSC: Trouble Code of VSC (Example Code 43):
C137468E03
HINT:
terminal circuit, the ABS warning light circuit,
and the VSC warning light circuit.
TC and CG Terminal Circuit BC-418
• As an example, the blinking patterns for a

normal system code and trouble codes 11
and 21 are shown in the illustration.
(4) Codes are explained in the code table (See
page BC-311).
order.
(b) DTC clear

CG
DLC3.
SST 09843-18040
TC
G022986E01

seconds.
(4) Check that the warning light indicates a normal
system code.
(5) Remove the SST.
HINT:
BC Clearing the DTCs cannot be performed by
disconnecting the battery terminal or the ECU-IG
BR03890 fuse.
2. DTC CHECK/CLEAR (WHEN USING INTELLIGENT

Intelligent Tester TESTER:)
(a) DTC check
(3) Read the DTCs by following the prompts on the
tester screen.
(b) DTC clear
HINT:
DLC3 for further details.
CAN VIM
C131977E05
FREEZE FRAME DATA

(a) Whenever an ABS DTC is detected, the skid control
ECU stores the current vehicle (sensor) state as
Freeze Frame Data.
The skid control ECU stores the number of times
activated.
HINT:
• However, if the vehicle is stopped or at a low
speed (4.3 mph (7 km/h) or less), or if a DTC is
detected, the skid control ECU will stop counting
the number.
• Freeze Frame Data at the time the ABS
operates:
When the ECU stores data at the time a DTC is BC
detected, the data stored during ABS operation is
erased.
• Freeze Frame Data at the time a DTC is
detected:
time a DTC is detected, no updates will be
(d) Select the "DTC INFO" on the tester display.
(e) On the DTC data display screen, select the DTC
data display with "*".
VEHICLE SPD Vehicle speed reading
h)
Number of operations of engine switch on (IG)
#IG ON 0 to 31
after storing freeze frame data
MAS CYL PRESS 1 Master cylinder pressure sensor reading Brake pedal released: 0.3 to 0.5 V
M/C PRESS GRADE Master cylinder pressure sensor change Min.: -30 MPa/s, Max.: 225 MPa/s
YAW RATE Yaw rate sensor reading Min.: -128 deg/s, Max.: 127 deg/s
Left turn: Increase
STEERING SEN Steering angle sensor reading
Right turn: Decrease
SPD GRADE Vehicle speed grade Min.: -25.11 m/s2, Max.: 24.91 m/s2
BUZZER Skid control buzzer signal Skid control buzzer ON: ON, OFF: OFF
PARKING BRAKE SW Parking brake switch signal Parking brake switch ON: ON, OFF: OFF
ENGINE TORQUE Real engine torque Min.: -1024 Nm, Max.: 1023 Nm
FR WHEEL SPD FR wheel speed
h)
FL WHEEL SPD FL wheel speed
h)
RR WHEEL SPD RR wheel speed
h)
RL WHEEL SPD RL wheel speed
h)

LATERAL G Lateral G Min.: -25.11 m/s2, Max.: 24.91 m/s2
FAIL
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
GEAR POSITION * Gear position information
5th
6th
P, N
R
NOT R
FAIL
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
LEVER POSITION * Shift lever position information
5th
6th/B
D/M
P, N
R
BC ABS activated: ABS
VSC activated: VSC
TRAC activated: TRAC
BA activated: BA
OPERATED SYSTEM Operated system status
PB activated: PB
Fail safe mode activated: FAIL
No system activated: NON
System prohibited: SYS
TROUBLE CODE Freeze frame DTC Displays to output DTC
OTHER: Normal,
INSPECTION MODE Inspection mode
INSPECT: Service
*: Automatic Transaxle
FAIL-SAFE CHART
(a) If there is a problem with sensor signals or actuator
systems, the skid control ECU prohibits power
supply to the brake actuator assembly and informs
the ECM of the VSC system failure.
(b) The brake actuator assembly turns off each
solenoid and the ECM shuts off the VSC control
(traction control signal) from the skid control ECU
accordingly, which turns out to be as if the vehicle
stability control system was not installed.
(c) ABS, VSC, and TRAC control will be prohibited, but
EBD control continues as much as possible. If EBD
control is impossible, the brake warning light comes
on to warn the driver (See page BC-298).
Malfunction Symptom
ABS system Prohibits the ABS, BA, TRAC, and VSC control
BA system Prohibits the ABS, BA, TRAC, and VSC control BC
EBD system Prohibits the ABS, EBD, BA, TRAC, and VSC control
TRAC system Prohibits the TRAC and VSC control
VSC system Prohibits the TRAC and VSC control
HINT:
• A malfunction in either the ABS or BA system
results in an identical operation, with ABS, BA,
TRAC, and VSC system control prohibited.
• If control is prohibited due to a malfunction during
operation, control will be disabled gradually to
prevent the vehicle from becoming unstable
suddenly.

1. DATA LIST
HINT:
With the intelligent tester connected to the DLC3 and the
ignition switch on (IG), the ABS, TRAC and VSC Data
List can be displayed. Follow the prompts on the tester
screen to access the Data List.
Measurement Item /
Range (Display)
ON: Motor relay ON
MTR RELAY ABS motor relay / ON or OFF -
ON: Accelerator pedal released
IDLE SW Main idle switch / ON or OFF OFF: Accelerator pedal -
depressed
STOP LAMP SW Stop light switch / ON or OFF -
BC PARKING BRAKE SW Parking brake switch / ON or OFF

-
Engine revolutions / min.: 0 r/min,

ENG REVOLUTIONS - -
max.: 65,535 r/min
Gear position information / P/N,
GEAR POSITION * - -
R, 1st-6th, FAIL, NOT R
Shift lever position information /
LEVER POSITION * - -
P/N, R, D/M, 1st-6th/B, FAIL
SHIFT INFO Shift information / ON or OFF ON: During gear change -
FR wheel speed sensor reading /
FR WHEEL SPD min.: 0 mph (0 km/h), max.: 202 Actual wheel speed
speedometer
mph (326 km/h)
FL wheel speed sensor reading /
FL WHEEL SPD min.: 0 mph (0 km/h), max.: 202 Actual wheel speed
speedometer
mph (326 km/h)
RR wheel speed sensor reading /
RR WHEEL SPD min.: 0 mph (0 km/h), max.: 202 Actual wheel speed
speedometer
mph (326 km/h)
RL wheel speed sensor reading /
RL WHEEL SPD min.: 0 mph (0 km/h), max.: 202 Actual wheel speed
speedometer
mph (326 km/h)
Acceleration sensor 1 reading /
Approximately 0+-0.13 G while Reading changes when vehicle is
DECELERAT SEN min.: -18.52 m/s2, max.: 18.39 m/
stationary bounced
s2
ABS solenoid (SFRR) / ON or
SFRR ON: Operates -
OFF
ABS solenoid (SFRH) / ON or
SFRH ON: Operates -
OFF
ABS solenoid (SFLR) / ON or
SFLR ON: Operates -
OFF
ABS solenoid (SFLH) / ON or
SFLH ON: Operates -
OFF
ABS solenoid (SRRR) / ON or
SRRR ON: Operates -
OFF
ABS solenoid (SRRH) / ON or
SRRH ON: Operates -
OFF
ABS solenoid (SRLR) / ON or
SRLR ON: Operates -
OFF
ABS solenoid (SRLH) / ON or
SRLH ON: Operates -
OFF
Measurement Item /
Range (Display)
Master cut solenoid (SRM2) / ON
SRM2 ON: Operates -
or OFF
Master cut solenoid (SRM1) / ON
SRM1 ON: Operated -
or OFF
Master cut solenoid (SMC2) / ON
SRC2 ON: Operates -
or OFF
Master cut solenoid (SRC1) / ON
SRC1 ON: Operates -
or OFF
Maximum wheel speed sensor
VEHICLE SPD reading / min.: 0 mph (0 km/h), Actual vehicle speed Speed indicated on speedometer
max.: 202 mph (326 km/h)
Yaw rate sensor 1 / min.: -128 Min.: -128 deg/s
YAW RATE SENS 1 -
deg/s, max.: 127 deg/s Max.: 127 deg/s
Memorized zero value / min.: - Min.: -128 deg/s
ZERO YAW RATE -
128 deg/s, max.: 127 deg/s Max.: 127 deg/s
Steering angle sensor / min.: - Left turn: Increase
STEERING SEN -
3,276.8 deg, max.: 3,276.7 deg Right turn: Decrease
Master cylinder pressure sensor When brake pedal is released: Reading increases when brake
MAS CYL PRESS 1
1 reading / min.: 0 V, max.: 5 V 0.3 to 0.5 V pedal is depressed BC
Real engine torque / min.: -1024
ENGINE TORQUE - -
N*m, max.: 1023 N*m
FR SPD OPN -
FL SPD OPN -
RR SPD OPN -
RL SPD OPN -
YAW RATE OPN -
DECELERAT OPN -
STEERING OPN -
EFI COM OPN -
Number of DTC / min.: 0, max.:
#DTC - -
255
ABS WARN LAMP ABS warning light / ON or OFF -
BRAKE WARN LAMP BRAKE warning light / ON or OFF -
ON: Indicator light ON
SLIP INDI LAMP SLIP indicator light / ON or OFF -
OFF: Indicator light OFF
ON: Buzzer ON
BUZZER Skid control buzzer / ON or OFF -
OFF: Buzzer OFF
VSC warning (multi-information
ON: Indicator ON
VSC WARN LAMP display and master caution -
OFF: Indicator OFF
indicator light) light / ON or OFF
FR wheel acceleration / min.: - Min.: -200.84 m/s2
FR WHEEL ACCEL -
200.84 m/s2, max.: 199.27 m/s2 Max.: 199.27 m/s2
FL wheel acceleration / min.: - Min.: -200.84 m/s2
FL WHEEL ACCEL 2 2 -
200.84 m/s , max.: 199.27 m/s Max.: 199.27 m/s2
RR wheel acceleration / min.: - Min.: -200.84 m/s2
RR WHEEL ACCEL 2 2 -
200.84 m/s , max.: 199.27 m/s Max.: 199.27 m/s2
Measurement Item /
Range (Display)
RL wheel acceleration / min.: - Min.: -200.84 m/s2
RL WHEEL ACCEL 2 2 -
200.84 m/s , max.: 199.27 m/s Max.: 199.27 m/s2
ZERO DECELERAT 2, -
25.11 m/s max.: 24.91 m/s2 Max.: 24.91 m/s2
Memorized zero value / min.: - Min.: -3,276.8 deg
ZERO STEERING -
Lateral G / min.: -25.11 m/s2, Min.: -25.11 m/s2

LATERAL G 2
-
max.: 24.91 m/s Max.: 24.91 m/s2
Forward and rearward G / min.: - Min.: -25.11 m/s2
FORWARD&REA G -
25.11 m/s2, max.: 24.91 m/s2 Max.: 24.91 m/s2
Yaw rate value / min.: -128 deg/s, Min.: -128 deg/s
YAW RATE VALUE -
max.: 127 deg/s Max.: 127 deg/s
Steering angle value / min.: - Min.: -3,276.8 deg
STEERING ANGLE -
TRAC STATUS TRAC control status / ON or OFF ON: During the control -
TRAC engine control status / ON
TRAC ENG STATUS ON: During the control -
BC or OFF
TRAC brake control status / ON
TRAC BRK STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
FR wheel VSC control status / ON
FR VSC STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
FL wheel VSC control status / ON
FL VSC STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
RR wheel VSC control status /
RR VSC STATUS ON: During the control -
ON or OFF
RL wheel VSC control status / ON
RL VSC STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
FR wheel ABS control status / ON
FR ABS STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
FL wheel ABS control status / ON
FL ABS STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
RR wheel ABS control status /
RR ABS STATUS ON: During the control -
ON or OFF
RL wheel ABS control status / ON
RL ABS STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
FR wheel EBD control status / ON
FR EBD STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
FL wheel EBD control status / ON
FL EBD STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
RR wheel EBD control status /
RR EBD STATUS ON: During the control -
ON or OFF
RL wheel EBD control status / ON
RL EBD STATUS ON: During the control -
or OFF
BA STATUS BA control status / ON or OFF ON: During the control -
Inspection mode / OTHER or
INSPECTION MODE - -
INSPECT
Number of ignition switch on (IG)
#IG ON2 after entering the inspection - -
mode / min.: 0, max.: 255
Freeze frame DTC / min.: 0,
TROUBLE CODE - -
max.: 65,535
*: Automatic Transaxle
2. ACTIVE TEST
HINT:
Performing the Active Test using the intelligent tester
allows the relay, actuator, and other items to operate
without removing any parts. Performing the Active Test
as the first step in troubleshooting is one of the methods
to save labor time.
It is possible to display the Data List during the Active
Test.
(c) From the display on the tester, select the Active
Test.
HINT:
The ignition switch must be turned on (IG) to
proceed to the Active Test using the intelligent
tester.

BC
SRM2 Turns master cut solenoid (SRM2) ON / OFF
SRM1 Turns master cut solenoid (SRM1) ON / OFF
SRC2 Turns master cut solenoid (SRC2) ON / OFF
SRC1 Turns master cut solenoid (SRC1) ON / OFF
Operating sound of relay (clicking
sound) and motor can be heard
ABS WARN LAMP Turns ABS warning light ON / OFF Observe combination meter
VSC WARN LAMP Turns VSC warning (master caution indicator) light ON / OFF Observe combination meter
SLIP INDI LAMP Turns SLIP indicator light ON / OFF Observe combination meter
BRAKE WARN LAMP Turns BRAKE warning light ON / OFF Observe combination meter

• If a trouble code is displayed during the DTC check, check
the circuit indicated by the DTC. For details of each code,
refer to the page for the respective "DTC No." in the DTC
chart.
• Inspect the fuse and relay before investigating the trouble
areas as shown in the table below.
DTC chart of ABS:
C0200/31 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor 1. Front speed sensor RH BC-316
Signal Malfunction 2. Front speed sensor circuit RH
3. Front speed sensor rotor RH
control ECU)
C0205/32 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor 1. Front speed sensor LH BC-316
Signal Malfunction 2. Front speed sensor circuit LH
3. Front speed sensor rotor LH
BC control ECU)
C0210/33 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 1. Rear speed sensor RH BC-324
Signal Malfunction 2. Rear speed sensor circuit RH
3. Rear speed sensor rotor RH
control ECU)
C0215/34 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 1. Rear speed sensor LH BC-324
Signal Malfunction 2. Rear speed sensor circuit LH
3. Rear speed sensor rotor LH
control ECU)
C0226/21 SFR Solenoid Circuit 1. Each solenoid circuit BC-333
C0236/22 SFL Solenoid Circuit 1. Each solenoid circuit BC-333
C0246/23 SRR Solenoid Circuit 1. Each solenoid circuit BC-333
C0256/24 SRL Solenoid Circuit 1. Each solenoid circuit BC-333
C0273/13 Open or Short Circuit in ABS 1. ABS No. 1 fuse (Fusible link) BC-335
Motor Relay Circuit 2. Brake actuator assembly (skid
control ECU)
3. Motor relay circuit
C0278/11 Open or Short Circuit in ABS 1. ABS No. 2 fuse (Fusible link) BC-339
Solenoid Relay Circuit 2. Brake actuator assembly (skid
control ECU)
3. Solenoid relay circuit
C1225/25 SMC Solenoid Circuit 1. Brake actuator assembly (skid BC-348
control ECU)
2. SMC1 solenoid circuit
C1226/26 SMC Solenoid Circuit 1. Brake actuator assembly (skid BC-348
control ECU)
2. SMC2 circuit
C1227/27 SRC Solenoid Circuit 1. Brake actuator assembly (skid BC-348
control ECU)
2. SRC1 circuit
C1228/28 SRC Solenoid Circuit 1. Brake actuator assembly (skid BC-348
control ECU)
2. SRC2 circuit

C1237/37 Tires of Different Size 1. Brake actuator assembly (skid BC-354
control ECU)
2. Speed sensor
3. Speed sensor rotor (front)
4. Rear axle hub and bearing
assembly
6. Tire and wheel circuit
7. Tire deformation
C1241/41 Low Battery Positive Voltage or 1. Battery BC-361
Abnormally High Battery Positive 2. ECU-IG No. 2 fuse
Voltage 3. Charging system
4. Power source circuit
(internal power source circuit)
C1246/46 Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor 1. Master cylinder pressure BC-365
Malfunction sensor
2. Master cylinder pressure
sensor circuit
C1249/49 Open in Stop Light Switch Circuit

control ECU)
1. Stop light switch BC-368
BC
control ECU)
C1271/71 Low Output Signal of Front Speed 1. Front speed sensor RH BC-316
C1272/72 Low Output Signal of Front Speed 1. Front speed sensor LH BC-316
C1273/73 Low Output Signal of Rear Speed 1. Rear speed sensor RH BC-324
C1274/74 Low Output Signal of Rear Speed 1. Rear speed sensor LH BC-324
C1275/75 Abnormal Change in Output 1. Front speed sensosr RH BC-316
Signal of Front Speed Sensor RH 2. Sensor installation
C1276/76 Abnormal Change in Output 1. Front speed sensosr LH BC-316
Signal of Front Speed Sensor LH 2. Sensor installation
C1277/77 Abnormal Change in Output 1. Rear speed sensosr RH BC-324
Signal of Rear Speed Sensor RH 2. Sensor installation
C1278/78 Abnormal Change in Output 1. Rear speed sensosr LH BC-324
Signal of Rear Speed Sensor LH 2. Sensor installation
C1288/88 ECU Version Miss Match ECM BC-374
C1300/62 Skid Control ECU Malfunction Brake actuator assembly (skid BC-375
control ECU)
C1330/35 Right Front Speed Sensor Circuit 1. Front speed sensor RH BC-316
2. Front speed sensor circuit RH
C1331/36 Left Front Speed Sensor Circuit 1. Front speed sensor LH BC-316
2. Front speed sensor circuit LH
C1332/38 Right Rear Speed Sensor Circuit 1. Rear speed sensor RH BC-324
2. Rear speed sensor circuit RH

C1333/39 Left Rear Speed Sensor Circuit 1. Rear speed sensor LH BC-324
2. Rear speed sensor circuit LH
U0073/94 Control Module Communication CAN communication system BC-377
Bus OFF
(*1, *2):
Even after the trouble areas are repaired, the ABS warning
light will not go off unless the following operations are
performed:
• (*1):
(a)Drive the vehicle at 12 mph (20 km/h) for 30 seconds or
more and check that the ABS warning light goes off.
(b)Clear the DTC.
• (*2):
(a)Keep the vehicle stationary for 5 seconds or more and
depress the brake pedal lightly 2 or 3 times.
(b)Drive the vehicle at the vehicle speed of 31 mph (50
BC km/h) and keep depressing the brake pedal strongly for
(c) Repeat the above operation 3 times or more and check
(d)Clear the DTC.
HINT:
ABS warning light remains on.
DTC chart of VSC:
43 ABS Control System Malfunction ABS control system BC-315
C0365/28 Malfunction in Deceleration 1. Yaw rate and acceleration BC-343
Sensor sensor
sensor circuit
control ECU)
C1201/51 Engine Control System Engine control system BC-347
Malfunction
C1231/31 Steering Angle Sensor Circuit 1. Steering angle sensor BC-350
Malfunction 2. Steering angle sensor circuit
3. Steering angle sensor power
supply
C1234/34 Yaw Rate Sensor Malfunction 1. Yaw rate and acceleration BC-343
sensor
sensor circuit
U0100/65 Lost Communication with ECM / CAN communication system (skid BC-377
PCM control ECU to ECM)
U0123/62 Lost Communication with Yaw CAN communication system (skid BC-377
Rate Sensor Module control ECU to yaw rate and
U0126/63 Lost Communication with CAN communication system (skid BC-377
Steering Angle Sensor Module control ECU to steering angle
sensor)
DTC 43 ABS Control System Malfunction

DESCRIPTION
This DTC is output when the VSC system detects a malfunction in the ABS control system.
43 Malfunction in the ABS control system ABS control system
1 CHECK ABS CONTROL SYSTEM

Result
Condition Proceed to BC
DTC (ABS control system DTC) is not output A
DTC (ABS control system DTC) is output B

DTCS (BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM) (See
page BC-311)
2 CONFIRM DTC

Result
DTC (43) is not output A
DTC (43) is output B

(See page BC-432)
END
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Mal-

DTC C0200/31
function
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Malfunc-

DTC C0205/32
tion

DTC C1271/71
(Test Mode DTC)

DTC C1272/72
(Test Mode DTC)

DTC C1275/75

DTC C1276/76
DTC C1330/35 Right Front Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC C1331/36 Left Front Speed Sensor Circuit

DESCRIPTION
The speed sensors detects wheel speed and transmit the signals to the skid control ECU. These signals
are used for control of the ABS control system. Each of the front and rear rotors has 48 serrations.
induces AC voltage. Since the frequency of this AC voltage changes in direct proportion to the speed of
the rotor, the frequency is used by the ECU to detect the speed of each wheel.
DTCs C1271/71 to C1276/76 can be deleted when the speed sensor sends a wheel speed signal or the
test mode ends. DTCs C1271/71 to C1276/76 are output only in the test mode.
Speed Sensor
Rotor N S Magnet
Coil
To ECU
Low speed
High speed
+V
-V
F000010E16

• Front speed sensor rotor RH and/or LH
km/h) after the initial start or restart, a wheel speed
C1271/71
C1272/72
• Sensor rotor
C1275/75
C1276/76
• Sensor rotor
HINT:
DTC No. C0200/31 and C1330/35 are for the front speed sensor RH.
DTC No. C0205/32 and C1331/36 are for the front speed sensor LH.
WIRING DIAGRAM BC
Brake Actuator Assembly (Skid

Control ECU with Actuator)
5
A60 FL+
1
A14
6
2
A60 FL-
10
A60 FR+
1
A35
Front Speed Sensor RH 9
2
A60 FR-
C122979E02
HINT:

DATA LIST: ABS/TRAC/VSC
Measurement Item /
Range (Display)
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)

BC OK:
NG Go to step 5
OK

(See page BC-290).
Result
B Go to step 5
A

(b) Perform the inspection using an oscilloscope.
(1) Disconnect the front speed sensor connector.
front speed sensor.
A14 :LH A35 :RH
rotated.
OK:
The same waveform is output from front
the waveform.
FL+ FL- FR+ FR- HINT:
Normal Signal Waveform: increases, the width of the waveform narrows
• When noise is identified in the waveform on the BC
GND
NG Go to step 11
C136488E02
OK
4 RECONFIRM DTC

302).
HINT:
Result
DTCs (C0200/31, C0205/32, C1330/35 and C1331/36) are output (When
B
troubleshooting in accordance with the PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE)
C

(See page BC-295)
C END
5 INSPECT FRONT SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION
(a) Check the front speed sensor installation.

8.0 N*m (82 kgf*cm, 71 in.*lbf)
OK:
There is no clearance between the sensor and front
steering knuckle.
NOTICE:
BC No clearance Check the speed sensor signal after replacement (See
page BC-290).
OK NG
BR03795E21
NG INSTALL FRONT SPEED SENSOR
CORRECTLY (See page BC-440)
OK
(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the locking part

and the connecting part of the connectors.
(b) Disconnect the front speed sensor connectors.
2 1 (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
LH
A14-1 (FL+) - A14-2 (FL-) 0.92 to 1.22 kΩ at 20°C
C093876E01
RH
A35-1 (FR+) - A35-2 (FR-) 0.92 to 1.22 kΩ at 20°C
NOTICE:
(See page BC-290).
page BC-438)
OK
7 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (FRONT SPEED SENSOR TO SKID CONTROL ECU)

Skid Control ECU (Harness Side (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
Connector Front View): table below.
LH
Below 1 Ω
FL+ FL- A60 A60-5 (FL+) - A14-1 (FL+)
A60-6 (FL-) - A14-2 (FL-) Below 1 Ω
RH
FR- FR+ Tester Connection
A60-10 (FR+) - A35-1 (FR+)
Specified Condition
Below 1 Ω
BC
Front Speed Sensor (Harness Side
Connecotor Front View): A60-9 (FR-) - A35-2 (FR-) Below 1 Ω
A14 A35 A60-9 (FR-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher

CONNECTOR (FRONT SPEED SENSOR TO
FL- FL+ FR- FR+ SKID CONTROL ECU)
C139143E01
OK

(b) Perform the inspection using an oscilloscope.
A14 :LH A35 :RH (1) Disconnect the front speed sensor connector.
front speed sensor.
rotated.
OK:
FL+ FL- FR+ FR- The same waveform is output from all the 4
Normal Signal Waveform: the waveform.
HINT:
BC GND
C136488E02
NG Go to step 11
OK

Measurement Item /
Range (Display)
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)

OK:
HINT:
"PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE", refer back to the table
(See page BC-295).

(See page BC-432)
OK
10 RECONFIRM DTC

302).
HINT:
Result
DTCs (C0200/31, C0205/32, C1330/35 and C1331/36) are output A BC
B
C

(See page BC-295)
C END
11 INSPECT SPEED SENSOR TIP
(a) Remove the front speed sensor.

(b) Check the sensor tip.
OK:
Speed Sensor Rotor
NOTICE:
R000948E03
OK
CLEAN OR REPLACE SPEED SENSOR ROTOR

Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Mal-

DTC C0210/33
function
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Malfunc-

DTC C0215/34
tion

DTC C1273/73
(Test Mode DTC)

DTC C1274/74
(Test Mode DTC)

DTC C1277/77

DTC C1278/78
DTC C1332/38 Right Rear Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC C1333/39 Left Rear Speed Sensor Circuit

DESCRIPTION
Refer to DTCs C0200/31, C0205/32, C1330/35, and C1331/36 (See page BC-316).
DTCs from C1273/73 to C1278/78 can be deleted when the speed sensor sends a vehicle speed signal or
the test mode ends. DTCs from C1273/73 to C1278/78 are output only in the test mode.
• Vehicle speed is more than 25 mph (40 km/h) and
• Rear speed sensor rotor RH and/or LH
km/h), after the initial start or restart, a wheel speed
C1273/73
C1274/74
• Sensor rotor
C1277/77
C1278/78
• Sensor rotor
HINT:
DTC No. C0210/33 and C1332/38 are for the rear speed sensor RH.
DTC No. C0215/34 and C1333/39 are for the rear speed sensor LH.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Brake Actuator Assembly (Skid Control

ECU with Actuator)
7
A60 RL+
1
g1
Rear Speed Sensor LH 27
A60 RL-
2
29
BC
A60 RR+
1
f1
Rear Speed Sensor RH 8
A60 RR-
2
C122948E03
HINT:

Measurement Item /
Range (Display)
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)

OK:
NG Go to step 5
OK

(See page BC-290).
Result
BC B Go to step 5

Skid Control ECU (Harness Side (b) Perform the inspection using an oscilloscope.
(2) Connect the oscilloscope to the rear speed sensor
terminals of the skid control ECU.
A60
RL+ RR- (3) Check that a waveform is output when the tires are
rotated.
OK:
The same waveform is output from all the 4
the waveform.
HINT:
RL- RR+ • As vehicle speed (wheel rotation speed)
Normal Signal Waveform: and the output voltage becomes greater.
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE SPEED SENSOR AND
SENSOR ROTOR
C139144E01
OK
4 RECONFIRM DTC

302).
HINT:
Result
B
C
BC

(See page BC-295)
C END
5 INSPECT SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION
(a) Check the rear speed sensor installation.

OK:
axle carrier.
NOTICE:
No Clearance (See page BC-290).
OK NG NG INSTALL REAR SPEED SENSOR

F010178E07
CORRECTLY
OK
(a) Disconnect the rear speed sensor connector.

Rear Speed Sensor: table below.
LH
g1-1 (RR+) - g1-2 (RR-) Below 2.2 kΩ
g1-1 (RR+) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
g1-2 (RR-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
2
RH
1 Tester Connection Specified Condition
f1-1 (RL+) - f1-2 (RL-) Below 2.2 kΩ
f1-1 (RL+) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
BC C113377E01 f1-2 (RL-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
NOTICE:
(See page BC-290).
NG REPLACE REAR SPEED SENSOR (See page
BC-443)
OK
7 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU TO SKID CONTROL

SENSOR WIRE)
(a) Check the harness and connector.

Skid Control ECU (Harness Side (1) Disconnect the skid control ECU connector and the
Connector Front View): rear speed sensor connector.
(2) Disconnect the skid control sensor wire.
(3) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
the table below.
A60 Standard resistance:
RL+ RR- LH
A60-7 (RL+) - g1-1 (RL+) Below 1 Ω
A60-27 (RL-) - g1-2 (RL-) Below 1 Ω
A60-7 (RL+) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
A60-27 (RL-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
RL- RR+
Rear Speed Sensor (Harness Side RH BC

Connector Front View): Tester Connection Specified Condition
A60-29 (RR+) - f1-1 (RR+) Below 1 Ω
g1 :LH f1 :RH A60-8 (RR-) - f1-2 (RR-) Below 1 Ω

A60-29 (RR+) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
A60-8 (RR-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher

RL- RL+ RR- RR+ CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU TO
SKID CONTROL SENSOR WIRE)
C139145E02
OK
8 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL SENSOR WIRE TO REAR SPEED
SENSOR)
(a) Check harness and connector (skid control sensor wire).

Skid Control Sensor Wire: (1) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
the table below.
Vehicle Side Connector Standard resistance:
LH
g1-1 - A-1 Below 1 Ω
g1-1 - A-2 10 kΩ or higher
g1-1 - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
g1 LH g1-2 - A-2 Below 1 Ω
f1 RH g1-2 - A-1 10 kΩ or higher
A g1-2 - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
Sensor Side Connector RH

C113396E05 Tester Connection Specified Condition


NG REPAIR OR REPLACE SKID CONTROL
SENSOR WIRE
OK

Skid Control ECU (Harness Side (b) Perform the inspection using an oscilloscope.
BC Connector Front View): (1) Disconnect the skid control ECU connector.
(2) Connect the oscilloscope to the rear speed sensor
terminals of the skid control ECU.
A60
RL+ RR- (3) Check that a waveform is output when the tires are
rotated.
OK:
The same waveforms is output from rear
the waveform.
HINT:
RL- RR+ • As vehicle speed (wheel rotation speed)
Normal Signal Waveform: and the output voltage becomes greater.
SENSOR ROTOR
C139144E01
OK

Measurement Item /
Range (Display)
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)
km/h), max.: 202 MPH (326 km/h)

OK:
HINT:
BC
the "PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE", refer back to
the table and proceed to the next step (See page BC-
295).
(See page BC-432)
OK
11 RECONFIRM DTC

302).
HINT:
Result
B
C

(See page BC-295)
C END
12 INSPECT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR

(b) Remove the rear axle.
(c) Check the rotor.
OK:
No scratches, cracks, oil, or foreign matter on the
rotors.
NOTICE:
(d) Install the rear axle.
ROTOR
BC OK


DESCRIPTION
C0226/21
C0236/22 • Each solenoid circuit
Solenoid valve signal does not match the check result.
C0246/23 • Brake actuator assembly
C0256/24
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

(Skid Control ECU)
ALT ABS No. 2 3

A60 +BS
4
A60 GND1
FL MAIN
1
A60 GND2
Battery
C131988E04
1 RECONFIRM DTC
HINT:
The solenoid circuits are located in the brake actuator
assembly.
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
HINT:
harness, and fuses of the brake actuator assembly
(skid control ECU). Make sure that no DTCs are
output.
(See page BC-432)
END
Open or Short Circuit in ABS Motor Relay Cir-

DTC C0273/13
cuit
DESCRIPTION
The ABS motor relay supplies power to the ABS pump motor. While the ABS is activated, the ECU
switches the motor relay on and operates the ABS pump motor.
If the voltage supplied to the motor relay (+BM) is below the DTCs detection threshold due to low voltage
from the battery or alternator, the DTC may be stored.
• When the motor relay is actuated, voltage is not
supplied to the pump motor within 0.1 seconds.
• For 30 to 125 ms after the motor relay is turned
from ON to OFF, the remaining high voltage is out • ABS No. 1 fuse (Fusible link)
C0273/13 of range. The motor relay is turned from ON to OFF • Brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU)
3 times. If the voltage is still out of range in the 3rd • Motor relay circuit
operation, this failure is detected.
• When the motor relay is changed from ON to OFF,
the remaining high voltage is more than 2 V for 1
second. BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

(Skid Control ECU)
ALT ABS No. 1 2

A60 +BM
4
A60 GND1
FL MAIN
1
A60 GND2
Battery
C131988E05
HINT:
C1241/41 (See page BC-361).
Engine Room R/B (b) Check if the fusible link is malted.
Fusible Link OK:
nut.
ABS No. 1
BC C136500E04
OK
2 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU (+BM TERMINAL VOLTAGE)

Standard voltage
A60 A60-2 (+BM) - Body
Always 10 to 14 V
ground

CONNECTOR (+BM CIRCUIT)
+BM
C136493E01
OK
3 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU (GND TERMINAL CONTINUITY)

Standard resistance
A60 A60-1 (GND2) - Body ground Below 1 Ω

GND2 GND1
C136493E02
BC
OK

(c) Select "ACTIVE TEST" on the intelligent tester (See
page BC-307).
ACTIVE TEST: ABS/TRAC/VSC
Item Measurement Item/Range (Display) Normal Condition
ABS MTR RELAY Turns ABS motor relay ON/OFF Operating sound of motor is heard.
(d) Check the operating sound of the ABS motor relay when
operating it with the intelligent tester.
OK:
The operating sound of the ABS motor relay is
heard.
(See page BC-432)
OK
5 RECONFIRM DTC
HINT:
The ABS motor relay is located in the brake actuator
assembly.
Therefore, ABS motor relay inspection and motor relay unit

HINT:
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
HINT:
output.
BC • If any DTCs are output while jiggling a connector or
harness.
(See page BC-432)

Open or Short Circuit in ABS Solenoid Relay

DTC C0278/11
Circuit
DESCRIPTION
The ABS solenoid relay supplies power to the ABS solenoid.
The solenoid relay is turned on 1.5 seconds after the ignition switch is turned on (IG), and is turned off if
an open or short in the solenoid is detected by self diagnosis performed when the vehicle starts running.
The ABS solenoid relay is housed in the skid control ECU in the brake actuator assembly.
HINT:
If a speed signal of 4 mph (6 km/h) or more is input to the skid control ECU, with the ignition switch on (IG)
and the stop light switch off, the skid control ECU performs self diagnosis of the motor and solenoid
circuits.
• When the relay is ON, the voltage is less than IG
• ABS No. 2 fuse (Fusible link)
terminal voltage x 0.8 V for 0.5 seconds.
C0278/11 • Brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU)
• When the relay is OFF, the voltage is out of range
• Solenoid relay circuit
(IG terminal voltage x 0.1 to IG terminal voltage x
0.8). BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

(Skid Control ECU)
ALT ABS No. 2 3

A60 +BS
4
A60 GND1
FL MAIN
1
A60 GND2
Battery
C131988E04
HINT:
C1241/41 (See page BC-361).
Engine Room R/B (b) Check if the fusible link is melted.
OK:
nut.
BC
ABS No. 2
C136500E05
OK
2 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU (+BS TERMINAL VOLTAGE)

table below.
Standard voltage
A60 A60-3 (+BS) - Body

Always 10 to 14 V
ground

+BS
C136493E03
OK

Standard resistance

GND2 GND1
C136493E02
BC
OK
4 RECONFIRM DTC
HINT:
The solenoid circuit is located in the brake actuator assembly.
code is output before replacing the brake actuator assembly.
HINT:
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
HINT:

(See page BC-432)
BC
DTC C0365/28 Malfunction in Deceleration Sensor
DTC C1234/34 Yaw Rate Sensor Malfunction

DESCRIPTION
The deceleration sensor is combined with the yaw rate and acceleration sensor.
The brake actuator receives signals from the yaw rate and acceleration sensor via the CAN
If there is trouble in the CAN communication system, DTCs U0073/94 and U0123/62 are output.
• Lateral acceleration difference between sensor • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor
signal and reference value is large. • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor circuit
C0365/28 • Offset value of sensor signal is higher than the • Sensor installation
standard value. • Brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU)
• Sensor signal is out of range (2.25 m/s2).
Sensor malfunction signal is received from the yaw rate • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor
C1234/34
sensor. • Yaw rate and acceleration sensor circuit
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

E65
(Skid Control ECU)
Yaw Rate and
Acceleration Sensor
35
ECU IG No. 2 CANH A60 CANH
2
IG 14
1
CANL A60 CANL
3
GND
4
IG1
BC 5 3
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
(*2) AM1 (*2)

4 AM1 IG1 1
Main Body ECU (*1)

ALT
6
E7 AM1 3
1 IG1D E7
(*1) AM2
E6 AM2
FL MAIN
Battery *1: with Smart Key System
C136507E01
HINT:
• When U0073/94, U0100/65, U0123/62 and/or U0126/63 is output together with C0365/28, inspect and
repair the trouble areas indicated by U0073/94, U0100/65, U0123/62 and/or U0126/63 first.
1 CHECK DTC

vehicle, turn the steering wheel, and decelerate (depress
the brake pedal) the vehicle.
CAN communication system DTC is output (See page
BC-302).
Result
BC
(See page CA-8)
2 INSPECT YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR INSTALLATION
(a) Check that the yaw rate and acceleration sensor has
OK:
The sensor should be tightened to the specified
torque.
The sensor should not be titled.
SENSOR CORRECTLY
OK
3 INSPECT YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR (IG TERMINAL)
(a) Disconnect the yaw rate and acceleration sensor

(Harness Side Connector Front View): connector.
E65 table below.
Standard voltage
E65-1 (IG) - Body
IG ground
F048983E13

CONNECTOR (IG CIRCUIT)
OK
4 INSPECT YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR (GND TERMINAL)

(Harness Side Connector Front View): (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard resistance
E65
E65-4 (GND) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
ground
GND NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

F048983E12
OK
BC
5 RECONFIRM DTC

vehicle, turn the steering wheel, and decelerate (depress
the brake pedal) the vehicle.
CAN communication system DTC is output (See page
BC-302).
HINT:
Result
DTC is output A
DTC is output (When troubleshooting in accordance with the PROBLEM
B
SYMPTOMS TABLE)
DTC is not output (When troubleshooting in accordance with the DTC CHART) C

(See page BC-295)
C CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS

(SYMPTOM SIMULATION) (See page BC-298)
REPLACE YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR (See page BC-447)

DTC C1201/51 Engine Control System Malfunction

DESCRIPTION
If a malfunction in the engine control system is detected, the operations of VSC and TRAC are prohibited
by the fail safe function (See page BC-306).
When the signals from the engine are input normally, the fail safe is cancelled and the DTC is not stored.
C1201/51 A trouble signal in the engine control system is input. Engine control system
1 CHECK DTC (ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM)
(a) Clear the DTC (engine control system) (See page ES-38
for 2AZ-FE, ES-45 for 2GR-FE).
(b) Perform a road test.
(c) Check for the DTC (engine control system).
BC
Result
Display (DTC Output) Proceed to
DTC (engine control system) is not output A
DTC (engine control system) is output B

DTCS (ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM)
REPLACE ECM
DTC C1225/25 SMC Solenoid Circuit
DTC C1226/26 SMC Solenoid Circuit
DTC C1227/27 SRC Solenoid Circuit
DTC C1228/28 SRC Solenoid Circuit

DESCRIPTION
C1225/25 Solenoid valve signal does not match the check result
• SMC1 circuit
• SMC2 circuit
BC C1227/27 Solenoid valve signal does not match the check result
• SRC1 circuit
• SRC2 circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM

(Skid Control ECU)
ALT ABS No. 2 3

A60 +BS
4
A60 GND1
FL MAIN
1
A60 GND2
Battery
C131988E04
1 RECONFIRM DTC
HINT:
The solenoid circuits are located in the brake actuator
assembly.
Result
BC
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
HINT:
output.
(See page BC-432)
END
DTC C1231/31 Steering Angle Sensor Circuit Malfunction

DESCRIPTION
The steering angle sensor signal is sent to the skid control ECU via the CAN communication system.
When there is a malfunction in the CAN communication system, it will be detected by the steering angle
sensor zero point malfunction diagnostic function.
• With ECU terminal IG1 voltage 9.8 V or more, the
condition that the ECU does not receive data from
the steering angle sensor continues.
• Steering angle sensor
• Internal sensor failure
C1231/31 • Steering angle sensor circuit
• The offset value is out of range.
• Steering angle sensor power supply
• Sensor signal changes too rapidly.
• Steering angle value difference between measured
and reference is out of range.
• Steering angle sensor signal is out of range.
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

(Skid Control ECU)
E17
35
SHORT CANH 10 A60 CANH
ECU IB No. 1
BATT 14
1 2 3
CANL 9 A60 CANL
ECU IG No. 2
IG
1
ESS
2
IG1
BC
5 3
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
ALT (*1)
Main Body ECU
6
E7 AM1 3
AM2 1 IG1D E7
(*1)
E6 AM2
FL MAIN
C136508E01
HINT:
• When U0073/94, U0100/63, U0123/62 and/or U0126/63 is output together with C1231/31, inspect and
repair the trouble areas indicated by U0073/94, U0100/65, U0123/62 and/or U0126/63 first.
• When the speed sensor or the yaw rate and acceleration sensor has trouble, DTCs for the steering
angle sensor may be output even when the steering angle sensor is normal. When DTCs for the speed
sensor or yaw rate and acceleration sensor are output together with other DTCs for the steering angle
sensor, inspect and repair the speed sensor and yaw rate and acceleration sensor first, and then
inspect and repair the steering angle sensor.
1 CHECK DTC

(c) Turn the ignition switch on (IG) again and check that no
BC and left at the speed of 22 mph (35 km/h) and check that
no speed sensor and yaw rate and acceleration sensor
DTCs are output (See page BC-302).
Result
No CAN communication system DTC and the speed sensor or yaw rate and
A
acceleration sensor DTC are output
Speed sensor or yaw rate and acceleration sensor DTC is output C
HINT:
• If there is a malfunction in the speed sensor or the
yaw rate and acceleration sensor, an abnormal value
may be output although the steering angle sensor is
normal.
• If the speed sensor and the yaw rate and acceleration
sensor DTCs are output simultaneously, repair the
sensors and inspect the steering angle sensor.
(See page CA-8)
C REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT

A
2 INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)
(a) Remove the column cover lower.

Steering Angle Sensor (b) Disconnect the steering angle sensor connector.
Wire Harness View:
table below.
Standard voltage
E17
E17-1 (IG) - Body
ground
E17-3 (BAT) - Body
Always 10 to 14 V
ground
IG

BATT
G030156E17
BC
OK
3 INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (GROUND TERMINAL)

Steering Angle Sensor table below.
Wire Harness View:
Standard resistance
E17-2 (ESS) - Body
E17 Always Below 1 Ω
ground

(c) Install the column cover lower.
CONNECTOR (GROUND CIRCUIT)
ESS
G030156E18
OK
REPLACE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (See page BC-450)

DTC C1237/37 Tires of Different Size

DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU measures the speed of each wheel by receiving signals from the speed sensor.
These signals are used for recognizing that all 4 wheels are operating properly.
Therefore, all wheel signals must be equal.
• Speed sensor rotor (Front)
• Rear axle hub and bearing assembly
• Wheel speed difference between the wheels.
C1237/37 • Speed sensor
• Wheel sensor signal failure.
• ABS control continues for 60 sec. or more.
• Tire and wheel size
• Tire deformation
WIRING DIAGRAM
BC Brake Actuator Assembly (Skid

Control ECU with Actuator)
5
A60 FL+
1
A14
6
2
A60 FL-
10
A60 FR+
1
A35
Front Speed Sensor RH 9
2
A60 FR-
C122979E02
Brake Actuator Assembly (Skid Control

ECU with Actuator)
7
A60 RL+
1
g1
Rear Speed Sensor LH 27
A60 RL-
2
29
A60 RR+
BC
1
f1
Rear Speed Sensor RH 8
A60 RR-
2
C122948E04
HINT:
1 CHECK TIRES
(a) Check the size and condition of all 4 wheels (See page
TW-3).
HINT:
The DTC is output when tire deformation or a difference
in tire size is detected.
OK:
The diameter of all 4 tires and air pressure are the
same.
NG REPLACE TIRES SO THAT ALL 4 TIRES ARE
THE SAME SIZE
OK
2 INSPECT SPEED SENSOR AND SENSOR ROTOR SERRATIONS

Skid Control ECU (Harness Side (b) Disconnect the skid control ECU connector.
(c) Connect the oscilloscope to each speed sensor terminal
of the skid control ECU connector.
A60
Terminals
RR-
FL- RL+ FR-
Connector Circuit
FL+ FR+ A60-5 (FL+) - A60-6 (FL-) Front left speed sensor
A60-10 (FR+) - A60-9 (FR-) Front right speed sensor
A60-7 (RL+) - A60-27 (RL-) Rear left speed sensor
A60-29 (RR+) - A60-8 (RR-) Rear right speed sensor
RL- RR+
BC C136493E04
(d) Check that a waveform is output when the tires are

Normal Signal Waveform: rotated (by the sensor circuit).
OK:
A waveform as shown in the figure is output.
HINT:
• Each sensor circuit outputs the same waveform
without noise.
• As vehicle speed (wheel rotation speed) increases,
GND the width of the waveform narrows and the fluctuation
in the output voltage becomes greater.
rotor scratches, looseness or foreign matter attached
1 V/Division, 2 ms./Division to the speed sensor.
(e) Make sure that the waveform does not change while
C140980E03
jiggling a connector or a wire harness.
OK:
The waveform does not change.
HINT:
If the waveform changes while jiggling a connector or a
wire harness, there may be a malfunction in the
connector or the wire harness.
(f) Connect the connector.
NG Go to step 4
OK
3 RECONFIRM DTC


HINT:
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B

(See page BC-432)
4 CHECK SPEED SENSOR ROTOR BC

(a) Check the speed sensor rotor.
Front Speed Sensor Rotor (Front drive outboard joint
shaft assembly): (See page DS-23)
Rear Speed Sensor Rotor (Rear axle hub and bearing
assembly): (See page AH-14)
OK:
No scratches or foreign matter on the rotors.
NOTICE:
ROTOR
OK
5 CHECK SPEED SENSOR TIP
(a) Remove each speed sensor (See page BC-438 for front,
BC-443 for rear).
OK:
NOTICE:
OK
6 INSPECT SPEED SENSOR

table below.
FRONT
1
2 A14-1 (FL+) - A14-2 (FL-
Always 0.92 to 1.22 kΩ at 20°C
)
A14-1 (FL+) - Body
ground
A14-2 (FL-) - Body
ground
A35-1 (FR+) - A35-2
Always 0.92 to 1.22 kΩ at 20°C
(FR-)
Rear Speed Sensor: A35-1 (FR+) - Body
BC ground
A35-2 (FR-) - Body

ground
REAR
2 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
g1-1 (RL+) - g1-2 (RL-) Always Below 2.2 kΩ
1 g1-1 (RL+) - Body
ground
g1-2 (RL-) - Body
ground
f1-1 (RR+) - f1-2 (RR-) Always Below 2.2 kΩ
C136027E02
f1-1 (RR+) - Body
ground
f1-2 (RR-) - Body
ground
NOTICE:
(See page BC-290).
NG REPLACE EACH SPEED SENSOR
OK
7 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU TO EACH SPEED SENSOR)

A60 FRONT
RR-
FL- RL+ FR- Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
FL+ FR+
A60-5 (FL+) - A14-1
Always Below 1 Ω
(FL+)
A60-5 (FL+) - Body
ground
RL- RR+
A60-6 (FL-) - Body
Front Speed Sensor Harness Side ground
Connector Front View: A60-10 (FR+) - A35-1
Always Below 1 Ω
(FR+)
A60-10 (FR+) - Body
BC
ground
A60-9 (FR-) - A35-2 (FR-
Always Below 1 Ω
A14 A35 )
A60-9 (FR-) - Body
ground
FL- FL+ FR- FR+
REAR
A60-7 (RL+) - g1-1
Always Below 1 Ω
(RL+)
A60-7 (RL+) - Body
ground
g1 f1
A60-27 (RL-) - g1-2 (RL-
Always Below 1 Ω
)
A60-27 (RL-) - Body
ground
RL- RL+ RR- RR+ A60-29 (RR+) - f1-1
C139146E02 Always Below 1 Ω
(RR+)
A60-29 (RR+) - Body
ground
A60-8 (RR-) - Body
ground

EACH SPEED SENSOR)
OK
8 RECONFIRM DTC


for at least 60 seconds.
HINT:
Result

(See page BC-432)

BC
Low Battery Positive Voltage or Abnormally

DTC C1241/41
High Battery Positive Voltage
DESCRIPTION
If a malfunction is detected in the power supply circuit of the brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU),
the skid control ECU (housed in the actuator assembly) stores this DTC and the fail-safe function prohibits
ABS operation.
This DTC is output when the IG1 terminal voltage deviates from the normal condition due to a malfunction
in the power supply or charging circuit such as the battery or alternator circuit.
This DTC is cancelled when the IG1 terminal voltage returns to normal (only when the voltage returns to
normal from a voltage lower than the specified value).
• Battery
• ECU-IG No. 2 fuse
• Charging system
C1241/41 • Battery voltage is 16.8 V or more.
• Power source circuit
• Battery voltage is 9.2 V or less.
• Brake actuator assembly (internal power source
circuit)
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

(Skid Control ECU)
IG1
ECU IG No. 2 28
A60 IG1
5 3
2 1
E23
BC Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
Main Body ECU (*1)

ALT
6
E7 AM1 3
AM2 1 IG1D E7
(*1)
E6 AM2
4
FL MAIN A60 GND1
1
A60 GND2
C136502E02
1 INSPECT FUSE (ECU-IG NO. 2 FUSE)
(a) Remove the ECU-IG No. 2 fuse from the instrument

Instrument Panel J/B: panel J/B.
table below.
Standard resistance
ECU-IG No. 2 fuse Below 1 Ω (Continuity)
(c) Install the fuse.

ECU-IG No. 2 Fuse C136048E01
NG REPLACE FUSE
OK
2 INSPECT BATTERY
BC
Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
OK
3 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU (IG1 TERMINAL VOLTAGE)

Skid Control ECU (Harness Side
table below.
Standard voltage
A60-28 (IG1) - Body
ground

IG1
C136493E05
OK

Standard resistance

GND2 GND1
BC C136493E02
OK
5 RECONFIRM DTC

HINT:
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output (When troubleshooting in accordance with the PROBLEM
B
SYMPTOMS TABLE)
DTC is output (When troubleshooting in accordance with the DTC CHART) C

(See page BC-295)
C REPLACE BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

(See page BC-432)

DTC C1246/46 Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor Malfunction

DESCRIPTION
The master cylinder pressure sensor is connected to the skid control ECU in the brake actuator assembly.
Skid Control ECU
From Battery IG1 VCM

Master Cylinder
Pressure Sensor BC
From Stop Light
Switch STP PMC
To Body ground GND E2
VCM: Power Supply for Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor
PMC: Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor Input
E2: Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor Ground
C106656E03

• The voltage of the sensor signal is out of range
(less than 0.3 V, more than 4.86 V). • Master cylinder pressure sensor
• The sensor supply voltage is out of range (above • Master cylinder pressure sensor circuit
C1246/46
5.3 V, below 4.7 V). • Stop light switch circuit
• The sensor signal offset value is out of range. • Brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU)
• The sum of signal 1 and signal 2 is out of range
(above 5.5 V, below 4.5 V).
HINT:
(a) Check that the stop light comes on when the brake pedal
released.
OK
NG INSPECT STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT
OK
2 READ VALUE OF INTELLIGENT TESTER (MASTER CYLINDER PRESSURE SENSOR)

BC (a) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(c) Select the "DATA LIST" mode on the intelligent tester
(See page BC-307).
Master cylinder pressure sensor 1 reading / min.: 0 V,
MAS CYL PRESS 1 When brake pedal is released: 0.3 to 0.5 V
max.: 5 V
(d) Check that the hydraulic pressure value of the master

cylinder pressure sensor observed on the intelligent
tester changes when the brake pedal is depressed.
OK:
When the pedal is depressed, voltage displayed on
the intelligent tester increases.
(See page BC-432)
OK
3 READ VALUE OF INTELLIGENT TESTER (STOP LIGHT SWITCH)
(a) Select the "DATA LIST" mode on the intelligent tester

(See page BC-307).
STOP LAMP SW Stop light switch / ON or OFF
(b) Check that the stop light condition observed on the

intelligent tester changes when the brake pedal is
depressed.
OK:
When the brake pedal is depressed, the intelligent
tester displays "ON".

(See page BC-432)
OK
4 RECONFIRM DTC

vehicle and perform braking test (decelerate the vehicle
by depressing the brake pedal).
HINT:
Result
Condition Proceed to BC

(See page BC-432)


DESCRIPTION
This circuit recognizes brake operation by sending a stop light signal to the skid control ECU.
stop light signal input line (STP terminal) or the ground line of the stop light circuit with the stop light switch
off (brake pedal not depressed).
• After the ignition switch is turned on (IG), the STP
terminal voltage of the ECU is 40% to 67% of its • Stop light switch
C1249/49 supplied voltage for 0.5 seconds. • Stop light switch circuit
• When STP signal is OFF (release the brake pedal), • Brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU)
the pressure sensor value exceeds 725 bar for 1
second.
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

A19 (Skid Control ECU)
Stop Light Switch
STOP 30
A60 STP1
2 1
N16
Center Stop Light
1 2
BC
S12
Rear Combination Light (RH)
Tail
Stop 2
Multiplex
Communication
System (CAN)
ALT Tail
3 4
2 A60 GND1
Stop
FL MAIN S11
Rear Combination Light (LH) 1
A60 GND2
N15
Battery Noise Filter
(Dome and Stop)
C131998E02
HINT:
1 CHECK STOP LIGHT SWITCH OPERATION (STOP LIGHT SWITCH CIRCUIT)
(a) Check that the stop lights come on when the brake pedal
is depressed and go off when the brake pedal is
released.
OK
Pedal Condition Illumination Condition
NG Go to step 5
OK
2 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU (STP TERMINAL)

BC (a) Disconnect the skid control ECU connector.
table below.
Standard voltage
A60 A60-30 (STP1) - Body
Brake pedal depressed 8 to 14 V
ground
A60-30 (STP1) - Body
Brake pedal released Below 4.0 V
ground
NG Go to step 7
STP1
C136493E06
OK

Standard resistance

GND2 GND1
C136493E02
BC
OK
4 RECONFIRM DTC

(c) Depress the brake pedal several times to test the stop
light circuit.
HINT:
Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
HINT:
It is suspected that the DTCs were output due to a bad
connection of the connector terminal.
(See page BC-432)

5 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (STOP LIGHT SWITCH POWER SOURCE

TERMINAL VOLTAGE)

Stop Light Switch (Harness Side
Connector Front View): (b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard voltage
A19
I042363E18
CONNECTOR (STOP LIGHT SWITCH POWER
SOURCE CIRCUIT)
OK
BC 6 INSPECT STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

Stop Light Switch Assembly: table below.
Standard resistance
1-2 Switch pin pushed in 10 kΩ or higher

Free Pushed In
F047752E04
NG REPLACE STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY
OK
7 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (STOP LIGHT SWITCH TO SKID CONTROL ECU)
(a) Disconnect the stop light switch connector and skid

Skid Control ECU (Harness Side control ECU connector.
Connector Front View): (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard resistance
A60 Tester Connection Specified Condition
A60-30 (STP1) - A19-1 (STP1) Below 1 Ω

CONNECTOR (STOP LIGHT SWITCH TO
STP1 SKID CONTROL ECU)
Stop Lignt Switch (Harness Side

Connector Front View): BC
A19
STP
C139147E01
OK
REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT)

DTC C1288/88 ECU Version Miss Match

DESCRIPTION
C1288/88 ECM does not match ECM

(See page BC-302).
Result
BC CAN communication system DTC is output B

(See page CA-8)
2 PERFORM ENGINE VARIANT LEARNING
(a) Perform engine variant learning (See page BC-290).

NEXT
3 CONFIRM RECONFIRM DTC

Result
DTC is not output A
DTC is output B
B REPLACE ECM
END
DTC C1300/62 Skid Control ECU Malfunction

DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU is housed in the brake actuator assembly.
The skid control ECU judges the vehicle driving condition based on the signals from each sensor, and
controls the brake actuator assembly.
C1300/62 Internal failure of the skid control ECU control unit Brake actuator assembly (skid control ECU)
HINT:
1 CHECK DTC
(a) Check the DTC (See page BC-302).

Result
BC
DTC C1300/62 is output (only C1300/62) A
Other DTCs are output B

2 INSPECT SKID CONTROL ECU (IG1 TERMINAL VOLTAGE)

table below.
Standard voltage
A60-28 (IG1) - Body
ground

IG1
C136493E05
OK

Standard resistance

GND2 GND1
BC C136493E02
OK

DTC U0100/65 Lost Communication with ECM / PCM
Lost Communication with Yaw Rate Sensor

DTC U0123/62
Module
Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sen-

DTC U0126/63
sor Module
DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU receives the signals from the ECM, steering angle sensor, and yaw rate and
acceleration sensor via the CAN communication system.
U0073/94
1. Bus OFF state continues for 300 msec. CAN communication system BC
2. The ECU detects that it cannot send a signal.
1. At a vehicle speed of 4 mph (6 km/h) or more, the skid
control ECU receives data that is out of range from the
U0100/65 engine.
(Skid control ECU to ECM)
2. At a vehicle speed of 4 mph (6 km/h) or more, the skid
control ECU receives abnormal data from the engine (5
cycles).
When any r of the following is detected:
1. The skid control ECU receives an abnormal signal from
the yaw rate sensor (5 cycles).
U0123/62 2. The skid control ECU receives a signal that has a shorter
message than normal.
3. The skid control ECU cannot receive a signal from the
yaw rate sensor.
1. The skid control ECU receives an abnormal signal from
the steering angle sensor (5 cycles).
U0126/63 2. The skid control ECU receives a signal that has a shorter
(Skid control ECU to steering angle sensor)
message than normal.
3. The skid control ECU cannot receive a signal from the
steering angle sensor.
WIRING DIAGRAM
A60
E38
(Skid Control ECU)
A/C Amplifier
CANH CANH
11 35
CANL CANL
12 14
E61
A55
Option Connector (Bus Buffer)
ECM
BC
CAN+ CANH
1 (*1) 41
CAN- CANL
2 (*1) 49
E30 A24
Airbag Sensor Assembly Center ECM
CANH CANH
13 (*2) 41
CANL CANL
22 (*2) 49
E65 E17
Yaw Rate Sensor Steering Sensor
CANH CANH
2 10
CANL CANL
3 9
*1: 2GR-FE
*2: 2AZ-FE
C136509E01
E10 F1
DLC3 Combination Meter
CANH 6 CANH
17
CANL CANL
14 18
E8
Main Body ECU
CANH
5
6
CANL BC
C132000E01
Proceed to CAN communication system troubleshooting (See page CA-8).
HINT:
When a DTC indicating a CAN communication system malfunction is output, repair the CAN
communication system before repairing each corresponding sensor.

DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU is connected to the combination meter assembly via CAN communication.
• There is an open in the wire harness between the combination meter assembly and the skid control
ECU.
HINT:
In some cases, the intelligent tester cannot be used when the skid control ECU is abnormal.
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

F1 (Skid Control ECU)
Combination Meter
35
A60 CANH
CANH 17
ABS 14
MICRO
IG+ DRIVER IC A60 CANL
COMPUTER CANL 18
IG1
ECU IG No. 2 28 BC
A60 IG1
5 3
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
Main Body ECU
ALT 6 (*1)
E7 AM1
3
AM2 1 IG1D E7
(*1)
E6 AM2
4
A60 GND1
FL MAIN
1
Battery
C136510E02
HINT:

(See page BC-302).
Result

(See page CA-8)

BC (a) Check if the skid control ECU connector is securely
connected.
OK:
CORRECTLY
OK
3 CHECK BATTERY

Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
OR BATTERY
OK

table below.
Standard voltage
A60-28 (IG1) - Body
ground

IG1
C136493E05
BC
OK

table below.
Standard resistance
A60 A60-4 (GND1) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
ground
A60-1 (GND2) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
ground

GND2 GND1 CONNECTOR (GND CIRCUIT)
C136493E02
OK

(b) Perform "ACTIVE TEST" of the combination meter
assembly using the intelligent tester (See page ME-32).
OK:

OK
BC

DESCRIPTION
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

Combination Meter
35
A60 CANH
CANH 17
ABS 14
MICRO
COMPUTER CANL 18
IG1
BC ECU IG No. 2 28
A60 IG1
5 3
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
Main Body ECU
ALT 6 (*1)
E7 AM1
3
AM2 1 IG1D E7
(*1)
E6 AM2
4
A60 GND1
FL MAIN
1
Battery
C136510E02
HINT:

(See page BC-302).
Result

(See page CA-8)
2 CHECK ABS WARNING LIGHT
(a) Disconnect the skid control ECU connector. BC

(c) Check that the ABS warning light comes on.
OK:
(d) Connect the connector.
(See page BC-432)
NG

(c) Check ABS warning light operation.
OK:
OK

VSC Warning Light Remains ON

DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU communicates with the combination meter assembly via CAN communication. If the
ECU stores a DTC, the master caution indicator light will illuminate, and the DTC will be displayed on the
multi-information display in the combination meter (models with multi-information display). On models
without a multi-information display, the VSC warning light will come on when the skid control ECU stores a
DTC.
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

F1
Combination Meter (Skid Control ECU)
35
A60 CANH
CANH 17
(*3)
VSC 14
Multi-display MICRO
IG+ (*4) A60 CANL
COMPUTER CANL 18
IG1
ECU IG No. 2 28 BC
A60 IG1
5 3
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
Main Body ECU (*1)

ALT 6
E7 AM1 3
AM2 1 IG1D E7
(*1)
E6 AM2
4
A60 GND1
FL MAIN
1
A60 GND2
Battery *2: without Smart Key System
*3: without Multi-Information Display
*4: with Multi-Information Display
C136510E03
HINT:

(See page BC-302).
Result

(See page CA-8)

connected.
OK:
CORRECTLY
OK
3 CHECK BATTERY

Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
OR BATTERY
OK

(c) Check VSC warning (multi-information display)/VSC
warning light (without multi-information display)
operation.
OK:
The VSC warning (multi-information display) or
VSC warning light turns on or off in accordance
with the intelligent tester.

OK
BC
VSC Warning Light does not Come ON

DESCRIPTION
The skid control ECU communicates with the combination meter assembly via CAN communication. If the
ECU stores a DTC, the master caution indicator light will illuminate, and the DTC will be displayed on the
multi-information display in the combination meter (models with multi-information display). On models
without a multi-information display, the VSC warning light will come on when the skid control ECU stores a
DTC.
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

F1
Combination Meter (Skid Control ECU)
35
A60 CANH
CANH 17
(*3)
VSC 14
Multi-display MICRO
IG+ (*4) A60 CANL
COMPUTER CANL 18
IG1
ECU IG No. 2 28 BC
A60 IG1
5 3
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
Main Body ECU (*1)

ALT 6
E7 AM1 3
AM2 1 IG1D E7
(*1)
E6 AM2
4
A60 GND1
FL MAIN
1
A60 GND2
*3: without Multi-Information Display
*4: with Multi-Information Display
C136510E03
HINT:

(See page BC-302).
Result

(See page CA-8)

(c) Check that "ON" and "OFF" of the VSC warning (multi-
information display) or VSC warning light are indicated
on the combination meter assembly when using the
intelligent tester.
OK:
The VSC warning (multi-information display) turns
on or off in accordance with the intelligent tester.
OK


DESCRIPTION
If any of the following is detected, the BRAKE warning light remains on:
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

5
CANH E8
6
CANL E8
Combination Meter
17 35
F1 A60 CANH
CANH
BC 18 14
MICRO
F1 A60 CANL
COMPUTER CANL
BRAKE
DRIVER IC IG+
6
F2
B/LE
A16
1 2
E33 (*1)
A18 (*2)
4
Parking Brake SW
A60 GND1
2 14
PKB IM IC 1
1
(*1) (*2) A60 GND2
*1: M/T
*2: A/T
C136504E02
IG1
ECU IG No. 2 28
A60 IG1
5 3
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
BC
Main Body ECU
ALT (*1)
6
E7 AM1 3
AM2 1 IG1D E7
(*1)
E6 AM2
FL MAIN

Battery
C136505E02
HINT:

(See page BC-302).
Result

(See page CA-8)

connected.
OK:
CORRECTLY
OK
BC 3 CHECK BATTERY

Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
OR BATTERY
OK

table below.
Standard voltage
A60-28 (IG1) - Body
ground

IG1
C136493E05
OK

table below.
Standard resistance
A60 A60-4 (GND1) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
ground
A60-1 (GND2) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
ground

GND2 GND1 CONNECTOR (GND CIRCUIT)
C136493E02
BC
OK

Parking Brake Switch: (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
Automatic Transaxle: table below.
Standard resistance
Free
Pushed in
1 - Body ground ON Below 1 Ω
(Switch pin free)
1 - Body ground OFF 10 kΩ or higher
(Switch pin pushed in)
Manual Transaxle: NG REPLACE PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

Free
Pushed in
C109430E03
OK
7 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MAIN BODY ECU TO PARKING BRAKE SWITCH)

Main Body ECU table below.
Wire Harness View: Standard resistance:
Automatic Transaxle
IC : Automatic Transaxle IC-14 (PKB) - A18-1 Always Below 1 Ω
IC-14 (PKB) - Body
ground
Manual Transaxle
IM-2 (PKB) - E33-1 Always Below 1 Ω
IM-2 (PKB) - Body
ground
IM : Manual Transaxle
BC (b) Connect the connector.
CONNECTOR (MAIN BODY ECU TO
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH)

A18 : Automatic
Transaxle
E33 : Manual
Transaxle
C136418E03
OK
8 INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH
(a) Remove the reservoir tank cap and strainer.

Brake Fluid Level A16 (b) Disconnect the brake fluid level warning switch
Warning Switch connector.
table below.
HINT:
MAX Level A float is located inside the reservoir. Its position can be
changed by increasing or decreasing the level of brake
fluid.
Standard resistance
MIN Level
1-2 Float up (Switch OFF) 1.9 to 2.1 kΩ
1-2 Float down (Switch ON) Below 1 Ω
HINT:
C139740E01
If there is no problem after finishing the above check, BC
OK
9 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (COMBINATION METER TO BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

WARNING SWITCH)
(a) Disconnect the combination meter connector.

Standard resistance
F2-6 (B/LE) - A16-1 Always Below 1 Ω
F2-6 (B/LE) - Body
ground
A16-2 - Body ground Always Below 1 Ω

CONNECTOR (COMBINATION METER TO
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH)
BC
F2-6 (B/LE)
A16
C136033E01
OK

307).
Item Vehicle Condition/Test Details Diagnostic Note
BRAKE WRN LIGHT Turns brake warning light on / off Observe combination meter
(c) Check BRAKE warning light operation.

OK:
OK
BC

DESCRIPTION
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

5
CANH E8
6
CANL E8
Combination Meter
17 35
F1 A60 CANH
CANH
18 14 BC
MICRO
F1 A60 CANL
COMPUTER CANL
BRAKE
DRIVER IC IG+
6
F2
B/LE
A16
1 2
E33 (*1)
A18 (*2)
4
Parking Brake SW
A60 GND1
2 14
PKB IM IC 1
1
(*1) (*2) A60 GND2
*1: M/T
*2: A/T
C136504E02
IG1
ECU IG No. 2 28
A60 IG1
5 3
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
BC
Main Body ECU
ALT (*1)
6
E7 AM1 3
AM2 1 IG1D E7
(*1)
E6 AM2
FL MAIN

Battery
C136505E02
HINT:

(See page BC-302).
Result

(See page CA-8)
2 CHECK BRAKE WARNING LIGHT

(c) Check that the BRAKE warning light comes on.
OK:
The BRAKE warning light comes on.
(d) Connect the connector.
(See page BC-432)
NG
BC

(c) Check BRAKE warning light operation.
OK:
OK

Slip Indicator Light Remains ON

DESCRIPTION
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

Combination Meter
35
A60 CANH
CANH 17
SLIP 14
MICRO
COMPUTER CANL 18
IG1
ECU IG No. 2 28 BC
A60 IG1
5 3
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
Main Body ECU

(*1)
ALT 6
E7 AM1
3
AM2 1 IG1D E7
(*1)
E6 AM2
4
A60 GND1
FL MAIN
*1: with Smart Key System 1

A60 GND2
C136510E05
HINT:

(See page BC-302).
Result

(See page CA-8)

connected.
OK:
CORRECTLY
OK
3 CHECK BATTERY

Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
OR BATTERY
OK

(c) Check SLIP indicator light operation.
OK:
OK
BC
Slip Indicator Light does not Come ON

DESCRIPTION
BC
WIRING DIAGRAM

Combination Meter
35
A60 CANH
CANH 17
SLIP 14
MICRO
COMPUTER CANL 18
IG1
ECU IG No. 2 28 BC
A60 IG1
5 3
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
Main Body ECU

(*1)
ALT 6
E7 AM1
3
AM2 1 IG1D E7
(*1)
E6 AM2
4
A60 GND1
FL MAIN
*1: with Smart Key System 1

A60 GND2
C136510E05
HINT:

(See page BC-302).
Result

(See page CA-8)

(c) Check the SLIP indicator light operation.
OK:
OK

Skid Control Buzzer Circuit

DESCRIPTION
The skid control buzzer sounds and the SLIP indicator light blinks during VSC operation.
WIRING DIAGRAM

(Skid Control ECU)
E13
VSC Warning Buzzer
IG1
ECU IG No. 2 23
Buzzer A60 BZ
5 3 2 1
28
A60 IG1 BC
2 1
E23
Ignition SW
AM1
(*2) (*2)
4 AM1 IG1 1
Main Body ECU

ALT
(*1)
6
E7 AM1
3
1 IG1D E7
(*1) AM2
E6 AM2
4
A60 GND1
FL MAIN
1
A60 GND2
C136511E01
HINT:
1 PERFORM ACTIVE TEST BY INTELLIGENT TESTER (SKID CONTROL BUZZER)

(b) Select the "ACTIVE TEST" on the intelligent tester (See
page BC-307).
(c) Check that the buzzer sounds/stops when turning the

skid control buzzer on/off by using the intelligent tester.
Result
BC Buzzer does not sound or sounds constantly

Buzzer sounds/stops
A
B
B CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS

(SYMPTOM SIMULATION) (See page BC-298)
2 INSPECT SKID CONTROL BUZZER (POWER SOURCE TERMINAL)
(a) Disconnect the skid control buzzer connector.

Skid Control Buzzer (Harness Side
table below.
Standard voltage
E13 E13-2 - Body ground Ignition switch on (IG) 10 to 14 V
C107604E18
OK
3 INSPECT SKID CONTROL BUZZER
(a) Apply battery negative voltage to terminal 1, and battery

Skid Control Buzzer: positive voltage to terminal 2 of the skid control buzzer,
and then check that the buzzer sounds.
OK:
NG REPLACE SKID CONTROL BUZZER (See
page BC-453)
(+) (-)
1 2
C125130E01
BC
OK
4 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU TO SKID CONTROL

BUZZER)

table below.
Standard resistance
BZ A60-23 (BZ) - E13-1 Always Below 1 Ω
A60
A60-23 (BZ) - Body
ground

Skid Control Buzzer (Harness Side CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU TO
Connector Front View): SKID CONTROL BUZZER)
E13
C139149E01
OK


DESCRIPTION
DTC output mode is set by connecting terminals TC and CG of the DLC3.
DTCs are indicated by the blinking pattern of the ABS warning light.
WIRING DIAGRAM

(Skid Control ECU)
ECM
41 41 26
CANH A55 A24 A60 CANH
*1 *2
49 49 15
BC CANL A55 A24 A60 CANL
*1 *2
E10
DLC3
27 27
TC A55 A24 TC
13
*1 *2
CG
*1: 2GR FE 4
*2: 2AZ-FE
C136514E01
HINT:
When warning lights continue to blink, a ground short in the wiring of terminal TC of the DLC3 or an
internal ground short in one or more ECUs is suspected.
HINT:
(a) Check if a CAN communication DTC is output (See page

BC-302).
Result
Result Proceed to
CAN communication system DTC is output A
CAN communication system DTC is not output B
B Go to step 2
GO TO CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (See page CA-8)
2 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ECM TO DLC3)
(a) Disconnect the ECM connector.

DLC3: (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
2GR-FE
E10 E10-13 (TC) - A55-27 (TC) Below 1 Ω
BC
TC 2AZ-FE
ECM Wire Harness View:
E10-13 (TC) - A24-27 (TC) Below 1 Ω

A55-27 (TC) (*1)

A24-27 (TC) (*2)
(*1): 2GR-FE (*2): 2AZ-FE

C136035E02
OK
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DLC3 TO CG CIRCUIT)

DLC3: table below.
CG
Standard resistance
E10-4 (CG) - Body ground Below 1 Ω
E10
CONNECTOR (CG TERMINAL CIRCUIT)
G022986E27
OK
4 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TC TERMINAL CIRCUIT)

BC
DLC3: table below.
Standard resistance
E10
TC
G022986E28
OK


DESCRIPTION
WIRING DIAGRAM

E10 - Skid Control ECU
DLC3
24
TS A60 TS
BC
12
CG
4
C136515E01
HINT:
1 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SKID CONTROL ECU TO DLC3)

table below.
Standard resistance
A60 TS Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
A60-24 (TS) - E10-12
Always Below 1 Ω
(TS)

DLC3: DLC3)
E10
BC
TS C139177E01
OK

DLC3:
CG table below.
Standard resistance
E10-4 (CG) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
ground
E10
CONNECTOR (DLC3 TO BODY GROUND)
G022987E25
OK
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TS TERMINAL CIRCUIT)

DLC3:
table below.
Standard resistance
E10-12 (TS) - Body
ground
E10
TS CONNECTOR (TS TERMINAL CIRCUIT)
G022987E26
OK

BC
BC–424 BRAKE CONTROL – BRAKE ACTUATOR (for ADVICS Made)
BRAKE ACTUATOR (for ADVICS Made)

BRAKE CONTROL
COMPONENTS
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 10)
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 10)
RADIATOR RESERVE TANK ASSEMBLY

BC
5.4 (55, 48 in.*lbf)
BRAKE ACTUATOR
19 (195, 14)
5.4 (55, 48 in.*lbf)
BRAKE ACTUATOR BRACKET ASSEMBLY
19 (195, 14)
N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque * For use with SST
C133321E01
BRAKE CONTROL – BRAKE ACTUATOR (for ADVICS Made) BC–425
ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION
1. CONNECT INTELLIGENT TESTER
(b) Start the engine and run it at idle .
HINT:
further details.
2. INSPECT ACTUATOR MOTOR OPERATION
NOTICE:
Do not keep a motor relay on continuously for more
than 5 seconds. When operating it continuously, set
DLC3 an interval of more than 20 seconds.
Intelligent Tester
(a) With the motor relay on, check the actuator motor
C131977E08
operation sounds.
(b) Turn the motor relay off.
(c) Depress the brake pedal and hold it for
approximately 15 seconds. Check that the brake
pedal cannot be depressed farther.
BC
(d) With the motor relay on, check that the pedal does
not pulsate.
(e) Turn the motor relay off and release the brake
pedal.
3. INSPECT RIGHT FRONT WHEEL OPERATION
NOTICE:
Do not turn on a solenoid in a manner different than
described below.
(a) Depress the brake pedal and hold it.
(b) Turn the SFRH and SFRR solenoids on
simultaneously, and check that the pedal cannot be
depressed.
(c) Turn the SFRH and SFRR solenoids off
simultaneously, and check that the pedal can be
depressed.
NOTICE:
Do not keep the motor relay on continuously for
more than 5 seconds. When operating them
continuously, set an interval of more than 20
seconds.
(d) Turn the motor relay on and check that the pedal
returns.
NOTICE:
more than 5 seconds. When operating it
seconds.
pedal.
4. INSPECT OTHER WHEEL OPERATION

(a) Using the same procedure, check the solenoids of
the other wheels.
HINT:
• Left front wheel: SFLH, SFLR
• Right rear wheel: SRRH, SRRR
• Left rear wheel: SRLH, SRLR
BC
REMOVAL
1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY
TERMINAL
2. REMOVE RADIATOR RESERVE TANK ASSEMBLY
(a) Separate the radiator reserve tank hose.
(b) Remove the radiator reserve tank assembly.
3. DRAIN BRAKE FLUID
NOTICE:
If brake fluid leaks onto any painted surface,
immediately clean it off completely.
4. REMOVE BRAKE ACTUATOR
(a) Release the lock lever and disconnect the actuator
connector.
Connector
BC
C133326E01
(b) Using SST, disconnect the 6 brake lines from the

actuator assembly with bracket.
SST 09023-00101
SST
C133324E01
*6 (c) Use tags or make a memo to identify the places to

reconnect.
HINT:
*2
• *1: To Front Wheel Cylinder RH
• *2: To Front Wheel Cylinder LH
*3 • *3: To Rear Wheel Cylinder RH
• *4: To Rear Wheel Cylinder LH
*4 *5 • *5: From 1st Master Cylinder
• *6: From 2nd Master Cylinder
*1
C133323E01
(d) Remove the 3 bolts and brake actuator assembly

with bracket from the body.
NOTICE:
Do not damage the brake tubes and wire
harness.
C133325E01
DISASSEMBLY
1. REMOVE BRAKE ACTUATOR BRACKET ASSEMBLY
(a) Remove the 2 nuts and the brake actuator assembly
from the actuator bracket assembly.
BC
C133322
REASSEMBLY
1. INSTALL BRAKE ACTUATOR BRACKET ASSEMBLY
(a) Install the actuator assembly to the brake actuator
bracket assembly with the 2 nuts.
NOTICE:
Do not remove the hole plug before installing a
new brake actuator because the brake actuator
C133322
assembly is filled with brake fluid.
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL BRAKE ACTUATOR
(a) Install the brake actuator assembly with bracket to
the body with the 3 bolts.
Torque: 19 N*m (195 kgf*cm, 14 ft.*lbf)
NOTICE:
harness.
C133325E01
*6 (b) Temporarily tighten each brake tube to the correct

positions of the brake actuator assembly with
bracket as shown in the illustration.
*2
HINT:
*3 • *2: To Front Wheel Cylinder LH
• *3: To Rear Wheel Cylinder RH
*4 *5 • *4: To Rear Wheel Cylinder LH
• *5: From 1st Master Cylinder
*1
C133323E01
(c) Using SST, fully tighten each brake tube.

SST 09023-00101
Torque: without SST BC
15 N*m (155 kgf*cm, 11 ft.*lbf)
with SST
14 N*m (143 kgf*cm, 10 ft.*lbf)
SST
NOTICE:
• Use a torque wrench with a fulcrum length of
300 mm (11.81 in.).
C133324E01 • This torque value is effective when SST is
parallel to a torque wrench.
(d) Connect the actuator connector.
NOTICE:
Make sure that the connector is locked securely.
2. INSTALL RADIATOR RESERVE TANK ASSEMBLY
(a) Install the radiator reserve tank assembly.
Connector (b) Connect the radiator reservoir tank hose.
3. FILL RESERVOIR WITH BRAKE FLUID (See page BR-
6)
C133335E01
4. BLEED BRAKE LINE (See page BR-7)
5. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY
TERMINAL
6. BLEED BRAKE ACTUATOR (See page BR-8)
7. INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL (See page BR-10)
8. INSPECT FOR BRAKE FLUID LEAKAGE
9. PERFORM YAW RATE SENSOR ZERO POINT
CALIBRATION
HINT:
(See page BC-119)
10. INSPECT ACTUATOR WITH INTELLIGENT TESTER
HINT:
(See page BC-425)
BC–430 BRAKE CONTROL – BRAKE ACTUATOR (for BOSCH Made)
BRAKE ACTUATOR (for BOSCH Made)

BRAKE CONTROL
COMPONENTS
with VSC:
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 10)
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 10) 15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 10)
BC
8.0 (82, 71 in.*lbf) 8.0 (82, 71 in.*lbf)

15 (155, 11) 19 (194, 14)
*14 (143, 10) *17 (173, 13)
19 (195, 14)
BRAKE ACTUATOR BRAKE ACTUATOR
19 (195, 14)
RADIATOR RESERVE
TANK ASSEMBLY
BRAKE ACTUATOR BRACKET ASSEMBLY
N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque *For use with SST

C133318E01
BRAKE CONTROL – BRAKE ACTUATOR (for BOSCH Made) BC–431
1. CONNECT INTELLIGENT TESTER
(b) Start the engine and run it at idle.
HINT:
further details.
2. INSPECT ACTUATOR MOTOR OPERATION
NOTICE:
Do not keep a motor relay on continuously for more
than 5 seconds. When operating it continuously, set
DLC3 an interval of more than 20 seconds.
Intelligent Tester
(a) With the motor relay on, check the actuator motor
C131977E07
operation sounds.
(b) Turn the motor relay off.
(c) Depress the brake pedal and hold it for
approximately 15 seconds. Check that the brake
pedal cannot be depressed farther.
BC
(d) With the motor relay on, check that the pedal does
not pulsate.
pedal.
3. INSPECT RIGHT FRONT WHEEL OPERATION
NOTICE:
Do not turn on a solenoid in a manner different than
described below.
(a) Depress the brake pedal and hold it.
(b) Turn the SFRH and SFRR solenoids on
simultaneously, and check that the pedal cannot be
depressed.
(c) Turn the SFRH and SFRR solenoids off
simultaneously, and check that the pedal can be
depressed.
NOTICE:
more than 5 seconds. When operating them
seconds.
(d) Turn the motor relay on and check that the pedal
returns.
NOTICE:
more than 5 seconds. When operating it
seconds.
pedal.
4. INSPECT OTHER WHEEL OPERATION

(a) Using the same procedure, check the solenoids of
the other wheels.
HINT:
• Left front wheel: SFLH, SFLR
• Right rear wheel: SRRH, SRRR
• Left rear wheel: SRLH, SRLR
BC
REMOVAL
TERMINAL
2. REMOVE RADIATOR RESERVE TANK ASSEMBLY
(a) Separate the radiator reserve tank hose.
(b) Remove the radiator reserve tank assembly.
NOTICE:
If brake fluid leaks onto any painted surface,
immediately clean it off completely.
4. REMOVE BRAKE ACTUATOR
(a) Release the lock lever and disconnect the actuator
connector.
BC
C132775E01
(b) Using SST, disconnect the 6 brake lines from the

actuator assembly with bracket.
SST 09023-00101
SST
C132776E01
(c) Use tags or make a memo to identify the places to

*2
reconnect.
HINT:
*5
*3
*6
*4
*1
C132777E01
(d) Remove the 3 bolts and actuator assembly from the

body with bracket.
NOTICE:
harness.
C132778
DISASSEMBLY
1. REMOVE BRAKE ACTUATOR BRACKET ASSEMBLY
BC (a) Remove the 2 nuts and the brake actuator assembly
from the actuator bracket assembly.
C132779E01
REASSEMBLY
1. INSTALL BRAKE ACTUATOR BRACKET ASSEMBLY
(a) Install the actuator assembly to the actuator bracket
assembly with the 2 nuts.
NOTICE:
Do not remove the hole plug before installing a
new brake actuator because the brake actuator
C132779E01
assembly is filled with brake fluid.
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL BRAKE ACTUATOR (w/o VSC)
(a) Install the actuator assembly with bracket to the
body with the 3 bolts.
NOTICE:
harness.
C132778
(b) Temporarily tighten each brake tube to the correct

*2
positions of the actuator assembly with bracket as
shown in the illustration.
*5
HINT:
*3
*6
*4
*1
C132777E01

SST 09023-00101
Torque: without SST BC
15 N*m (155 kgf*cm, 11 ft.*lbf)
with SST
14 N*m (143 kgf*cm, 10 ft.*lbf)
NOTICE:
SST 300 mm (11.81 in.).
C132776E01 • This torque value is effective when SST is
NOTICE:
C133319
2. INSTALL BRAKE ACTUATOR (w/ VSC)

(a) Install the actuator assembly with bracket to the
body with the 3 bolts.
NOTICE:
Do not damage the brake tubes.
C132778
(b) Temporarily tighten each brake tube to the correct

*2
positions of the actuator assembly with bracket as
*5
HINT:
*3
*6
*4
*1
C132777E01

SST 09023-00101, 09023-38200
BC Torque: bolt A M10 without SST
A 15 N*m (155 kgf*cm, 11 ft.*lbf)
bolt A M10 with SST
B 14 N*m (143 kgf*cm, 10 ft.*lbf)
A bolt B M12 without SST
B
A 19 N*m (194 kgf*cm, 14 ft.*lbf)
A SST bolt B M12 with SST
C132776E04 17 N*m (173 kgf*cm, 13 ft.*lbf)
NOTICE:
30 cm (11.81 in.).
• This torque value is effective when SST is
NOTICE:
3. INSTALL RADIATOR RESERVE TANK ASSEMBLY
(a) Install the radiator reserve tank assembly.
(b) Connect the radiator reservoir tank hose.
6)
C133319
TERMINAL
7. BLEED BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (w/ VSC)
(See page BR-8)
8. INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL (See page BR-10)
10. INSPECT ACTUATOR WITH INTELLIGENT TESTER
HINT:
(See page BC-431)

CALIBRATION (w/ VSC)
HINT:
(See page BC-278)
12. INSPECT SENSOR SIGNAL
HINT:
• without VSC (see page BC-11)
• with VSC (see page BC-290)
13. INSPECT DTC AND CLEAR
HINT:
• without VSC (See page BC-21)
• with VSC (See page BC-302)
BC
BRAKE CONTROL – FRONT SPEED SENSOR BC–437
FRONT SPEED SENSOR

BRAKE CONTROL
COMPONENTS
FRONT SPEED SENSOR
5.0 (51, 44 in.*lbf)
BC
19 (194, 14)
8.0 (82, 71 in.*lbf)
FRONT FENDER LINER
FRONT WHEEL OPENING EXTENSION PAD
N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque

C132784E01
BC–438 BRAKE CONTROL – FRONT SPEED SENSOR
REMOVAL
1. REMOVE FRONT WHEEL
2. REMOVE FRONT WHEEL OPENING EXTENSION
PAD LH (See page ED-6)
3. REMOVE FRONT FENDER LINER (See page ED-6)
4. REMOVE FRONT SPEED SENSOR
(a) Disconnect the front speed sensor connector and
clamp.
Clamp
C132783E01
(b) Remove the 2 bolts from the body and the shock
BC absorber assembly.
(c) Disengage the 2 claws from the steering knuckle
and body.
C132781E01
(d) Remove the bolt and the front speed sensor.

NOTICE:
• Prevent foreign matter from attaching to the
sensor tip.
• Clean the installation hole and the surface for
the speed sensor every time the speed
sensor is removed.
C132782
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT FRONT SPEED SENSOR (for BOSCH
Made)
(a) Inspect the front speed sensor. If any of the
following occurs, replace the front speed sensor
with a new one:
• The surface of the front speed sensor is cracked,
dented, or chipped off.
• The connector or wire harness is scratched,
cracked, or damaged.
• The front speed sensor has been dropped.
(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
the table below.
2 1 LH
0.92 to 1.22 kΩ at 20
1 (FL+) - 2 (FL-)
°C (68°F) BC
1 (FL+) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
2 (FL-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
C093876E01
RH
0.92 to 1.22 kΩ at 20
1 (FR+) - 2 (FR-)
°C(68°F)
1 (FR+) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
2 (FR-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
If the value is not as specified, replace the front

speed sensor.
2. INSPECT FRONT SPEED SENSOR (for ADVICS
Made)
(a) Inspect the front speed sensor. If any of the
following occurs, replace the front speed sensor
with a new one:
• The surface of the front speed sensor is cracked,
• The connector or wire harness is scratched,
cracked, or damaged.
• The front speed sensor has been dropped.
BC–440 BRAKE CONTROL – FRONT SPEED SENSOR

Front Speed Sensor: the table below.
RH
1.4 to 1.8 kΩ at 20°C (68
1 °F)
2
LH
1.4 to 1.8 kΩ at 20°C (68
°F)
C136017E01
2 (FL-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
If the value is not as specified, replace the front

speed sensor.
BC INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL FRONT SPEED SENSOR
(a) Install the front speed sensor with the bolt.
NOTICE:
Prevent foreign matter from attaching to the
sensor tip.
C132782
(b) Install the front speed sensor with the 2 bolts and
engage the 2 claws.
Torque: Bolt A
5.0 N*m (51 kgf*cm, 44 in.*lbf)
Bolt B
19 N*m (194 kgf*cm, 14 ft.*lbf)
A
NOTICE:
Do not twist the wire harness for the front speed
B sensor when installing the speed sensor.
C132781E03
(c) Connect the front speed sensor connector and

clamp.
2. INSTALL FRONT FENDER LINER (See page ED-10)
3. INSTALL FRONT WHEEL OPENING EXTENSION PAD
LH (See page ED-10)
4. INSTALL FRONT WHEEL
Torque: 103 N*m (1,050 kgf*cm, 76 ft.*lbf)
Clamp
C132783E01 5. CHECK SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
HINT:
• for BOSCH without VSC (See page BC-11)
• for BOSCH with VSC (See page BC-290)
• for ADVICS (See page BC-123)
BC
BC–442 BRAKE CONTROL – SKID CONTROL SENSOR
SKID CONTROL SENSOR

BRAKE CONTROL
COMPONENTS
62 (632, 46)
REAR DISC BRAKE

CALIPER ASSEMBLY
BC
80 (816, 59)
REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY

WITH SKID CONTROL SENSOR
80 (816, 59)
REAR DISC
REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY WITH SKID CONTROL SENSOR:
REAR AXLE HUB AND

BEARING ASSEMBLY
SKID CONTROL SENSOR
N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque Non-reusable part

C132788E02
BRAKE CONTROL – SKID CONTROL SENSOR BC–443
REMOVAL
1. REMOVE REAR WHEEL
2. DISCONNECT SKID CONTROL SENSOR WIRE
(a) Disconnect the connector from the skid control
sensor.
NOTICE:
Be careful not to damage the speed sensor.
3. REMOVE REAR DISC BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY
(See page AH-18)
4. REMOVE REAR DISC (See page BR-62)
C132787
5. REMOVE REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING
ASSEMBLY WITH SKID CONTROL SENSOR (See
page AH-15)
6. REMOVE SKID CONTROL SENSOR
(a) Mount the rear axle hub in a vise using aluminum
plates.
NOTICE: BC
Replace the hub and bearing assembly if it is
dropped or receives a strong shock.
(b) Using a pin punch and hammer, drive out the 2 pins
and remove the 2 attachments from SST.
SST 09520-00031 (09521-00010, 09520-00040),
09521-00020
SST
(c) Using SST and 2 bolts (Diameter: 12 mm, pitch: 1.5
mm), remove the skid control sensor from the hub
and bearing assembly.
Bolt SST
Bolt SST 09520-00031 (09521-00010, 09520-00040),
09521-00020, 09950-00020
NOTICE:
• Keep the sensor away from magnets.
• Pull the skid control sensor off straight,
taking care not to make contact with the skid
SST control sensor rotor.
C111530E01 • If the speed sensor rotor is damaged or
deformed, replace the hub and bearing
assembly.
• Do not scratch the contact surface between
the axle hub and the skid control sensor.
• Do not attach foreign matter to the speed
sensor rotor and tip.
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT SKID CONTROL SENSOR (for BOSCH
Made)
(a) Inspect the skid control sensor. If any of the
following occurs, replace the skid control sensor
with a new one:
• The surface of the skid control sensor is cracked,
• The connector is scratched, cracked, or
damaged.
• The skid control sensor has been dropped.
the table below.
Rear Speed Sensor: Standard resistance:
LH
1 (RR+) - 2 (RR-) Below 2.2 kΩ
BC 1 (RR+) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
2 (RR-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
2 RH
1 1 (RL+) - 2 (RL-) Below 2.2 kΩ
1 (RL+) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
2 (RL-) - Body ground 10 kΩ or higher
C113377E01
If the value is not as specified, replace the skid

control sensor.
2. INSPECT SKID CONTROL SENSOR (for ADVICS
Made)
(a) Inspect the skid control sensor. If any of the
following occurs, replace the skid control sensor
with a new one:
• The surface of the skid control sensor is cracked,
damaged.
• The skid control sensor has been dropped.
BRAKE CONTROL – SKID CONTROL SENSOR BC–445

the table below.
Rear Speed Sensor: Standard resistance:
RH
2 (RR+) - 1 (RR-) Always 0.9 to 2.1 kΩ
1 (RR-) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
2 LH
1 2 (RL+) - 1 (RL-) Always 0.9 to 2.1 kΩ
2 (RL+) - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
C113377E01
If the value is not as specified, replace the skid

control sensor.
INSTALLATION
RH: LH:
1. INSTALL SKID CONTROL SENSOR
BC
(a) Clean the contact surface between the axle hub and
a new skid control sensor.
NOTICE:
Prevent foreign matter from attaching to the
sensor rotor.
(b) Place the skid control sensor on the axle hub so that
CONNECTOR the connector is positioned as shown in the
C132785E01
illustration.
(c) Using SST, a press, 2 V-blocks, and 2 steel plates,
SST
install the skid control sensor to the axle hub.
SST 09309-36010, 09213-58013
SST NOTICE:
• Keep the sensor away from magnets.
• Do not use a hammer on the skid control
sensor.
• Check that there is no foreign matter such as
iron chips on the detecting portion of the skid
C132786E01 control sensor.
• Slowly press the skid control sensor straight.
2. INSTALL REAR AXLE HUB AND BEARING
ASSEMBLY WITH SKID CONTROL SENSOR (See
page AH-16)
3. INSPECT REAR AXLE HUB BEARING LOOSENESS
(See page AH-15)
4. INSPECT REAR AXLE HUB RUNOUT (See page AH-
15)
5. INSTALL REAR DISC (See page BR-63)
6. INSTALL REAR DISC BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY
(See page AH-20)
7. CONNECT SKID CONTROL SENSOR WIRE

(a) Connect the connector to the skid control sensor.
8. INSTALL REAR WHEEL
9. INSPECT AND ADJUST REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT
HINT:
(See page SP-13)
10. CHECK SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
C132787
HINT:
• for BOSCH without VSC (See page BC-11)
• for BOSCH with VSC (See page BC-290)
BC
BC–446 BRAKE CONTROL – YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR (w/ VSC)
YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR (w/ VSC)

BRAKE CONTROL
COMPONENTS
NO. 1 INSTRUMENT NO. 2 INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER FINISH CLUSTER FINISH
for Manual Transaxle:
PANEL GARNISH PANEL GARNISH SHIFT LEVER KNOB
SUB-ASSEMBLY
UPPER CONSOLE
PANEL
FLOOR SHIFT POSITION

INDICATOR HOUSING
BC SUB-ASSEMBLY
UPPER REAR CONSOLE
PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
SHIFT LEVER KNOB

SUB-ASSEMBLY
Bosch Type:
YAW RATE AND

UPPER REAR CONSOLE
ACCELERATION SENSOR
PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
13 (133, 10)
BRACKET
5.0 (51, 44 in.*lbf)
YAW RATE AND

ACCELERATION SENSOR

C133327E01
BRAKE CONTROL – YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR (w/ VSC) BC–447
REMOVAL
1. REMOVE SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-ASSEMBLY (for
Automatic Transaxle) (See page IP-24)
2. REMOVE SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-ASSEMBLY (for
Manual Transaxle) (See page IP-24)
3. REMOVE NO. 1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FINISH
PANEL GARNISH (See page IP-24)
5. REMOVE FLOOR SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR
HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY (for Automatic
Transaxle) (See page IP-25)
6. REMOVE UPPER CONSOLE PANEL (for Manual
7. REMOVE UPPER REAR CONSOLE PANEL SUB-
ASSEMBLY (for Manual Transaxle) (See page IP-26) BC
8. REMOVE UPPER REAR CONSOLE PANEL SUB-
ASSEMBLY (for Automatic Transaxle) (See page IP-
26)
9. REMOVE YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR
(a) Disconnect the yaw rate sensor connector.
(b) Remove the 2 bolts and yaw rate sensor.
NOTICE:
Do not remove the sensor from the bracket.
C133329
10. REMOVE YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR

(for BOSCH Made)
(a) Remove the 2 nuts and yaw rate sensor from the
bracket.
C133328
BC–448 BRAKE CONTROL – YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR (w/ VSC)
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR
(a) Inspect the yaw rate sensor. If any of the following
occurs, replace the yaw rate sensor with a new one:
• The surface of the yaw rate sensor is cracked,
damaged.
• The yaw rate sensor has been dropped.
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR
(for BOSCH Made)
(a) Install the yaw rate and acceleration sensor to the
bracket with the 2 nuts.
BC C133328

(a) Install the yaw rate sensor and acceleration with the
2 bolts.
NOTICE:
• Do not damage the yaw rate and acceleration
sensor.
• Make sure that the yaw rate and acceleration
sensor is installed securely.
C133329 (b) Connect the yaw rate and acceleration sensor
connector.
3. INSTALL UPPER REAR CONSOLE PANEL SUB-
ASSEMBLY (for Automatic Transaxle) (See page IP-
53)
4. INSTALL UPPER REAR CONSOLE PANEL SUB-
ASSEMBLY (for Manual Transaxle) (See page IP-53)
5. INSTALL UPPER CONSOLE PANEL (for Manual
6. INSTALL FLOOR SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR
HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY (See page IP-53)
7. INSTALL NO. 2 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FINISH
9. INSTALL SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-ASSEMBLY (for
Manual Transaxle) (See page IP-55)
10. INSTALL SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-ASSEMBLY (for
Automatic Transaxle) (See page IP-55)
BRAKE CONTROL – YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR (w/ VSC) BC–449

CALIBRATION
HINT:
• for BOSCH (See page BC-278)
12. INSPECT SENSOR SIGNAL
HINT:
• for BOSCH (See page BC-290)
BC
BRAKE CONTROL – STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (w/ VSC) BC–449
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (w/ VSC)

BRAKE CONTROL
COMPONENTS
3 Spoke Type:
50 (510, 37)
STEERING PAD
8.8 (90, 78 in.*lbf)
BC
STEERING WHEEL ASSEMBLY
STEERING COLUMN COVER STEERING PAD

50 (510, 37)
STEERING WHEEL ASSEMBLY
SPIRAL CABLE
8.8 (90, 78 in.*lbf)
NO. 2 LOWER STEERING

NO. 3 LOWER STEERING WHEEL COVER
WHEEL COVER
with VSC:
SPIRAL CABLE
SPIRAL CABLE SUB-ASSEMBLY WITH


C133868E04
BC–450 BRAKE CONTROL – STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (w/ VSC)
REMOVAL
1. PRECAUTION
CAUTION:
Be sure to read "PRECAUTION" thoroughly before
servicing (See page RS-1).
TERMINAL
CAUTION:
Wait for 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable to
prevent airbag deployment.
3. PLACE FRONT WHEELS FACING STRAIGHT AHEAD
NOTICE:
When reconnecting the cable to the negative battery
terminal after installing the steering sensor, check
that the front tires and steering wheel are kept
aligned straight ahead before and after connecting
the cable to the negative battery terminal.
BC 4. REMOVE NO. 2 STEERING WHEEL COVER LOWER
(See page RS-349)
5. REMOVE NO. 3 STEERING WHEEL COVER LOWER
(See page RS-349)
6. REMOVE STEERING PAD (See page RS-350)
7. REMOVE STEERING WHEEL ASSEMBLY (See page
SR-38)
8. REMOVE STEERING COLUMN COVER (See page
SR-39)
9. REMOVE SPIRAL CABLE SUB-ASSEMBLY WITH
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (See page RS-364)
10. REMOVE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
(a) Disengage the claws and remove the steering angle
sensor from the spiral cable.
C104804E04
BRAKE CONTROL – STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (w/ VSC) BC–451
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
(a) Inspect the steering angle sensor. If any of the
following occurs, replace the steering angle sensor
with a new one:
• The surface of the steering angle sensor is
cracked, dented, or chipped off.
damaged.
• The steering angle sensor has been dropped.
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
(a) Align the locating pins, engage the claws, and install
the steering angle sensor to the spiral cable sub-
assembly.
2. INSTALL SPIRAL CABLE SUB-ASSEMBLY WITH
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (See page RS-366)
3. INSTALL STEERING COLUMN COVER (See page SR-
BC
C104804E04
50)
4. ADJUST SPIRAL CABLE (See page RS-367)
5. INSTALL STEERING WHEEL ASSEMBLY (See page
SR-51)
6. INSPECT STEERING WHEEL CENTER POINT (See
page SR-47)
7. INSTALL STEERING PAD (See page RS-350)
8. INSTALL NO. 2 STEERING WHEEL COVER LOWER
(See page RS-352)
9. INSTALL NO. 3 STEERING WHEEL COVER LOWER
(See page RS-351)
TERMINAL
11. INSPECT STEERING PAD (See page RS-347)
12. INSPECT SRS WARNING LIGHT
HINT:
(See page RS-32)
BC–452 BRAKE CONTROL – SKID CONTROL BUZZER (w/ VSC)
SKID CONTROL BUZZER (w/ VSC)

BRAKE CONTROL
COMPONENTS
for TMMK Made:

with Smart Key System:
LOWER INSTRUMENT
PANEL FINISH PANEL
BC
LOWER INSTRUMENT
PANEL FINISH PANEL
NO. 1 INSTRUMENT
SKID CONTROL BUZZER
PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
<O> or 
<N>
COWL SIDE TRIM SUB-ASSEMBLY
LOWER INSTRUMENT PANEL

FINISH PANEL LH
FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE
C133330E01
BRAKE CONTROL – SKID CONTROL BUZZER (w/ VSC) BC–453
for TMC Made:

LOWER INSTRUMENT
PANEL FINISH PANEL
LOWER INSTRUMENT
PANEL FINISH PANEL
BC
NO. 1 INSTRUMENT
SKID CONTROL BUZZER
PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
 or <C>
<A>
LOWER INSTRUMENT PANEL

FINISH PANEL LH
C133330E03
BC–454 BRAKE CONTROL – SKID CONTROL BUZZER (w/ VSC)
REMOVAL
1. PRECAUTION (See page IP-20)
2. REMOVE FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE (See page IR-
24)
3. REMOVE COWL SIDE TRIM SUB-ASSEMBLY (See
page IR-25)
4. REMOVE LOWER INSTRUMENT PANEL FINISH
PANEL LH (for TMC Made) (See page IP-20)
PANEL LH (for TMMK Made) (See page IP-21)
6. REMOVE NO. 1 INSTRUMENT PANEL SUB-
ASSEMBLY (See page IP-22)
PANEL (w/o Smart Key System) (See page IP-22)
BC PANEL (w/ Smart Key System) (See page IP-22)
9. REMOVE SKID CONTROL BUZZER
(a) Disconnect the skid control buzzer connector.
(b) Remove the clip and skid control buzzer assembly.
C133331E01
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT SKID CONTROL BUZZER
(a) Apply battery negative voltage to terminal 1, and
battery positive voltage to terminal 2 of the skid
(+) (-) control buzzer, and then check that the buzzer
Skid Control sounds.
Buzzer OK:
1 2
F002192E03
If the skid control buzzer does not sound, replace
the skid control buzzer.
BRAKE CONTROL – SKID CONTROL BUZZER (w/ VSC) BC–455
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL SKID CONTROL BUZZER
(a) Attach the claw and install the skid control buzzer.
(b) Connect the skid control buzzer assembly
connector.
2. INSTALL NO. 1 INSTRUMENT PANEL SUB-
3. INSTALL LOWER INSTRUMENT PANEL FINISH
PANEL (w/ Smart Key System) (See page IP-57)
C133331E01 PANEL LH (for TMC Made) (See page IP-58)
7. INSTALL COWL SIDE TRIM SUB-ASSEMBLY (See BC
page IR-54)
8. INSTALL FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE (See page IR-
54)
BC–456 BRAKE CONTROL – ABS MOTOR RELAY (w/ VSC)
ABS MOTOR RELAY (w/ VSC)

1. INSPECT VSC NO. 1 (FAIL SAFE) RELAY
(a) Remove the VSC NO. 1 (fail safe) relay.
VSC NO. 1 (Fail Safe) Relay:
the table below.
Standard resistance
Apply B+ between
3-5 Below 1 Ω
terminals 1 and 2
If the value is not as specified, replace the VSC NO.

F050241E11 1 (fail safe) relay.
2. INSPECT VSC NO. 2 RELAY
(a) Remove the VSC NO. 2 relay.
BC (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
VSC NO. 2 Relay:
the table below.
Standard resistance
Apply B+ between
3-5 Below 1 Ω
terminals 1 and 2
If the value is not as specified, replace the VSC NO.

F050240E07 2 relay.
BRAKE – BRAKE SYSTEM BR–1
BRAKE SYSTEM
PRECAUTION
1. TROUBLESHOOTING PRECAUTION
NOTICE:
• Care must be taken to replace each part properly as it

could affect the performance of the brake system and
result in a driving hazard. Replace the parts with those
having the same part number or equivalent.
• It is very important to keep parts and the area clean
when repairing the brake system.
• If the vehicle is equipped with a mobile
communication system, refer to the precaution in the
INTRODUCTION section.
• Care must be taken when using magnets as it could
affect the performance of the speed sensors.
• Since the brake line is classified as one of the critical
safety related parts, be sure to disassemble the
components if a brake fluid leak is found. If any BR
abnormality is found, replace the component with a
new one.
• When removing brake components, cover the brake
tube connections to prevent foreign matter such as
dust or dirt from entering the tubes.
• Do not damage or deform the brake tubes when
removing or installing them.
• When installing a grommet to the body, ensure that
the brake tube passes through the center of the
grommet.
• When installing a brake tube or flexible hose, ensure
that they are free from twisting or bending.
• If the cap of the flexible hose does not match the
groove on the bracket, twist the hose slightly to insert
it.
• Flexible hoses must be free from absorber oil, grease,
etc.
• When installing a brake tube to a plastic clamp, ensure
that the brake tube is not loose or being pinched.
• Do not reuse a clip or plastic clamp removed from a
flexible hose.
• After installing a brake tube and flexible hose, ensure
that they do not interfere with any other components.
• Do not allow brake fluid to adhere to any painted
surface such as the vehicle body. If brake fluid leaks
onto any painted surface, immediately wash it off.
BR–2 BRAKE – BRAKE SYSTEM
• Disconnect and connect the flexible hose and brake

tube:
Separating: (a) Hold the flexible hose with a wrench and
disconnect the brake tube with a union nut wrench
without deforming the tube.
(b) Remove the clip.
(c) Install a new clip.
(d) Connect the brake tube with a union nut wrench
without deforming the tube.
Connecting:
BR C102779E06
• Connect the brake tube and way:

(a) Support the way to prevent deformation of the
brake tube and connect the brake tube to the way
with a union nut wrench.
(b) Support the way to prevent deformation of the
brake tube and install the bolt to fix the way to the
body.
C133437 according to the specifications of the vehicle.
section.
Switch Type Ignition Switch (position) Engine Switch (condition)
Ignition Switch off LOCK Off
Ignition Switch on (IG) ON On (IG)
Expression
Ignition Switch on (ACC) ACC On (ACC)
Engine Start START Start
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
HINT:
See the layout drawing to confirm the locations and tightening
torque of flexible hoses and brake tubes.
Brake Actuator
C D
A A
A A
FRONT A A A A
A A A A
B B BR
B
A B A
C B B D
Brake Booster Assembly

Brake Master Cylinder Assembly
Brake Tube A Union Nut
Torque : 15 N*m (155 kgf*cm, 11 ft.*lbf)
Flexible Hose
: 14 N*m (143 kgf*cm, 10 ft.*lbf)*
Brake Tube Way B Union Nut
: 14 N*m (143 kgf*cm, 10 ft.*lbf)*
: 19 N*m (194 kgf*cm, 14 ft.*lbf) (for TMMK made with VSC)
: 17 N*m (173 kgf*cm, 13 ft.*lbf) (for TMMK made with VSC)*
C Union Bolt
D Union Bolt
* For use with SST

C131909E01
BR–4 BRAKE – BRAKE SYSTEM

Use the table below to help determine the cause of the
problem. The numbers indicate the priority of the likely cause
of the problem. Check each part in order. If necessary,
replace these parts.
BRAKE SYSTEM
1. Fluid leaks in brake system BR-6
2. Air in brake system BR-6
3. Piston seals (Worn or damaged) (FRONT) BR-47
Low pedal or spongy pedal
4. Piston seals (Worn or damaged) (REAR) BR-59
5. Master cylinder (Faulty) BR-28
6. Booster push rod (Out of adjustment) BR-31
1. Brake pedal free play (Insufficient) BR-19
2. Parking brake lever travel (Out of adjustment) PB-2
3. Parking brake pedal travel (Out of adjustment) PB-1
4. Parking brake cable (Sticking) PB-48
5. Parking brake shoe clearance (Out of adjustment) PB-1
BR 6. Pad (Cracked or distorted) (FRONT)

7. Pad (Cracked or distorted) (REAR)
BR-47
BR-59
Brake drag
8. Piston (Stuck) (FRONT) BR-47
9. Piston (Stuck) (REAR) BR-59
10. Piston (Seized) (FRONT) BR-47
11. Piston (Seized) (REAR) BR-59
13. Vacuum leaks in booster systems BR-42
14. Master cylinder (Faulty) BR-28
1. Piston (Stuck) (FRONT) BR-47
2. Piston (Stuck) (REAR) BR-59
3. Pad (Oily) (FRONT) BR-47
4. Pad (Oily) (REAR) BR-59
5. Piston (Seized) (FRONT) BR-47
Brake pull
6. Piston (Seized) (REAR) BR-59
7. Disc (Scored) (FRONT) BR-50
8. Disc (Scored) (REAR) BR-62
9. Pad (Cracked or distorted) (FRONT) BR-50
10. Pad (Cracked or distorted) (REAR) BR-62

1. Fluid leaks in brake systems BR-6
2. Air in brake system BR-6
3. Pad (Worn) (FRONT) BR-50
4. Pad (Worn) (REAR) BR-62
7. Pad (Oily) (FRONT) BR-50
Hard pedal but brake inefficient
8. Pad (Oily) (REAR) BR-62
9. Pad (Glazed) (FRONT) BR-50
10. Pad (Glazed) (REAR) BR-62
11. Disc (Scored) (FRONT) BR-50
14. Vacuum leaks in booster system BR-42
3. Cylinder mounting bolt (Loose) (FRONT) BR-47
4. Caliper support bolt (Loose) (REAR)
5. Disc (Scored) (FRONT)
PB-58
BR-50
BR
7. Pad support plate (Loose) (FRONT) BR-50
8. Pad support plate (Loose) (REAR) BR-62
Noise from brakes
9. Sliding pin (Worn) (FRONT) BR-47
10. Sliding pin (Worn) (REAR) BR-59
11. Pad (Dirty) (FRONT) BR-47
12. Pad (Dirty) (REAR) BR-59
13. Pad (Glazed) (FRONT) BR-47
14. Pad (Glazed) (REAR) BR-59
15. Anti-squeal shim (Damaged) (FRONT) BR-47
16. Anti-squeal shim (Damaged) (REAR) BR-59
BR–6 BRAKE – BRAKE FLUID
BRAKE FLUID
MAX
1. INSPECT FLUID LEVEL IN RESERVOIR
(a) Inspect the fluid level.
MIN If brake fluid level is lowered, check for leakage and
inspect the disc brake pad. If necessary, refill the
reservoir with brake fluid after repair and
C133306E01 replacement.
Fluid:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No. 116 DOT 3
BR
BRAKE – BRAKE FLUID BR–7
BLEEDING
HINT:
If any work is performed on the brake system or if air in the
brake lines is suspected, bleed the air from the brake system.
NOTICE:
• Move the shift lever to the P position and apply the
parking brake before bleeding the brakes.
• Add brake fluid to keep the level between MIN and
MAX lines of the reservoir while bleeding the brakes.
• If brake fluid leaks onto any painted surface, wash or
remove it completely.
1. FILL RESERVOIR WITH BRAKE FLUID
(a) Fill the reservoir with brake fluid.
Fluid:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No. 116 DOT3
2. BLEED MASTER CYLINDER
HINT:
• If the master cylinder is reinstalled or if the reservoir
becomes empty, bleed the air from the master
cylinder. BR
C132849
• To avoid brake fluid from adhering, cover the painted
surface with a shop rag or piece of cloth.
(a) Disconnect the 2 brake lines from the master
cylinder.
(b) Slowly depress the brake pedal and hold it (*1).
C133316
(c) Cover the 2 outer holes with fingers, and release the
brake pedal (*2).
(d) Repeat (*1) and (*2) 3 or 4 times.
C133317
(e) Using SST, connect the brake lines to the master

cylinder.
SST 09023-00101, 09023-38200
SST Torque: without SST
15 N*m (155 kgf*cm, 11 ft.*lbf)
with SST
14 N*m (143 kgf*cm, 10 ft.*lbf)
for TMMK made with VSC without SST
19 N*m (194 kgf*cm, 14 ft.*lbf)
for TMMK made with VSC with SST
17 N*m (173 kgf*cm, 13 ft.*lbf)
Fulcrum Length NOTICE:
300 mm (11.81 in.).
C141971E01
3. BLEED BRAKE LINE
NOTICE:
Bleed the air from the brake line of the wheel furthest
from the master cylinder.
BR (a) Connect a vinyl tube to the bleeder plug.
(b) Depress the brake pedal several times, then loosen
the bleeder plug with the pedal depressed (*3).
C132853
(c) When fluid stops coming out, tighten the bleeder

plug, then release the brake pedal (*4).
(d) Repeat (*3) and (*4) until all the air in the fluid is
completely bled out.
(e) Tighten the bleeder plug completely.
(f) Repeat the above procedures for each wheel to
bleed the air from the brake line.
C132852
NOTICE:
After bleeding the air from the brake system, if the
height or feel of the brake pedal cannot be obtained,
bleed the air from the brake actuator assembly with
the intelligent tester by following the procedures
below.
(a) Depress the brake pedal more than 20 times with
the ignition switch off.
(b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3, then turn

the ignition switch on (IG).
NOTICE:
Do not start the engine.
(c) Turn the intelligent tester power on and select "AIR
BLEEDING" on the screen.
NOTICE:
• Refer to the intelligent tester operator's
manual for further details.
• Bleed the air by following the steps displayed
on the intelligent tester.
(d) Bleed the air according to "Step 1: Increase" on the
intelligent tester display.
DLC3 NOTICE:
Intelligent Tester
Make sure that the master cylinder reservoir
C131977E01
tank does not become empty of brake fluid.
(1) Connect a vinyl tube to either one of the
bleeder plugs.
(2) Depress the brake pedal several times, then
loosen the bleeder plug connected to the vinyl
tube with the pedal depressed (*5). BR
C132853
(3) When fluid stops coming out, tighten the

bleeder plug, then release the brake pedal (*6).
(4) Repeat (*5) and (*6) until all the air in the fluid
is completely bled out.
(5) Tighten the bleeder plug completely.
(6) Repeat the above procedures for the rest of the
wheels to bleed the air from the brake line.
(e) Bleed the air from the suction line according to "Step
C132852 2: Inhalation" on the intelligent tester display.
NOTICE:
• Bleed the suction line by following the steps
displayed on the intelligent tester.
• Make sure that the master cylinder reservoir
(1) Connect a vinyl tube to the bleeder plug at the
right front wheel or the right rear wheel and
loosen the bleeder plug.
(2) Operate the brake actuator assembly to bleed
the air using the intelligent tester (*7).
NOTICE:
• The operation stops automatically in 4
seconds.
• At this time, be sure to release the brake
C132854 pedal.
(3) Check that the operation has stopped by

referring to the intelligent tester display and
tighten the bleeder plug (*8).
(4) Repeat (*7) and (*8) until all the air in the fluid
is completely bled out.
(6) For the rest of the wheels, bleed the air in the
same way as stated in the above procedures.
C133305 (f) Bleed the air from the pressure reduction line
according to "Step 3: Decrease" on the intelligent
tester display.
NOTICE:
• Bleed the pressure reduction line by
following the steps displayed on the
intelligent tester.
bleeder plugs.
BR (2) Loosen the bleeder plug (*9).
(3) Using the intelligent tester, operate the brake
actuator assembly, completely depress the
brake pedal, and hold it.
NOTICE:
• The operation stops automatically in 4
seconds. When performing this
C132850 procedure continuously, an interval of at
least 20 seconds is required.
• When the operation is completed, the
brake pedal slightly goes down. This is a
normal phenomenon when the solenoid
opens.
• During this procedure, the pedal seems
heavy, but completely depress it so that
the brake fluid comes out from the
bleeder plug.
• Be sure to keep the brake pedal
depressed. Never depress and release
the pedal repeatedly.
(4) Tighten the bleeder plug, then release the
brake pedal (*10).
(5) Repeat steps (*9) to (*10) until all the air in the
fluid is completely bled out.
(7) Repeat the above procedures for the rest of the
brakes to bleed the air from the brake line.
(g) Bleed the air from the brake line again according to
C132852 "Step 4: Increase" on the intelligent tester display.
NOTICE:
• Bleed the air by following the steps displayed
on the intelligent tester.

bleeder plugs.
(2) Depress the brake pedal several times, then
loosen the bleeder plug connected to the vinyl
tube with the pedal depressed (*11).
C132850
(3) When fluid stops coming out, tighten the

bleeder plug, then release the brake pedal
(*12).
(4) Repeat (*11) and (*12) until all the air in the
fluid is completely bled out.
(6) Repeat the above procedures for each brake to BR
bleed the air from the brake line.
C132852 (h) Finish "AIR BLEEDING" on the intelligent tester and
turn off the power.
(i) Disconnect the intelligent tester from the DLC3.
(j) Turn the ignition switch off.
5. INSPECT FLUID LEVEL IN RESERVOIR
(a) Check the fluid level and add fluid if necessary.
Fluid:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No. 116 DOT3
If fluid leaks, tighten or replace the leaking part.
BRAKE – BRAKE PEDAL BR–11
BRAKE PEDAL
BRAKE
COMPONENTS
20 (204, 15)
FRONT WIPER ARM AND
BLADE ASSEMBLY LH
FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE ASSEMBLY RH
20 (204, 15)
FRONT FENDER TO
COWL SIDE SEAL RH
COWL TOP VENTILATOR

LOUVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
FRONT FENDER TO
COWL SIDE SEAL LH
85 (867, 63) 5.0 (51, 44 in.*lbf)
7.5 (77, 66 in.*lbf)

85 (867, 63)
BR
5.0 (51, 44 in.*lbf)
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR

AND LINK ASSEMBLY
COWL TOP OUTER FRONT PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
AIR CLEANER CAP

SUB-ASSEMBLY
AIR CLEANER FILTER

ELEMENT SUB-ASSEMBLY

C132703E02
BR–12 BRAKE – BRAKE PEDAL
for TMC made:
for Automatic Transaxle:
BR
13 (133, 10)
CONNECTOR
SUB-ASSEMBLY
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 10)
CLIP
CLUTCH RESERVOIR TUBE

13 (133, 10)
15 (155, 11) 15 (155, 11) O-RING

*14 (143, 10) *14 (143, 10)
FRONT BRAKE TUBE WAY

TO WAY TUBE
N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque Non-reusable part * For use with SST
C133461E01
for TMMK made without VSC:
BR
CONNECTOR SUB-ASSEMBLY
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 11)
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 11) O-RING
CLIP
13 (133, 10)
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 11) BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
15 (155, 11) TO WAY TUBE
*14 (143, 11)
C132705E02
for TMMK made with VSC:
BR
19 (194, 14)
*17 (173, 13)
O-RING
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 11)
CLIP
13 (133, 10)
15 (155, 11)
19 (194, 14) TO WAY TUBE
*17 (173, 13)
C132705E03
for TMC made:
BRAKE PEDAL RETURN SPRING
CLIP
PUSH ROD PIN

NO. 2 VACUUM HOSE 26 (265, 19)
13 (133, 10)
BRAKE BOOSTER
ASSEMBLY
PUSH ROD CLEVIS
BRAKE BOOSTER GASKET

BR
for TMMK made:
CLIP
NO. 2 VACUUM HOSE
PUSH ROD PIN
26 (265, 19)
13 (133, 10)
BRAKE BOOSTER BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER

ASSEMBLY PUSH ROD CLEVIS
N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque Non-reusable part Apply lithium soap base glycol grease
C132704E03
LOWER INSTRUMENT
COMBINATION
PANEL FINISH PANEL
METER ASSEMBLY
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
FINISH PANEL
BR
NO. 1 INSTRUMENT LOWER INSTRUMENT
PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY PANEL FINISH PANEL
BRAKE PEDAL SUPPORT

ASSEMBLY LOWER INSTRUMENT
PANEL FINISH PANEL LH
COWL SIDE TRIM CAP
COWL SIDE TRIM SUB-ASSEMBLY LH
FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE LH
C133445E02
13 (133, 10)
19 (194, 14)
NO. 1 BRAKE PEDAL
SUPPORT PLATE
1.5 (15, 13 in.*lbf)

STOP LIGHT SWITCH
19 (194, 14) ASSEMBLY
STOP LIGHT SWITCH

MOUNTING ADJUSTER
BRAKE PEDAL SUPPORT

ASSEMBLY
BRAKE PEDAL BUSHING

13 (133, 10) BR
19 (194, 14)
13 (133, 10)
PUSH ROD PIN

BRAKE PEDAL
SHAFT COLLAR for Manual Transaxle:
37 (377, 27)
CLIP
BRAKE PEDAL
SUB-ASSEMBLY
BRAKE PEDAL
RETURN SPRING
BRAKE PEDAL SUB-ASSEMBLY
BRAKE PEDAL PAD
N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque Non-reusable part Lithium soap base glycol grease
C132706E01
REMOVAL
TERMINAL
2. REMOVE FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE LH (See page
IR-24)
3. REMOVE COWL SIDE TRIM SUB-ASSEMBLY LH (See
page IR-25)
PANEL LH (See page ME-63)
8. REMOVE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FINISH PANEL
BR (See page ME-65)
9. REMOVE COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY (See
page ME-65)
10. REMOVE BRAKE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
HINT:
Refer to the procedures up to "REMOVE BRAKE
BOOSTER". (See page BR-42)
11. REMOVE BRAKE PEDAL SUPPORT ASSEMBLY
(a) Disconnect the stop light switch connector and
disengage the 2 clamps.
Clamp
C132710E01
(b) Remove 2 bolts (A), bolt (B) and the No. 1 brake
pedal support plate.
Bolt (A)
Bolt (A)
Bolt (B)
C132711E01
(c) Remove the bolt and the brake pedal support

assembly.
C132712
DISASSEMBLY
1. REMOVE STOP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY
(a) Turn the stop light switch assembly and remove it as
2. REMOVE STOP LIGHT SWITCH MOUNTING
ADJUSTER
(a) Remove the stop light switch mounting adjuster.
C132725
BR
3. REMOVE BRAKE PEDAL SUB-ASSEMBLY
(a) Remove the bolt and the nut.
(b) Remove the 2 brake pedal bushings, the brake
pedal shaft collar, and the brake pedal sub-
assembly.
4. REMOVE BRAKE PEDAL PAD
(a) Remove the brake pedal pad.
C132727
ADJUSTMENT
1. INSPECT AND ADJUST BRAKE PEDAL HEIGHT
(a) Inspect the brake pedal height.
Pedal height from dash panel
Stop Light Switch
Transaxle Specified condition
Automatic 129.9 to 139.9 mm (5.114 to 5.508 in.)
Manual 131.9 to 141.9 mm (5.193 to 5.587 in.)
(b) Adjust the brake pedal height.

(1) Disconnect the connector from the stop light
switch assembly.
(2) Remove the stop light switch.
Clevis Lock Nut (3) Loosen the push rod clevis lock nut.
(4) Adjust the pedal height by turning the push rod.
(5) Tighten the clevis lock nut.
Pedal Height
Dash Panel
C132713E01
(6) Insert the switch into the adjuster until the

Adjuster switch body touches the pedal.
NOTICE:
Do not depress the pedal.
(7) Rotate the switch a quarter turn clockwise.
Torque: 1.5 N*m (15 kgf*cm, 13 in.*lbf) or
less
Switch Body NOTICE:
Stop Light Switch
Brake Pedal Do not depress the pedal.
C111301E03 (8) Connect the connector.
(9) Check the switch clearance.

Cushion Standard stop light switch clearance:
1.5 to 2.5 mm (0.059 to 0.098 in.)
Stop Light Switch Assembly

1.5 to 2.5 mm (0.059 to 0.098 in.)
BR F043108E08
2. INSPECT PEDAL FREE PLAY

(a) Stop the engine. Press the pedal several times until
no vacuum is left in the booster. Then release the
pedal.
(b) Depress the pedal until a slight resistance is felt.
Measure the distance as shown in the illustration.
Pedal free play:
Pedal Free Play 1.0 to 6.0 mm (0.039 to 0.236 in.)
If the pedal free play is not as specified, check the
C132708E01 switch clearance in the next step. If the pedal free
play is as specified, proceed to the "CHECK PEDAL
RESERVE DISTANCE" procedure.
(c) Check the switch clearance.
Standard stop light clearance:
1.5 to 2.5 mm (0.059 to 0.098 in.)
If the clearance is not as specified, reinstall the
switch and recheck the pedal free play. If the
clearance is as specified, troubleshoot the brake
system and proceed to the "CHECK PEDAL
RESERVE DISTANCE" procedure.
3. INSPECT PEDAL RESERVE DISTANCE
(a) Release the parking brake pedal or parking brake
lever.
(b) With the engine running, depress the brake pedal
and measure the pedal reserve distance as shown
in the illustration.
Pedal reserve distance from the dash panel at
Pedal Reserve Distance 500 N (51 kgf, 112 lbf)
Dash Panel
Transaxle Specified condition
C138215E01
Automatic 61 mm (2.402 in.)
Manual 63 mm (2.480 in.)
If the distance is not as specified, troubleshoot the

brake system.
BR
REASSEMBLY
1. INSTALL BRAKE PEDAL PAD
(a) Install the brake pedal pad.
2. INSTALL BRAKE PEDAL SUB-ASSEMBLY
(a) Apply lithium soap base glycol grease to 2 new
brake pedal bushings.
(b) Install the brake pedal sub-assembly, the 2 brake
pedal bushings, and the brake pedal shaft collar to
the brake pedal support assembly with the bolt and
the nut as shown in the illustration.
3. INSTALL STOP LIGHT SWITCH MOUNTING
ADJUSTER
(a) Install the stop light switch mounting adjuster.
C132723
4. TEMPORARILY TIGHTEN STOP LIGHT SWITCH

ASSEMBLY
BR (a) Temporarily tighten the stop light switch assembly
as shown in the illustration.
Torque: 1.5 N*m (15 kgf*cm, 13 in.*lbf) or less
HINT:
Completely install the stop light switch assembly
after adjusting the brake pedal height.
C132726
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL BRAKE PEDAL SUPPORT ASSEMBLY
(a) Temporarily install the brake pedal support
assembly with the bolt.
NOTICE:
Fully tighten the bolt after installing the brake
booster assembly.
C132712
(b) Temporarily install the No. 1 brake pedal support

plate with 2 bolts (A) and bolt (B).
Bolt (A) NOTICE:
Fully tighten 2 bolts (A) and bolt (B) after
installing the brake booster assembly.
Bolt (A)
Bolt (B)
C132711E01
(c) Temporarily install the brake booster assembly and

the gasket with the 4 nuts.
C132719
(d) Fully tighten the bolt.

C132712
BR
(e) Fully tighten 2 bolts (A) and bolt (B).
Torque: Bolt (A)
Bolt (A) 19 N*m (194 kgf*cm, 14 ft.*lbf)
Bolt (B)
13 N*m (133 kgf*cm, 10 ft.*lbf)
Bolt (A)
Bolt (B)
C132711E01
(f) Engage the 2 clamps and connect the stop light

switch connector.
2. INSTALL BRAKE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
HINT:
Refer to the procedures up to "INSTALL BRAKE
BOOSTER ASSEMBLY". (See page BR-43)
Clamp
3. INSTALL COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY (See
page ME-67)
C132710E01
4. INSTALL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FINISH PANEL
(See page ME-68)
PANEL LH (See page ME-68)
9. INSTALL COWL SIDE TRIM SUB-ASSEMBLY LH (See

page IR-54)
10. INSTALL FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE LH (See page
IR-54)
TERMINAL
BR
BR–24 BRAKE – BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER

BRAKE
COMPONENTS
20 (204, 15)
FRONT WIPER ARM AND
BLADE ASSEMBLY LH
20 (204, 15)
FRONT FENDER TO
COWL SIDE SEAL RH
COWL TOP VENTILATOR

LOUVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
FRONT FENDER TO
COWL SIDE SEAL LH
85 (867, 63) 5.0 (51, 44 in.*lbf)
7.5 (77, 66 in.*lbf)

BR 85 (867, 63)
5.0 (51, 44 in.*lbf)

AND LINK ASSEMBLY
AIR CLEANER CAP

SUB-ASSEMBLY
AIR CLEANER FILTER


C132703E02
BRAKE – BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER BR–25
for TMC made:
BR
13 (133, 10)
CONNECTOR
SUB-ASSEMBLY
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 10)
CLIP

13 (133, 10)
15 (155, 11) 15 (155, 11) O-RING

*14 (143, 10) *14 (143, 10)

TO WAY TUBE
C133461E01
BR
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 11)
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 11) O-RING
CLIP
13 (133, 10)
15 (155, 11)
15 (155, 11) TO WAY TUBE
*14 (143, 11)
C132705E02
BR
19 (194, 14)
*17 (173, 13)
O-RING
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 11)
CLIP
13 (133, 10)
15 (155, 11)
19 (194, 14) TO WAY TUBE
*17 (173, 13)
C132705E03
REMOVAL
NOTICE:
• The structure of the master cylinder allows the piston
to pop out, so observe the following:
(a) for TMC made:
(1)The master cylinder requires careful handling.
Do not allow the master cylinder to receive any
impact, such as from being dropped. Do not
reuse a master cylinder that has been dropped.
(2)Do not scratch or damage the circumference of
the piston. For the seal to function correctly, all
sliding surfaces must not have any damage.
(3)Do not pull out the master cylinder piston.
(4)Make sure to release the vacuum from the brake
booster (by removing a vacuum hose, etc.)
before removing the master cylinder from the
brake booster.
(5)When installing the master cylinder, remove the
protectors for the piston and the discharge port.
(6)Apply the supplied grease to the outer diameter
BR of the piston and the inner diameter of the brake
booster.
(b) for TMMK made:
(1)Do not hold the master cylinder by the piston.
(Hold the master cylinder by its body or its
reservoir while transporting it.)
(2)Do not pull out the master cylinder piston.
(3)Do not strike or pinch the master cylinder piston,
and do not cause any damage to the master
cylinder piston by any other means.
(4)Make sure to release the vacuum from the brake
booster before removing the master cylinder
from the brake booster.
(5)When installing the master cylinder to the brake
booster, or when removing the master cylinder
from the brake booster, make sure that the
master cylinder is kept horizontal or its tip faces
downward (the piston faces upward) to prevent
the master cylinder piston from falling off.
(6)Do not allow any foreign objects to contaminate
the master cylinder piston. If a foreign object
gets on the piston, remove it by using a shop rag
or a piece of cloth and then apply an even layer
of lithium soap based glycol grease around the
circumference (sliding part) of the piston
(7)Do not use any other type of grease.
NOTICE:
• Stop the engine and depress the brake pedal
several times until no vacuum is left in the brake
booster.
• If the brake fluid leaks onto any painted surface,
wash off or remove the brake fluid completely.
2. REMOVE AIR CLEANER CAP SUB-ASSEMBLY (See

page ES-416)
3. REMOVE AIR CLEANER FILTER ELEMENT SUB-
ASSEMBLY
4. REMOVE FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE
ASSEMBLY LH (See page WW-9)
5. REMOVE FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE
ASSEMBLY RH (See page WW-9)
6. REMOVE FRONT FENDER TO COWL SIDE SEAL LH
(See page WW-9)
7. REMOVE FRONT FENDER TO COWL SIDE SEAL RH
(See page WW-9)
8. REMOVE COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER SUB-
ASSEMBLY (See page WW-10)
9. REMOVE WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR AND LINK
10. REMOVE COWL TOP OUTER FRONT PANEL SUB-
ASSEMBLY
BR
(a) Disengage the clamp.
(b) Remove the 4 nuts, the 4 bolts and the cowl top
outer front panel sub-assembly.
11. DISCONNECT CLUTCH RESERVOIR TUBE (for
Manual Transaxle)
(a) Move the clip and disconnect the clutch reservoir
tube from the brake master cylinder sub-assembly.
Clamp
Nut
Nut
C132714E01
12. REMOVE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER SUB-

ASSEMBLY (for TMC Made)
(a) Disconnect the connector.
C132716
(b) Using SST, disconnect the 6 brake lines and remove

the brake master cylinder to way tube.
SST 09023-00101
SST
C138468E01
(c) Remove the 2 nuts, the front brake tube way, the O-
ring and the brake master cylinder sub-assembly.
BR C132717

ASSEMBLY (for TMMK Made without VSC)
C138202

SST 09023-00101
SST
C138468E01
C138204

ASSEMBLY (for TMMK Made with VSC)
BR
C138202

SST 09023-38200, 09023-00101
SST
C138468E01
C138204
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT AND ADJUST BRAKE BOOSTER PUSH
ROD (for TMMK Made)
NOTICE:
• Make an adjustment with no vacuum in the brake
booster assembly. (Depress the brake pedal
several times with the engine stopped.)
• The brake booster made by TMC does not need
adjustment.
HINT:
• Adjustment of the brake booster push rod is required
when the brake master cylinder sub-assembly is
replaced with a new one.
• Adjustment is not necessary when the removed brake
master cylinder sub-assembly is reused and the
brake booster assembly is replaced with a new one.
(a) Apply chalk to the tip of the accessory tool.
HINT:
An accessory tool is enclosed with a new brake
master cylinder sub-assembly.
BR
(b) Place the accessory tool on the brake booster
assembly.
(c) Measure the clearance between the brake booster
push rod and accessory tool.
Standard clearance:
0 mm (0 in.)
HINT:
Adjust the clearance in the following cases:
Accessory Tool
• If there is a clearance between the accessory
C132707E01 tool and the shell of the brake booster (floating
accessory tool), the push rod is protruding too
far.
• If the chalk does not stick on the tip of the brake
booster push rod, the push rod protrusion is
insufficient.
(d) If the clearance is not as specified, adjust the push
rod length by holding the rod using SST and turning
the tip of the rod using a socket driver (7 mm, 0.28
SST in.).
SST 09737-00020
HINT:
Check the push rod clearance again after
adjustment.
C132720E01
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER SUB-
ASSEMBLY (for TMC Made)
(a) Install the O-ring, the brake master cylinder sub-
assembly and the front brake tube way with the 2
nuts .
C132717

(c) Install the brake master cylinder to way tube and
temporarily tighten the 6 brake lines.
BR
C132716
(d) Using the SST, fully tighten the 6 brake lines.

SST 09023-00101
Torque: without SST
SST 15 N*m (155 kgf*cm, 11 ft.*lbf)
with SST
14 N*m (143 kgf*cm, 10 ft.*lbf)
NOTICE:
300 mm (11.81 in.).
Fulcrum Length
C141971E01

ASSEMBLY (for TMMK Made without VSC)
nuts .
C138204

C138202

SST 09023-00101
Torque: without SST
BR with SST
14 N*m (143 kgf*cm, 10 ft.*lbf)
NOTICE:
300 mm (11.81 in.).
Fulcrum Length
C141971E01

ASSEMBLY (for TMMK Made with VSC)
nuts .
C138204

(B)
(A) (B)
C138203E01

SST 09023-00101, 09023-38200
Torque: (A) without SST
(A) with SST BR
14 N*m (143 kgf*cm, 10 ft.*lbf)
(B) without SST
19 N*m (194 kgf*cm, 14 ft.*lbf)
(B) with SST
17 N*m (173 kgf*cm, 13 ft.*lbf)
NOTICE:
Fulcrum Length • Use a torque wrench with a fulcrum length of
300 mm (11.81 in.).
C141971E01
4. CONNECT CLUTCH RESERVOIR TUBE (for Manual

Transaxle)
(a) Connect the clutch reservoir tube to the brake
master cylinder sub-assembly and move the clip.
6)
6. BLEED CLUTCH PIPE LINE (for Manual Transaxle)
(See page CL-19)
7. BLEED MASTER CYLINDER (See page BR-6)
(See page BR-8)
10. INSPECT FLUID LEVEL IN RESERVOIR (See page
BR-10)
12. INSTALL COWL TOP OUTER FRONT PANEL SUB-

ASSEMBLY
(a) Install the cowl top outer front panel sub-assembly
with the 4 nuts, the 4 bolts and the clamp.
Torque: Nut
85 N*m (867 kgf*cm, 63 ft.*lbf)
Bolt
5.0 N*m (51 kgf*cm, 44 in.*lbf)
13. INSTALL WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR AND LINK
Clamp
Nut
14. INSTALL COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER SUB-
Nut
15. INSTALL FRONT FENDER TO COWL SIDE SEAL LH
C132714E01 (See page WW-15)
16. INSTALL FRONT FENDER TO COWL SIDE SEAL RH
(See page WW-15)
17. INSTALL FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE
ASSEMBLY LH (See page WW-15)
BR 18. INSTALL FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE
ASSEMBLY RH (See page WW-16)
19. INSTALL AIR CLEANER FILTER ELEMENT SUB-
ASSEMBLY
20. INSTALL AIR CLEANER CAP SUB-ASSEMBLY (See
page ES-419)
BRAKE – BRAKE BOOSTER BR–37
BRAKE BOOSTER
BRAKE
COMPONENTS
20 (204, 15)
FRONT WIPER ARM AND
BLADE ASSEMBLY LH
20 (204, 15)
FRONT FENDER TO
COWL SIDE SEAL RH
COWL TOP VENTILATOR

LOUVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
FRONT FENDER TO
COWL SIDE SEAL LH
85 (867, 63) 5.0 (51, 44 in.*lbf)
7.5 (77, 66 in.*lbf)

85 (867, 63)
BR
5.0 (51, 44 in.*lbf)

AND LINK ASSEMBLY
AIR CLEANER CAP

SUB-ASSEMBLY
AIR CLEANER FILTER


C132703E02
BR–38 BRAKE – BRAKE BOOSTER
for TMC made:
BR
13 (133, 10)
CONNECTOR
SUB-ASSEMBLY
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 10)
CLIP

13 (133, 10)
15 (155, 11) 15 (155, 11) O-RING

*14 (143, 10) *14 (143, 10)

TO WAY TUBE
C133461E01
BR
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 11)
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 11) O-RING
CLIP
13 (133, 10)
15 (155, 11)
15 (155, 11) TO WAY TUBE
*14 (143, 11)
C132705E02
BR
19 (194, 14)
*17 (173, 13)
O-RING
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 11)
CLIP
13 (133, 10)
15 (155, 11)
19 (194, 14) TO WAY TUBE
*17 (173, 13)
C132705E03
for TMC made:
CLIP
PUSH ROD PIN

NO. 2 VACUUM HOSE 26 (265, 19)
13 (133, 10)
BRAKE BOOSTER
ASSEMBLY
PUSH ROD CLEVIS

BR
for TMMK made:
CLIP
NO. 2 VACUUM HOSE
PUSH ROD PIN
26 (265, 19)
13 (133, 10)
BRAKE BOOSTER BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER

ASSEMBLY PUSH ROD CLEVIS
N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque Non-reusable part Apply lithium soap base glycol grease
C132704E03
CORRECT INCORRECT
1. INSPECT BRAKE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
(a) Airtightness check.
(1) Start the engine and stop it after 1 or 2 minutes.
Slowly depress the brake pedal several times.
HINT:
If the pedal can be depressed to the floor the
3rd
1st 2nd
first time, but on the 2nd and 3rd time cannot
C132722E01
be depressed as far, the booster is airtight.
(2) Depress the brake pedal while the engine is
running, and stop the engine with the pedal
depressed.
HINT:
If there is no change in the pedal reserve
distance while holding the pedal for 30
seconds, the booster is airtight.
(b) Operation check.
(1) Depress the brake pedal several times with the
ignition switch off and check that there is no
BR change in the pedal reserve distance when the
pedal is depressed.
C128542
(2) Depress and hold down the pedal, and start the
engine.
HINT:
If the pedal goes down slightly, operation is
normal.
C128543
REMOVAL
1. REMOVE BRAKE PEDAL RETURN SPRING
(a) Remove the brake pedal return spring.
2. SEPARATE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER PUSH ROD
CLEVIS
C133454
3. DISCONNECT NO. 2 VACUUM HOSE

(a) Move the clip and disconnect the No. 2 vacuum
hose.
ASSEMBLY
HINT:
Refer to the procedures up to "REMOVE MASTER
CYLINDER". (See page BR-28)
C132715
5. REMOVE BRAKE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY

(a) Remove the 4 nuts and the brake booster assembly.
NOTICE:
Do not damage the brake lines.
C132719
BR
6. REMOVE BRAKE BOOSTER GASKET
(a) Remove the brake booster gasket.
7. REMOVE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER PUSH ROD
CLEVIS
(a) Loosen the lock nut and remove the brake master
cylinder push rod clevis.
C132835E02
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT VACUUM CHECK VALVE
(a) Inspect the vacuum check valve.
(1) Slide the clip and disconnect the vacuum hose.
(2) Remove the vacuum check valve.
(3) Check that there is ventilation from the booster
to the engine, and no ventilation from the
engine to the booster. If the results are not as
specified, replace the brake booster assembly.
Ventilation No ventilation
C133436E01
BR
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER PUSH ROD
CLEVIS
(a) Temporarily install the lock nut and the brake master
cylinder push rod clevis to the brake booster
assembly.
NOTICE:
Fully tighten the lock nut after adjusting the
pedal height.
2. INSTALL BRAKE BOOSTER GASKET
(a) Install a new brake booster gasket.
C132835E02 BR
3. INSTALL BRAKE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
(a) Install the brake booster assembly and the gasket
with the 4 nuts.
NOTICE:
Do not damage the brake lines.
C132719
4. CONNECT BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER PUSH ROD

CLEVIS
(a) Apply lithium soap base glycol grease to the push
rod pin.
(b) Connect the brake master cylinder push rod clevis
to the brake pedal with the push rod pin and a new
clip as shown in the illustration.
Lithium Soap Base Glycol Grease

C133452E01
5. INSTALL BRAKE PEDAL RETURN SPRING

(a) Install the brake pedal return spring.
6. INSPECT AND ADJUST BRAKE PEDAL HEIGHT (See
page BR-19)
ASSEMBLY
HINT:
Refer to the procedures up to "INSTALL BRAKE
C133454 MASTER CYLINDER". (See page BR-32)
8. CONNECT NO. 2 VACUUM HOSE

(a) Connect the No. 2 vacuum hose and move the clip.
C132715
BR
BRAKE – FRONT BRAKE BR–45
FRONT BRAKE
BRAKE
COMPONENTS
FRONT DISC BRAKE

BLEEDER PLUG CAP
8.3 (85, 73 in.*lbf)

FRONT DISC
FRONT DISC BRAKE
BLEEDER PLUG
FRONT BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE
29 (300, 21) BR
FRONT DISC BRAKE
BUSHING DUST BOOT
107 (1,090, 79)
NO. 1 FRONT DISC BRAKE

CYLINDER SLIDE PIN
GASKET
FRONT DISC BRAKE
CYLINDER MOUNTING
34 (350, 25)
DISC BRAKE CYLINDER
ASSEMBLY
NO. 2 FRONT DISC BRAKE

CYLINDER SLIDE PIN
FRONT DISC BRAKE

CYLINDER SLIDE BUSHING
FRONT DISC BRAKE

BUSHING DUST BOOT
FRONT DISC BRAKE PAD SUPPORT PLATE
Lithium soap base glycol grease Non-reusable part

C132811E01
BR–46 BRAKE – FRONT BRAKE
DISC BRAKE CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
for TMMK made:
CYLINDER BOOT
PISTON SEAL
BR
FRONT DISC BRAKE PISTON
CYLINDER BOOT SET RING
PAD WEAR INDICATOR
FRONT ANTI-SQUEAL SHIM
FRONT BRAKE PAD
FRONT ANTI-SQUEAL SHIM
Lithium soap base glycol grease Non-reusable part Disc brake grease
C132812E01
BR–56 BRAKE – FRONT BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE
FRONT BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE

BRAKE
COMPONENTS
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 10)
19 (194, 14)
CLIP FRONT BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE
29 (300, 21)
BR GASKET
C132792E01
BRAKE – FRONT BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE BR–57
REMOVAL
3. REMOVE FRONT BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE
SST
(a) Remove the clip.
(b) Remove the brake tube with SST while holding the
front brake flexible hose with a wrench.
SST 09023-00101
NOTICE:
• Do not bend or damage the brake tube.
• Do not allow any foreign matter such as dirt
and dust to enter the brake tube from the
C133341E01 connecting points.
(c) Remove the bolt, and separate the front brake
flexible hose and the speed sensor from the shock
absorber.
(d) Remove the union bolt, the front brake flexible hose
and gasket.
SST INSTALLATION BR
1. INSTALL FRONT BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE
(a) Connect the front brake flexible hose with the union
bolt and a new gasket.
(b) Connect the front flexible hose and the speed
sensor to the shock absorber with the bolt.
C133342E01
NOTICE:
When installing the front flexible hose and the
speed sensor, the bracket must face toward the
exterior of the vehicle.
(c) Connect the brake tube to the front brake flexible
hose with SST while holding the flexible hose with a
wrench.
SST 09023-00101
Torque: Without SST
15 N*m (155 kgf*cm, 11 ft.*lbf)
With SST
14 N*m (143 kgf*cm, 10 ft.*lbf)
NOTICE:
• Do not bend or damage the brake tube.
connecting points.
300 mm (11.81 in.).
BR–58 BRAKE – FRONT BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE
(d) Install the front brake flexible hose with a new clip.
NOTICE:
• When installing the front brake flexible hose,
face the identification mark toward the
exterior of the vehicle and minimize twisting
of the hose.
• Install the clip as far as it will go.
6)
(See page BR-8)
6. INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL IN RESERVOIR (See
page BR-10)
BR Torque: 103 N*m (1,050 kgf*cm, 76 ft.*lbf)
BR–58 BRAKE – REAR BRAKE
REAR BRAKE
BRAKE
COMPONENTS
33 (337, 24) REAR BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE
REAR DISC BRAKE

BLEEDER PLUG CAP
27 (275, 20)
8.3 (85, 73 in.*lbf)
BR REAR DISC BRAKE

GASKET BLEEDER PLUG
REAR DISC BRAKE

CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
REAR DISC BRAKE
BUSHING DUST BOOT
NO. 1 REAR DISC BRAKE

PAD SUPPORT PLATE
62 (632, 46)
REAR DISC BRAKE
CYLINDER SLIDE PIN
REAR DISC BRAKE
CYLINDER MOUNTING
REAR DISC
NO. 2 REAR DISC BRAKE
PAD SUPPORT PLATE

PARKING BRAKE SHOE
Non-reusable part ADJUSTING HOLE PLUG
Lithium soap base glycol grease

C132830E01
BRAKE – REAR BRAKE BR–59
REAR DISC BRAKE CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
PISTON SEAL
REAR DISC BRAKE PISTON
REAR ANTI-SQUEAL SHIM CYLINDER BOOT
BRAKE CYLINDER BR
REAR DISC BRAKE BOOT SET RING
PAD KIT (PAD ONLY)
REAR ANTI-SQUEAL SHIM

PAD WEAR INDICATOR
Disc brake grease Non-reusable part Lithium soap base glycol grease
C132829E01
REMOVAL
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for the RH side and LH side.
• The procedures listed below are for the LH side.
NOTICE:
If brake fluid leaks onto any painted surface of the
vehicle, wash or remove it completely.
3. REMOVE DISC BRAKE CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
(a) Remove the union bolt and gasket from the disc
brake cylinder assembly, then disconnect the
flexible hose.
C133332
BR
(b) Hold the front disc brake cylinder slide pin and
Hold remove the 2 bolts and disc brake cylinder
assembly.
Turn
C132794E02
DISASSEMBLY
1. REMOVE FRONT BRAKE PAD
(a) Remove the 2 brake pads from the front disc brake
cylinder mounting.
2. REMOVE FRONT ANTI-SQUEAL SHIM
(a) Remove the 2 anti-squeal shims and the 2 pad wear
indicator plates from each pad.
3. REMOVE FRONT DISC BRAKE PAD SUPPORT
PLATE
(a) Remove the 4 front disc brake pad support plates.
4. REMOVE FRONT DISC BRAKE CYLINDER
MOUNTING
(a) Remove the 2 bolts and front disc brake cylinder
mounting.
BR C132796
5. REMOVE NO. 1 FRONT DISC BRAKE CYLINDER

SLIDE PIN
(a) Remove the No. 1 front disc brake cylinder slide pin
No. 1 Slide Pin from the front disc brake cylinder mounting.
6. REMOVE NO. 2 FRONT DISC BRAKE CYLINDER
SLIDE PIN
(a) Remove the No. 2 front disc brake cylinder slide pin
from the front disc brake cylinder mounting.
No. 2 Slide Pin
C132798E03
7. REMOVE FRONT DISC BRAKE CYLINDER SLIDE

BUSHING
(a) Using a screwdriver, remove the cylinder slide
bushing from the No. 2 front disc brake cylinder
slide pin.
NOTICE:
Do not damage the No. 2 front disc brake
cylinder slide pin.
HINT:
C132797 Tape the screwdriver tip before use.
8. REMOVE FRONT DISC BRAKE BUSHING DUST

BOOT
(a) Remove the 2 bushing dust boots from the front disc
brake cylinder mounting.
C132799E03
9. REMOVE CYLINDER BOOT (for TMC Made)

(a) Using a screwdriver, remove the cylinder boot set
ring and the cylinder boot.
NOTICE:
Be careful not to damage the brake piston and
cylinder.
C132808
BR
10. REMOVE CYLINDER BOOT (for TMMK Made)
(a) Using a screwdriver, remove the cylinder boot.
NOTICE:
cylinder.
C132808
11. REMOVE FRONT DISC BRAKE PISTON

170 mm
(a) Prepare a wooden plate to hold the pistons.
(6.70 in.) 50 mm
(b) Place the wooden plate between the piston and the
(1.97 in.)
disc brake cylinder assembly.
30 mm
(1.18 in.)
C111364E08
(c) Use compressed air to remove the piston from the

CAUTION:
Do not place your fingers in front of the piston
when using compressed air.
NOTICE:
Do not spatter the brake fluid.
C132795
12. REMOVE PISTON SEAL

(a) Using a screwdriver, remove the piston seal from
the disc brake cylinder assembly.
NOTICE:
Do not damage the inner cylinder or cylinder
groove.
HINT:
Tape the screwdriver tip before use.
13. REMOVE FRONT DISC BRAKE BLEEDER PLUG CAP
C132807
(a) Remove the front disc brake bleeder plug cap.
14. REMOVE FRONT DISC BRAKE BLEEDER PLUG
15. REMOVE FRONT DISC
(a) Remove the front disc.
HINT:
Put matchmarks on the disc and the axle hub.
Matchmarks
BR
C132801E01
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT PAD LINING THICKNESS
(a) Using a ruler, measure the pad lining thickness.
Standard thickness:
12.0 mm (0.472 in.)
Minimum thickness:
1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
If the pad lining thickness is less than the minimum,
C132802
replace the brake pads.
HINT:
Be sure to check wear of the front disc after
replacing the brake pad with a new one.
2. INSPECT DISC THICKNESS
Micrometer
(a) Using a micrometer, measure the disc thickness.
Standard thickness:
28.0 mm (1.102 in.)
Minimum thickness :
25.0 mm ( 0.983 in.)
If the disc thickness is less than the minimum,
replace the front disc.
3. INSPECT BRAKE CYLINDER AND PISTON
C132803E01
(a) Check the cylinder bore and piston for rust or
scoring. If necessary, replace the disc brake cylinder
assembly.
4. INSPECT FRONT DISC BRAKE PAD SUPPORT
PLATE
(a) Make sure that the pad support plate has sufficient
rebound, has no deformation, cracks or wear, and
that all rust and dirt are cleaned off. If necessary,
replace the brake pad support plate.
5. INSPECT DISC RUNOUT

SST (a) Using SST to hold the disc, tighten the disc with the
3 hub nuts.
SST 09330-00021
HINT:
Use the SST to hold the disc while torquing the nuts.
C132804E02
(b) Using a dial indicator, measure the disc runout 10

Dial Indicator mm (0.39 in.) away from the outer edge of the disc.
Maximum disc runout:
0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
NOTICE:
• Keep the magnet of the dial indicator away
from the axle hub and speed sensor.
• Install the dial indicator to the shock
absorber.
C132800E02 (c) If the runout exceeds the maximum value, change BR
the installation positions of the disc and axle so that
the runout will become minimal. If the runout
exceeds the maximum even after the installation
positions are changed, check the bearing play in the
axial direction and the axle hub runout (See page
AH-16). If the bearing play and the axle hub runout
are normal and if the disc thickness is not within the
specified range, grind the disc. If the disc thickness
is less than the minimum, replace the disc.
(d) Remove the front disc.
REASSEMBLY
1. INSTALL FRONT DISC
(a) Align the matchmarks and install the front disc.
Matchmarks NOTICE:
When replacing the disc with a new one, select
the installation position where the front disc has
the minimum runout.
2. TEMPORARILY TIGHTEN FRONT DISC BRAKE
C132801E01 BLEEDER PLUG
(a) Temporarily tighten the front disc brake bleeder plug
to the disc brake cylinder sub-assembly.
3. INSTALL FRONT DISC BRAKE BLEEDER PLUG CAP
(a) Install the bleeder plug cap to the front disc brake
bleeder plug.
4. INSTALL PISTON SEAL
(a) Apply lithium soap base glycol grease to a new
piston seal.
(b) Install the piston seal to the disc brake cylinder
assembly.
5. INSTALL FRONT DISC BRAKE PISTON (for TMC

Made)
(a) Apply lithium soap base glycol grease to the piston
and a new cylinder boot.
(b) Install the cylinder boot to the piston.
(c) Install the piston to the disc brake cylinder
assembly.
NOTICE:
Do not install the piston forcibly in the cylinder
assembly.

C132810E02
BR 6. INSTALL CYLINDER BOOT (for TMC Made)

Set Ring
(a) Install the cylinder boot to the disc brake cylinder
assembly.
NOTICE:
Install the boot securely to the grooves of the
cylinder and piston.
(b) Using a screwdriver, install a new set ring.
Cylinder Piston NOTICE:
Cylinder Boot • Install the set ring securely to the grooves of
C132809E05 the cylinder boot.
• Do not damage the cylinder boot.
HINT:
7. INSTALL CYLINDER BOOT (for TMMK Made)
(a) Apply lithium soap base glycol grease to the piston
and a new cylinder boot.
(b) Install the cylinder boot to the piston as shown in
the illustration.
Piston
Cylinder boot
: Lithium soap base glycol grease

C109126E06
8. INSTALL FRONT DISC BRAKE PISTON (for TMMK

Made)
(a) Install the cylinder boot to the cylinder assembly.
NOTICE:
cylinder.
(b) Push in the piston by hand and install the boot seal
onto the grooves of the piston.
NOTICE:
Cylinder Boot
Piston piston.
Cylinder
C141192E01
9. INSTALL FRONT DISC BRAKE BUSHING DUST

BOOT
(a) Apply lithium soap base glycol grease to the seal
surface of 2 new bushing dust boots.
(b) Install the 2 bushing dust boots to the front disc BR
Lithium soap base
glycol grease
C132799E05
10. INSTALL FRONT DISC BRAKE CYLINDER SLIDE

BUSHING
(a) Apply lithium soap base glycol grease to a new front
disc brake cylinder slide bushing.
(b) Install the front disc brake cylinder slide bushing to
the No. 2 front disc brake cylinder slide pin.
11. INSTALL NO. 2 FRONT DISC BRAKE CYLINDER
SLIDE PIN
(a) Apply lithium soap base glycol grease to the sliding
C132805E02
part and the seal surface of the No. 2 front disc
brake cylinder slide pin.
(b) Install the No. 2 front disc brake cylinder slide pin to
the bottom side of the cylinder mounting.
No. 2 Slide Pin

C142647E02
12. INSTALL NO. 1 FRONT DISC BRAKE CYLINDER

SLIDE PIN
(a) Apply lithium soap base glycol grease to the sliding
part and the seal surface of the No. 1 front disc
brake cylinder slide pin.
C132826E02
(b) Install the No. 1 front disc brake cylinder slide pin.
No. 1 Slide Pin
BR C142648E02
13. INSTALL FRONT DISC BRAKE CYLINDER

MOUNTING
(a) Install the cylinder mounting with the 2 bolts.
14. INSTALL FRONT DISC BRAKE PAD SUPPORT
PLATE
C132796
15. INSTALL FRONT ANTI-SQUEAL SHIM

(a) Apply disc brake grease to the anti-squeal shims.
NOTICE:
• When replacing worn pads, the anti-squeal
shims must be replaced together with the
pads.
• Install the shims in the correct positions and
directions.
Area for disc brake grease application • Apply disc brake grease to the area that
C141886E01 contacts the anti-squeal shim.
• Disc brake grease can come out slightly from
the area where the anti-squeal shim is
installed.
• Make sure that disc brake grease is not
applied onto the lining surface.
(b) Install the 2 anti-squeal shims and the 2 pad wear

indicators to each pad.
Pad Wear NOTICE:
Indicator Install the pad wear indicators in the correct
positions and directions.
16. INSTALL FRONT BRAKE PAD
Anti-squeal (a) Install the 2 brake pads with anti-squeal shims to the
Shim disc brake cylinder mounting.
Disc Brake Pad
Anti-squeal
Shim
Disc brake grease
C132806E01
INSTALLATION
Hold
1. INSTALL DISC BRAKE CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
(a) Install the disc brake cylinder assembly with the 2
Turn bolts.
BR
C132794E02
(b) Connect the flexible hose with the union bolt and the
new gasket.
NOTICE:
Install the flexible hose lock securely in the lock
hole in the disc brake cylinder.
6)
C133332 3. BLEED MASTER CYLINDER (See page BR-6)
(See page BR-8)
page BR-10)
REMOVAL
NOTICE:
If brake fluid leaks onto any painted surface, wash or
remove it completely.
3. DISCONNECT REAR BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE
(a) Remove the union bolt and the gasket from the rear
disc brake cylinder assembly, then disconnect the
flexible hose.
C132824
4. REMOVE REAR DISC BRAKE CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

Hold (a) Hold the 2 front disc brake cylinder slide pins and
BR Turn remove the 2 bolts and rear disc brake cylinder
assembly.
C132823E01
DISASSEMBLY
1. REMOVE REAR DISC BRAKE PAD KIT (PAD ONLY)
(a) Remove the 2 brake pads with the anti-squeal
shims.
2. REMOVE REAR ANTI-SQUEAL SHIM KIT
(a) Remove the 2 anti-squeal shims and the 2 pad wear
indicator plates from each pad.
3. REMOVE NO. 1 REAR DISC BRAKE PAD SUPPORT
PLATE
(a) Remove the No. 1 rear disc brake pad support plate
from the rear disc brake cylinder mounting.
4. REMOVE NO. 2 REAR DISC BRAKE PAD SUPPORT
PLATE
(a) Remove the No. 2 rear disc brake pad support plate
5. REMOVE REAR DISC BRAKE CYLINDER MOUNTING
(a) Remove the 2 bolts and the rear disc brake cylinder
mounting.
BR
C132822
6. REMOVE REAR DISC BRAKE CYLINDER SLIDE PIN

(a) Remove the 2 pins (upper and lower) from the rear
C132821
7. REMOVE REAR DISC BRAKE BUSHING DUST BOOT

(a) Remove the 2 rear disc brake bushing dust boots
C132820
8. REMOVE CYLINDER BOOT

(a) Using a screwdriver, pry out the set ring and
cylinder boot.
NOTICE:
cylinder.
HINT:
C132814
9. REMOVE REAR DISC BRAKE PISTON

170 mm
(a) Prepare a wooden plate to hold the brake pistons.
(6.70 in.) 50 mm
(b) Place the wooden plate between the brake piston
(1.97 in.)
and the rear disc brake cylinder sub-assembly.
30 mm
(1.18 in.)
BR C111364E06
(c) Use compressed air to remove the piston from the

CAUTION:
Do not place your fingers in front of the brake
piston when using compressed air.
NOTICE:
Be careful not to spatter the brake fluid.
C132816
10. REMOVE PISTON SEAL

(a) Using a screwdriver, remove the piston seal from
the rear disc brake cylinder sub-assembly.
NOTICE:
Be careful not to damage the inner cylinder and
cylinder groove.
HINT:
11. REMOVE REAR DISC BRAKE BLEEDER PLUG CAP
C132817
(a) Remove the bleeder plug cap from the rear disc
brake bleeder plug.
12. REMOVE REAR DISC BRAKE BLEEDER PLUG
(a) Remove the rear disc brake bleeder plug from the
rear disc brake cylinder sub-assembly.
13. REMOVE PARKING BRAKE SHOE ADJUSTING
HOLE PLUG
(a) Remove the parking brake shoe adjusting hole plug.
14. REMOVE REAR DISC

Matchmarks (a) Put matchmarks on the rear disc and the axle hub.
C132813E01
(b) Release the parking brake and remove the rear

disc.
HINT:
If the disc cannot be removed easily, turn and press
firmly the shoe adjuster until the wheel comes free.
D028126
BR
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT BRAKE CYLINDER AND PISTON
(a) Inspect the cylinder bore and the piston for rust or
scoring. If necessary, replace the rear disc brake
cylinder assembly and piston.
2. INSPECT PAD LINING THICKNESS
(a) Using a ruler, measure the pad lining thickness.
Standard thickness:
11.0 mm (0.433 in.)
Minimum thickness:
1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
If the pad lining thickness is less than the minimum,
replace the brake pads.
HINT:
C132815 Be sure to check wear of the front disc after
replacing the brake pad with a new one.
3. INSPECT NO. 1 REAR DISC BRAKE PAD SUPPORT
PLATE
(a) Inspect the No. 1 rear disc brake pad support plate.
BR HINT:
Make sure that they have sufficient rebound, and
have no deformation, cracks or wear, and all rust
and dirt are cleaned off.
4. INSPECT NO. 2 REAR DISC BRAKE PAD SUPPORT
PLATE
HINT:
Inspect the No. 2 rear disc brake pad support plate using
the same procedure with the No. 1 rear disc brake pad
support plate.
5. INSPECT DISC THICKNESS
(a) Using a micrometer, measure the disc thickness.
Standard thickness:
10.0 mm (0.390 in.)
Micrometer Minimum thickness:
8.5 mm (0.334 in.)
If the disc thickness is less than the minimum,
replace the rear disc.
6. INSPECT DISC RUNOUT
C132819E01
(a) Install the rear disc.
(b) Temporarily fasten the rear disc with the 3 hub nuts.
(c) Using a dial indicator, measure the disc runout 10
Dial Indicator mm (0.39 in.) away from the outer edge of the rear
disc.
Maximum disc runout:
0.15 mm (0.0059 in.)
C132818E01
(d) If the runout exceeds the maximum value, change

the installation positions of the disc and axle so that
the runout will become minimal. If the runout
exceeds the maximum even after the installation
positions are changed, check the bearing play in the
axial direction and the axle hub runout (See page
AH-16). If the bearing play and the axle hub runout
are normal and if the disc thickness is not within the
specified range, grind the disc. If the disc thickness
is less than the minimum, replace the disc.
(e) Remove the 3 hub nuts.
(f) Remove the rear disc.
Matchmarks
REASSEMBLY
1. INSTALL REAR DISC
(a) Aligning the matchmarks, install the rear disc.
HINT:
When replacing the rear disc with a new one, select
the installation position where the rear disc has the
minimum runout.
2. ADJUST PARKING BRAKE SHOE CLEARANCE BR
C132813E01 (See page PB-63)
HINT:
Hold the rear disc with hub nuts by applying parking
brake before adjusting the parking brake shoe clearance.
3. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE SHOE ADJUSTING HOLE
PLUG
(a) Install the parking brake shoe adjusting hole plug.
4. TEMPORARILY TIGHTEN REAR DISC BRAKE
BLEEDER PLUG
(a) Temporarily install the rear disc brake bleeder plug
to the rear disc brake cylinder sub-assembly.
5. INSTALL REAR DISC BRAKE BLEEDER PLUG CAP
(a) Install the rear disc brake bleeder plug cap to the
rear disc brake bleeder plug.
6. INSTALL PISTON SEAL
(a) Apply lithium soap base glycol grease to a new
piston seal.
(b) Install the piston seal to the rear disc brake cylinder
sub-assembly.
7. INSTALL REAR DISC BRAKE PISTON

(a) Apply lithium soap base glycol grease to the rear
disc brake piston and a new cylinder boot.
(b) Install the cylinder boot to the rear disc brake piston.
(c) Install the piston to the rear disc brake cylinder sub-
assembly.
NOTICE:
Do not install the piston forcibly in the disc
brake cylinder.
:Lithium soap base glycol grease

C132827E01
8. INSTALL CYLINDER BOOT

Set Ring Piston (a) Install the cylinder boot to the rear disc brake
cylinder sub-assembly.
NOTICE:
BR • Install the boot securely onto the grooves of
the cylinder and the piston.
• Do not damage the cylinder boot.
(b) Using a screwdriver, install the set ring.
Cylincer Cylinder Boot CAUTION:
C133333E01 Be careful not to damage the boot.
9. INSTALL REAR DISC BRAKE BUSHING DUST BOOT
(a) Apply lithium soap base glycol grease to the seal
surface of 2 new rear disc brake bushing dust boots.
(b) Install the 2 rear disc brake bushing dust boots to
the rear disc brake cylinder mounting.

C132828E01
10. INSTALL REAR DISC BRAKE CYLINDER SLIDE PIN

(a) Apply lithium soap base glycol grease to the pins.
C132826E01
(b) Install the 2 pins (upper and lower) to the rear brake
cylinder mounting.
C132821
BR
11. INSTALL REAR DISC BRAKE CYLINDER MOUNTING
(a) Install the rear disc brake cylinder mounting with the
2 bolts.
12. INSTALL NO. 1 REAR DISC BRAKE PAD SUPPORT
PLATE
(a) Install the No. 1 rear disc brake pad support plate to
C132822 13. INSTALL NO. 2 REAR DISC BRAKE PAD SUPPORT
PLATE
(a) Install the No. 2 rear disc brake pad support plate to
14. INSTALL REAR ANTI-SQUEAL SHIM KIT
(a) Apply disc brake grease to the inside of the anti-
squeal shims.
NOTICE:
• When replacing worn pads, the anti-squeal
shims must be replaced together with the
pads.
• Apply disc brake grease to the area that
Area for disc brake grease application contacts the anti-squeal shim.
C141885E01 • Disc brake grease can come out slightly from
the area where the anti-squeal shim is
installed.
• Make sure that disc brake grease is not
applied onto the lining surface.
(b) Install the 2 anti-squeal shims and the pad wear

Disc brake pad indicators to each of the 2 brake pads.
NOTICE:
Install the pad wear indicator and anti-squeal
shims in the correct positions and directions.
15. INSTALL REAR DISC BRAKE PAD KIT (PAD ONLY)
(a) Install the 2 brake pads with anti-squeal shims to the
rear disc brake cylinder mounting.
Anti-squeal shim
Pad wear
indicator Anti-squeal shim
Disc brake grease

C132825E01
INSTALLATION
Hold
Turn 1. INSTALL REAR DISC BRAKE CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
(a) Install the disc brake cylinder assembly with the 2
BR bolts.
NOTICE:
Install the rear disc brake bushing dust boot
onto the groove of the rear disc brake cylinder.
C132823E01
2. CONNECT REAR BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE

(a) Connect the flexible hose with the union bolt and a
new gasket.
6)
C132824

(See page BR-8)
7. INSPECT FLUID LEVEL IN RESERVOIR (See page
BR-10)
8. CHECK FOR BRAKE FLUID LEAKAGE
BRAKE – REAR BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE BR–67
REAR BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE

BRAKE
COMPONENTS
19 (194, 14)
CLIP
15 (155, 11)
*14 (143, 10)
GASKET
BR
REAR BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE
33 (337, 24)
C132789E02
BR–68 BRAKE – REAR BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE
REMOVAL
3. REMOVE REAR BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE
(a) Remove the union bolt, the rear brake flexible hose
and gasket.
C132824
(b) Remove the bolt and separate the rear brake

flexible hose.
BR
C132791E02
(c) Using SST, remove the brake line while holding the
SST
rear brake flexible hose with a wrench.
SST 09023-00101
NOTICE:
• Do not bend or damage the brake line.
connecting points.
(d) Remove the clip.
C133343E02
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL REAR BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE
(a) Connect the rear brake flexible hose with the union
bolt and a new gasket.
(b) Install the rear brake flexible hose with a new clip.
NOTICE:
• When installing the rear brake flexible hose,
C132824
face the identification mark toward the
exterior of the vehicle and minimize twisting
of the hose.
• Install the clip as far as it will go.
BRAKE – REAR BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE BR–69
(c) Using SST, connect the brake line to the rear brake
SST flexible hose while holding the flexible hose with a
wrench.
SST 09023-00101
Torque: Without SST
15 N*m (155 kgf*cm, 11 ft.*lbf)
With SST
14 N*m (143 kgf*cm, 10 ft.*lbf)
NOTICE:
C133344E01 • Do not bend or damage the brake tube.
connecting points.
300 mm (11.81 in.).
(d) Connect the rear flexible hose and the speed sensor
to the shock absorber with the bolt.
NOTICE: BR
When installing the rear flexible hose and the
speed sensor, the bracket must face toward the
exterior of the vehicle.
6)
C132791E02

4. BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (w/ VSC) (See page
BR-8)
page BR-10)
6. CHECK FOR BRAKE FLUID LEAKAGE
BR–70 BRAKE – STOP LIGHT SWITCH
STOP LIGHT SWITCH

BRAKE
COMPONENTS
COMBINATION METER
with Smart Key
System:
LOWER INSTRUMENT
PANEL FINISH PANEL
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
FINISH PANEL
BR LOWER INSTRUMENT PANEL FINISH PANEL

NO. 1 INSTRUMENT
PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
STOP LIGHT SWITCH

CONNECTOR
LOWER INSTRUMENT PANEL FINISH PANEL LH
without Driver Side Airbag:
INSTRUMENT PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
C133310E01
BRAKE – STOP LIGHT SWITCH BR–71
Cushion
1. INSPECT STOP LIGHT SWITCH
(a) Check the protrusion of the rod.
Protrusion of the rod:
1.5 to 2.5 mm (0.059 to 0.098 in.)
If the protrusion is not within the specified range,
Stop Light Switch Assembly adjust it.
CAUTION:
1.5 to 2.5 mm (0.059 to 0.098 in.) Do not depress the brake pedal.
F043108E08
BR
BR–72 BRAKE – STOP LIGHT SWITCH
REMOVAL
1. REMOVE FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE (See page IR-
24)
2. REMOVE COWL SIDE TRIM SUB-ASSEMBLY (See
page IR-25)
PANEL LH (See page IP-20)
7. REMOVE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FINISH PANEL
(See page IP-22)
8. REMOVE COMBINATION METER (See page IP-32)
BR 9. REMOVE STOP LIGHT SWITCH
(a) Disconnect the stop light switch assembly connector
from the stop light switch assembly.
C133309E01
(b) Turn the stop light switch assembly

counterclockwise and remove the stop light switch
assembly.
C133307
Stop Light Switch:

INSPECTION
1. INSPECT STOP LIGHT SWITCH
(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
the table below.
Standard resistance
Free Pushed In
1-2 Switch pin pushed in 10 kΩ or higher
F047752E05
If the measurement result is not normal, replace the
stop light switch assembly.
BRAKE – STOP LIGHT SWITCH BR–73
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL STOP LIGHT SWITCH
(a) Insert the stop light switch assembly until the body
hits the cushion.
NOTICE:
When inserting the stop light switch assembly,
support the pedal from behind so that the pedal
is not pushed in.
C133308
(b) Make a quarter turn clockwise to install the stop light

Stop Light Switch switch assembly.
Torque: 1.5 N*m (15 kgf*cm, 13 in.*lbf) or less
NOTICE:
When inserting the stop light switch assembly,
support the pedal from behind so that the pedal
is not pushed in.
1.5 to 2.5 mm (0.060 to 0.098 in.)

C131701E02
BR
(c) Connect the stop light switch connector to the stop
light switch assembly.
(d) Check the protrusion of the rod (See page BR-71).
2. INSTALL COMBINATION METER (See page IP-56)
3. INSTALL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FINISH PANEL
(See page IP-57)
C133309E01

PANEL LH (See page IP-58)
8. INSTALL COWL SIDE TRIM SUB-ASSEMBLY (See
page IR-54)
9. INSTALL FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE (See page IR-
54)
PARKING BRAKE – PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM PB–1
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM

Use the table below to help determine the cause of the
problem. The numbers indicate the priority of the likely cause
of the problem. Check each part in order. If necessary,
replace these parts.

1. Parking brake lever travel (Out of adjustment) PB-1
2. Parking brake pedal travel (Out of adjustment) PB-1
3. Parking brake wire (Sticking) [No. 1 cable] PB-48
Brake drag 4. Parking brake wire (Sticking) [No. 2/No. 3 cable] PB-48
5. Parking brake shoe clearance (Out of adjustment) PB-1
6. Parking brake shoe lining (Cracked or distorted) PB-60
7. Tension or return spring (Damaged) PB-58
PB
PB–2 PARKING BRAKE – PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM
ADJUSTMENT
2. ADJUST PARKING BRAKE SHOE CLEARANCE
(a) Temporarily install the hub nuts.
(b) Remove the shoe adjusting hole plug.
(c) Turn the shoe adjuster and expand the shoe until
Expand the disc locks.
(d) Turn and contract the shoe adjuster until the disc
can rotate smoothly.
Standard:
Return 8 notches
(e) Check that there is no brake drag against the shoe.
Contract (f) Install the shoe adjusting hole plug.
(g) Remove the hub nuts.
C131914E01
4. INSPECT PARKING BRAKE PEDAL TRAVEL (for
Automatic Transaxle)
(a) Fully depress the parking brake pedal and release it
to engage the parking brake.
PB (b) Depress the pedal to the floor again, and release it
to disengage the parking brake.
(c) Slowly depress the parking brake pedal to the floor,
and count the number of clicks.
Parking brake pedal travel:
7 to 10 notches at 300 N (31 kgf, 67 lbf)
5. ADJUST PARKING BRAKE PEDAL TRAVEL (for
(a) Depress the parking brake pedal. Hold the No. 1
wire adjusting nut using a wrench and loosen the
lock nut.
C107204
(b) Release the parking brake pedal.
(c) Turn the No. 1 wire adjusting nut until the parking
No. 1 Wire Adjusting Nut brake pedal travel meets the above specification.
(d) Hold the No. 1 wire adjusting nut using a wrench or
an equivalent tool and tighten the lock nut.
(e) Count the number of clicks after depressing and
releasing the parking brake pedal 3 or 4 times.
(f) Check whether the parking brake drags.
Lock Nut (g) When operating the parking brake pedal, check that
C133443E01 the parking brake indicator light comes on.
6. INSPECT PARKING BRAKE LEVER TRAVEL (for
Manual Transaxle)
(a) Pull the parking brake lever firmly.
(b) Release the parking brake lock, and return the
parking brake lever to its off position.
PARKING BRAKE – PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM PB–3
(c) Slowly pull the parking brake lever all the way up,
and count the number of clicks.
Parking brake lever travel:
7 to 9 notches at 200 N (20 kgf, 45 lbf)
7. ADJUST PARKING BRAKE LEVER TRAVEL (for
Manual Transaxle)
(a) Pull up the parking brake lever. Hold the No. 1 wire
adjusting nut using a wrench and loosen the lock
nut.
C131910
(b) Release the parking brake lever.
(c) Turn the No. 1 wire adjusting nut until the parking
brake lever travel meets the above specification.
(d) Hold the No. 1 wire adjusting nut using a wrench or
Lock Nut an equivalent tool and tighten the lock nut.
Wire Adjusting
No. 1 Nut Torque: 5.0 N*m (51 kgf*cm, 44 in.*lbf)
(e) Count the number of clicks after depressing and
releasing the parking brake lever 3 or 4 times.
(f) Check whether the parking brake drags.
(g) When operating the parking brake lever, check that
C131913E01 the parking brake indicator light comes on.
PB
PARKING BRAKE – PARKING BRAKE LEVER PB–3
PARKING BRAKE LEVER

PARKING BRAKE
BRAKE
COMPONENTS
for Manual Seat:
FRONT SEAT HEADREST ASSEMBLY
SEAT TRACK
COVER RH
37 (377, 27)
INNER SEAT TRACK
BRACKET COVER RH
PB
37 (377, 27)
FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH
INNER SEAT TRACK

BRACKET COVER LH
37 (377, 27) SEAT TRACK

COVER LH
37 (377, 27)
FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY LH

B132048E01
PB–4 PARKING BRAKE – PARKING BRAKE LEVER
for Power Seat:
SEAT TRACK COVER RH
37 (377, 27) INNER SEAT TRACK

BRACKET COVER LH
37 (377, 27)
PB
INNER SEAT TRACK

BRACKET COVER RH
37 (377, 27)
SEAT TRACK
COVER LH
37 (377, 27)

B132047E01
for TMC made:
DRIVER SIDE KNEE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY

INSTRUMENT PANEL NO. 2 UNDER
COVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
10 (102, 7)



<A> PB

 or <C>
<A>
LOWER INSTRUMENT
LOWER INSTRUMENT
PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
UPPER CONSOLE <F>

PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
<F>
C133459E01
for TMMK made:

COVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
10 (102, 7)
<O>
<O>
PB <O>
<N>
<O> or 
<O> or 
<N>
LOWER INSTRUMENT
LOWER INSTRUMENT
PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
UPPER CONSOLE <O>

PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
<O>
C133459E02
NO. 1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FINISH PANEL GARNISH
SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-ASSEMBLY
UPPER CONSOLE PANEL
PB
UPPER CONSOLE REAR PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
FLOOR CARPET BRACKET RH
FLOOR CARPET BRACKET LH
C133456E01
for TMC made:

CONSOLE BOX POCKET
CONSOLE BOX CARPET
for Manual Air

NO. 1 CONSOLE BOX INSERT FRONT Conditioning System: <G>
<G>
<F>
<F>
<F> <F>
<F>
PB
<F> CONSOLE BOX
<F> <F> ASSEMBLY
NO. 2 CONSOLE BOX INSERT FRONT

for Automatic Air
Conditioning System: <G>
<G>
<F>
<F>
CONSOLE BOX
ASSEMBLY
C141955E01
for TMMK made:

CONSOLE BOX POCKET
CONSOLE BOX CARPET
for Manual Air <S> or <T>

NO. 1 CONSOLE BOX INSERT FRONT Conditioning System: <S> or <T>
<O>
<O>
<O>
<O>
<O>
PB
<O> CONSOLE BOX
<O> <O> ASSEMBLY
NO. 2 CONSOLE BOX INSERT FRONT for Automatic Air

<S> or <T>
Conditioning System: <S> or <T>
<O>
<O>
CONSOLE BOX
ASSEMBLY
C141955E02
FRONT DOOR OPENING

TRIM WEATHERSTRIP RH
REAR DOOR OPENING

REAR DOOR SCUFF PLATE RH
LOWER CENTER PILLAR GARNISH RH
FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE RH
LUGGAGE DOOR
COWL SIDE TRIM SUB-ASSEMBLY RH
LOCK OPEN LEVER
SUB-ASSEMBLY
PB
FRONT FLOOR CARPET ASSEMBLY
CROSS MEMBER FLOOR NO. 4 REAR DOOR OPENING

REINFORCEMENT SUB-ASSEMBLY TRIM WEATHERSTRIP LH
LOWER CENTER PILLAR GARNISH LH
FRONT DOOR OPENING

TRIM WEATHERSTRIP LH
COWL SIDE TRIM

SUB-ASSEMBLY LH
REAR DOOR SCUFF PLATE LH
C132673E01
5.0 (51, 44 in.*lbf)
21 (214, 15)*
NO. 1 WIRE ADJUSTING NUT
22 (224, 16)**
PARKING BRAKE LEVER

SUB-ASSEMBLY
1.0 (10, 9.0 in.*lbf)
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH ASSEMBLY
NO. 3 PARKING
NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE BRAKE CABLE
CABLE ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
PB
NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE 21 (214, 15)*
22 (224, 16)**
CABLE ASSEMBLY
PARKING BRAKE EQUALIZER
N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque * For TMC made ** For TMMK made
C132672E01
REMOVAL
1. PRECAUTION
(See page IP-1)
TERMINAL (for Manual Seat)
CAUTION:
prevent the airbag working. (See page RS-1)
3. REMOVE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY LH (for Manual
Seat)
HINT:
Refer to the procedures up to "REMOVE FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (for Manual Seat)". (See page SE-16)
4. REMOVE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (for Manual
Seat)
HINT:
Use the same procedures for the RH side and the LH
side.
5. REMOVE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY LH (for Power
PB Seat)
HINT:
ASSEMBLY (for Power Seat)". (See page SE-30)
6. REMOVE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (for Power
Seat)
HINT:
side.
page IR-25)
8. REMOVE COWL SIDE TRIM SUB-ASSEMBLY RH
(See page IR-26)
9. REMOVE INSTRUMENT PANEL NO. 2 UNDER
COVER SUB-ASSEMBLY (See page IP-23)
12. REMOVE DRIVER SIDE KNEE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY
(See page RS-370)
13. REMOVE LOWER INSTRUMENT PANEL SUB-
ASSEMBLY (for TMC Made) (See page IP-23)
ASSEMBLY (for TMMK Made) (See page IP-24)
15. REMOVE SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-ASSEMBLY (See
page IP-24)

18. REMOVE UPPER CONSOLE PANEL (See page IP-25)
19. REMOVE UPPER CONSOLE REAR PANEL SUB-
20. REMOVE UPPER CONSOLE PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
(for TMC Made) (See page IP-27)
(for TMMK Made) (See page IP-27)
22. REMOVE CONSOLE BOX POCKET (See page IP-28)
23. REMOVE CONSOLE BOX CARPET (See page IP-28)
24. REMOVE CONSOLE BOX ASSEMBLY (for TMC
Made) (See page IP-28)
25. REMOVE CONSOLE BOX ASSEMBLY (for TMMK
26. REMOVE NO. 2 CONSOLE BOX INSERT FRONT (for
TMC Made) (See page IP-29)
PB
TMMK Made) (See page IP-30)
30. REMOVE FLOOR CARPET BRACKET LH (See page
AC-155)
31. REMOVE FLOOR CARPET BRACKET RH (See page
AC-155)
IR-24)
33. REMOVE FRONT DOOR OPENING TRIM
WEATHERSTRIP LH
34. REMOVE REAR DOOR SCUFF PLATE LH (See page
IR-24)
35. REMOVE REAR DOOR OPENING TRIM
WEATHERSTRIP LH
36. REMOVE LOWER CENTER PILLAR GARNISH LH
(See page IR-25)
37. REMOVE FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE RH (See page
IR-26)
38. REMOVE FRONT DOOR OPENING TRIM
WEATHERSTRIP RH
39. REMOVE REAR DOOR SCUFF PLATE RH (See page

IR-24)
40. REMOVE REAR DOOR OPENING TRIM
WEATHERSTRIP RH
41. REMOVE LOWER CENTER PILLAR GARNISH RH
(See page IR-26)
42. REMOVE LUGGAGE DOOR LOCK OPEN LEVER
SUB-ASSEMBLY
(a) Remove the screw.
(b) Disengage the claw and remove the luggage door
open lever sub-assembly.
43. REMOVE FRONT FLOOR CARPET ASSEMBLY
(a) Disengage the 6 clamps and the 2 claws.
C132659
PB
Clamp
Clamp
C132661E01
(b) Turn back the front floor carpet assembly until the
bolts of the cross member floor No. 4 reinforcement
sub-assembly can be seen.
44. REMOVE CROSS MEMBER FLOOR NO. 4
REINFORCEMENT SUB-ASSEMBLY
(a) Remove the 8 bolts and the cross member floor No.
4 reinforcement sub-assembly.
C132658
45. SEPARATE NO. 3 PARKING BRAKE CABLE

ASSEMBLY
(a) Separate the No. 3 parking brake cable assembly
from the parking brake equalizer.
C138184

ASSEMBLY
Separate the No. 2 parking brake cable assembly from
the parking brake equalizer.
C138185
47. REMOVE PARKING BRAKE EQUALIZER PB

(a) Slide the rubber boot as shown in the illustration.
C138196
(b) Remove the parking brake equalizer from the No. 1

parking brake cable assembly.
C132657
48. REMOVE PARKING BRAKE LEVER SUB-ASSEMBLY

(b) Remove the 2 bolts, the clip, and the parking brake
lever.
C131911
DISASSEMBLY
1. REMOVE NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE CABLE
ASSEMBLY
(a) Using a screwdriver, pull up the parking brake lever
claw.
C131912
(b) Remove the lock nut, the No. 1 wire adjusting nut,
and the No. 1 parking brake cable assembly from
the parking brake lever sub-assembly.
Lock Nut
No. 1 Wire
Adjusting Nut
C132670E01
PB 2. REMOVE PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ASSEMBLY

(a) Remove the screw and the parking brake switch
assembly.
C132654
REASSEMBLY
1. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ASSEMBLY
(a) Install the parking brake switch assembly with the
screw.
Torque: 1.0 N*m (10 kgf*cm, 9.0 in.*lbf)
2. INSTALL NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE CABLE ASSEMBLY
(a) Pass the No. 1 parking brake cable assembly
through the parking brake lever sub-assembly.
C132654
(b) Temporarily tighten the lock nut and the No. 1 wire
adjusting nut.
NOTICE:
Lock Nut Fully tighten the lock nut when adjusting the
parking brake lever travel.
No. 1 Wire
Adjusting Nut
C132670E01
(c) Bend the parking brake lever claw.
C132671
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE LEVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
(a) Install the parking brake lever sub-assembly with
the 2 bolts and the clip.
Torque: for TMC made
21 N*m (214 kgf*cm, 15 ft.*lbf)
for TMMK made
22 N*m (224 kgf*cm, 16 ft.*lbf)
C131911
(b) Connect the parking brake switch connector.
2. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE EQUALIZER

(a) Install the parking brake equalizer to the No. 1
PB
C132657
(b) Slide the rubber boot back as shown in the

illustration.
C132656

(a) Connect the No. 2 parking brake cable assembly to
C138185

C138184
5. INSTALL CROSS MEMBER FLOOR NO. 4

REINFORCEMENT SUB-ASSEMBLY
(a) Install the cross member floor No. 4 reinforcement
sub-assembly with the 8 bolts.
6. INSTALL FRONT FLOOR CARPET ASSEMBLY
(a) Engage the 6 clamps and the 2 claws and install the
front floor carpet assembly.
C132658
PB
Clamp
Clamp
C132661E01
7. INSTALL LUGGAGE DOOR LOCK OPEN LEVER

SUB-ASSEMBLY
(a) Engage the claw and install the luggage door open
lever sub-assembly with the screw.
8. INSTALL LOWER CENTER PILLAR GARNISH LH
(See page IR-53)
9. INSTALL REAR DOOR OPENING TRIM
WEATHERSTRIP LH (See page IR-55)
C132659
10. INSTALL REAR DOOR SCUFF PLATE LH (See page
IR-56)
11. INSTALL FRONT DOOR OPENING TRIM

WEATHERSTRIP LH (See page IR-54)
IR-54)
13. INSTALL LOWER CENTER PILLAR GARNISH RH
(See page IR-54)
14. INSTALL REAR DOOR OPENING TRIM
WEATHERSTRIP RH (See page IR-56)
15. INSTALL REAR DOOR SCUFF PLATE RH (See page
IR-56)
16. INSTALL FRONT DOOR OPENING TRIM
WEATHERSTRIP RH (See page IR-55)
17. INSTALL FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE RH (See page
IR-55)
18. INSTALL FLOOR CARPET BRACKET LH
19. INSTALL FLOOR CARPET BRACKET RH
20. INSTALL NO. 2 CONSOLE BOX INSERT FRONT (for
PB
24. INSTALL CONSOLE BOX ASSEMBLY (for TMC Made)
(See page IP-51)
25. INSTALL CONSOLE BOX ASSEMBLY (for TMMK
26. INSTALL CONSOLE BOX CARPET (See page IP-51)
27. INSTALL CONSOLE BOX POCKET (See page IP-51)
28. INSTALL UPPER CONSOLE PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
30. INSTALL UPPER CONSOLE REAR PANEL SUB-
31. INSTALL UPPER CONSOLE PANEL (See page IP-54)
34. INSTALL SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-ASSEMBLY (See
page IP-55)
35. INSTALL LOWER INSTRUMENT PANEL SUB-

37. INSTALL INSTRUMENT PANEL NO. 2 UNDER COVER
SUB-ASSEMBLY (See page IP-56)
38. INSTALL DRIVER SIDE KNEE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY
(See page RS-370)
page IR-54)
42. INSTALL COWL SIDE TRIM SUB-ASSEMBLY RH (See
page IR-55)
43. INSTALL FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY LH (for Manual
Seat)
PB HINT:
Refer to the procedures up to "INSTALL FRONT SEAT
44. INSTALL FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (for Manual
Seat)
HINT:
side.
45. INSTALL FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY LH (for Power
Seat)
HINT:
46. INSTALL FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (for Power
Seat)
HINT:
side.
47. INSPECT PARKING BRAKE LEVER TRAVEL (See
page PB-2)
48. ADJUST PARKING BRAKE LEVER TRAVEL (See
page PB-2)
50. PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION AND
SENSITIVITY CHECK
(See page RS-242)
52. INSPECT SLIDE ADJUSTER LOCK (for Manual Seat)
53. INSPECT FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY (for Power Seat)

(See page SE-42)
PB
PARKING BRAKE – PARKING BRAKE PEDAL PB–21
PARKING BRAKE PEDAL

PARKING BRAKE
BRAKE
COMPONENTS
for TMC made:
10 (102, 7)


<A>
 
INSTRUMENT PANEL
 or <C> NO. 2 UNDER COVER
LOWER INSTRUMENT SUB-ASSEMBLY
<A> PANEL FINISH PANEL LH
PB
LOWER INSTRUMENT
PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
FRONT DOOR FRONT DOOR

SCUFF PLATE LH <F> SCUFF PLATE RH
<F>
UPPER CONSOLE PANEL

SUB-ASSEMBLY
C133466E01
PB–22 PARKING BRAKE – PARKING BRAKE PEDAL
for TMMK made:

10 (102, 7)
<O>
<O>
<N>
<O> or <O>
INSTRUMENT PANEL
<O> or NO. 2 UNDER COVER
LOWER INSTRUMENT SUB-ASSEMBLY
<N> PANEL FINISH PANEL LH
LOWER INSTRUMENT
PB PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
FRONT DOOR FRONT DOOR

SCUFF PLATE LH <O> SCUFF PLATE RH
<O>
UPPER CONSOLE PANEL

SUB-ASSEMBLY

C133466E02
for TMC made:
CONSOLE BOX POCKET
CONSOLE BOX CARPET
for Manual Air <G>

<F> <F>
<F>
<F> <F>
<F> <F>
<F>
NO. 2 CONSOLE
BOX INSERT FRONT
PB
18 (184, 13)
CONSOLE BOX
ASSEMBLY
for Automatic Air

CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY <G>
<F>
<F>
with VSC:
13 (133, 10)
YAW RATE AND

ACCELERATION
SENSOR
CONSOLE BOX
ASSEMBLY
C141956E01
for TMMK made:
CONSOLE BOX POCKET

CONSOLE BOX CARPET
for Manual Air <S> or <T>

<O> <O> Conditioning System:
<S> or <T>
<O>
<O>
<O>
<O>
<O> <O>
PB
18 (184, 13)
CONSOLE BOX
ASSEMBLY
for Automatic Air <S> or <T>

CENTER AIRBAG Conditioning System: <S> or <T>
SENSOR ASSEMBLY
<O>
<O>
with VSC:
13 (133, 10)
YAW RATE AND

ACCELERATION
SENSOR
CONSOLE BOX
ASSEMBLY
C141957E01
NO. 1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

FINISH PANEL GARNISH
FLOOR SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR

HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY

PB
for Automatic Air

Conditioning System:
12 (122, 9)
FLOOR SHIFT LEVER ASSEMBLY

NO. 1 CONSOLE BOX DUCT
12 (122, 9)
C133457E02
39 (398, 29)
1.0 (10, 9.0 in.*lbf)
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH ASSEMBLY
PARKING PEDAL PAD

PARKING BRAKE PEDAL ASSEMBLY
39 (398, 29)
PB 5.4 (55, 48 in.*lbf)

CLIP
NO. 1 WIRE ADJUSTING NUT
NO. 1 PARKING
BRAKE CABLE CLAMP 15 (153, 11)
5.4 (55, 48 in.*lbf)
NO. 4 PARKING BRAKE NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE

CABLE ASSEMBLY CABLE ASSEMBLY 5.4 (55, 48 in.*lbf)
CLIP
PARKING BRAKE
EQUALIZER
TMMK made: 5.4 (55, 48 in.*lbf)

CABLE ASSEMBLY CABLE ASSEMBLY

C133442E02
REMOVAL
1. PRECAUTION
(See page IP-1)
TERMINAL
CAUTION:
IR-24)
page IR-25)
5. REMOVE FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE RH (See page
IR-26)
6. REMOVE COWL SIDE TRIM SUB-ASSEMBLY RH
(See page IR-26)
8. REMOVE LOWER INSTRUMENT PANEL FINISH PB
9. REMOVE DRIVER SIDE KNEE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY
(See page RS-370)
10. REMOVE INSTRUMENT PANEL NO. 2 UNDER
COVER SUB-ASSEMBLY (See page IP-23)
13. REMOVE SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-ASSEMBLY (See
page IP-24)
16. REMOVE FLOOR SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR
17. REMOVE UPPER CONSOLE REAR PANEL SUB-
20. REMOVE CONSOLE BOX POCKET (See page IP-28)
21. REMOVE CONSOLE BOX CARPET (See page IP-28)
22. REMOVE CONSOLE BOX ASSEMBLY (for TMC

23. REMOVE CONSOLE BOX ASSEMBLY (for TMMK
28. REMOVE NO. 1 CONSOLE BOX DUCT (for Automatic
Air Conditioning System) (See page AC-154)
29. REMOVE FLOOR CARPET BRACKET LH (See page
AC-155)
30. REMOVE FLOOR CARPET BRACKET RH (See page
AC-155)
PB 31. REMOVE YAW RATE AND ACCELERATION SENSOR
(w/ VSC) (See page BC-447)
32. REMOVE FLOOR SHIFT LEVER ASSEMBLY
(a) Remove the 4 bolts and the floor shift lever
assembly.
33. REMOVE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
(See page RS-442)
C132691
34. DISCONNECT NO. 4 PARKING BRAKE CABLE

Hold ASSEMBLY
(a) Using a wrench, hold the lock nut and loosen the
turnbuckle.
(b) Disconnect the No. 4 parking brake cable assembly
from the No. 1 parking brake cable assembly.
Turn
C132693E01
35. REMOVE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL ASSEMBLY

(a) Using needle-nose pliers, remove the clip from the
No. 1 parking brake cable assembly.
(b) Remove the bolt, nut, and the No. 1 parking brake
cable clamp.
C132692
PB
C132694
(c) Separate the No. 1 parking brake cable assembly

from the body.
(d) Disconnect the parking brake switch connector.
(e) Remove the bolt, 2 nuts, and the parking brake
pedal assembly with the No. 1 parking brake cable
assembly from the body.
C132695
DISASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
(a) Using a screwdriver, pull up the parking brake pedal
claw.
C132698
(b) Remove the lock nut and the No. 1 wire adjusting
nut.
C132697
PB (c) Using needle nose pliers, remove the clip and the
No. 1 parking brake cable from the parking brake
pedal assembly.
C132696
2. REMOVE PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ASSEMBLY

(a) Remove the screw and the parking brake switch
assembly.
C132700
3. REMOVE PARKING PEDAL PAD

(a) Remove the parking pedal pad.
C132702
REASSEMBLY
1. INSTALL PARKING PEDAL PAD
(a) Install the parking pedal pad to the parking brake
pedal assembly.
C132702
2. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ASSEMBLY

(a) Install the parking brake switch assembly with the
screw.
Torque: 1.0 N*m (10 kgf*cm, 9.0 in.*lbf)
(a) Pass the No. 1 parking brake cable assembly
through the pedal guide.
C132700
(b) Using a brass bar and a hammer, install the clip to PB

the No. 1 parking brake cable assembly.
C133439
(c) Temporarily tighten the the lock nut and No. 1 wire
adjusting nut.
NOTICE:
Fully tighten the lock nut and the No. 1 wire
adjusting nut when adjusting the parking brake
pedal travel.
C132697
(d) Bend the parking brake pedal claw.
C132699
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE PEDAL ASSEMBLY
(a) Install the parking brake pedal assembly with the
bolt and 2 nuts.
(b) Connect the parking brake switch connector.
(c) Install the No. 1 parking brake cable assembly to the
body with the bolt, the nut, and a new No. 1 parking
brake cable clamp.
C132695
PB
C133453
Torque: Bolt
15 N*m (153 kgf*cm, 11 ft.*lbf)
Nut
5.4 N*m (55 kgf*cm, 48 in.*lbf)
(d) Using a brass bar and a hammer, install the clip to
2. CONNECT NO. 4 PARKING BRAKE CABLE
ASSEMBLY
C133438
(b) Using a wrench, hold the lock nut and tighten the
Hold turnbuckle.
3. INSTALL CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
(See page RS-442)
Turn
C132693E01
4. INSTALL FLOOR SHIFT LEVER ASSEMBLY

(a) Install the floor shift lever assembly with the 4 bolts.
(w/ VSC) (See page BC-448)
6. INSTALL FLOOR CARPET BRACKET LH
7. INSTALL FLOOR CARPET BRACKET RH
C132691 8. INSTALL NO. 1 CONSOLE BOX DUCT (for Automatic
Air Conditioning System) (See page AC-177)
9. INSTALL NO. 2 CONSOLE BOX INSERT FRONT (for PB
13. INSTALL CONSOLE BOX ASSEMBLY (for TMC Made)
(See page IP-51)
14. INSTALL CONSOLE BOX ASSEMBLY (for TMMK
15. INSTALL CONSOLE BOX CARPET (See page IP-51)
16. INSTALL CONSOLE BOX POCKET (See page IP-51)
19. INSTALL UPPER CONSOLE REAR PANEL SUB-
20. INSTALL FLOOR SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR
23. INSTALL SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-ASSEMBLY (See

page IP-55)
26. INSTALL INSTRUMENT PANEL NO. 2 UNDER COVER
SUB-ASSEMBLY (See page IP-56)
27. INSTALL DRIVER SIDE KNEE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY
(See page RS-370)
page IR-54)
IR-54)
PB 32. INSTALL COWL SIDE TRIM SUB-ASSEMBLY RH (See
page IR-55)
33. INSTALL FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE RH (See page
IR-55)
34. INSPECT PARKING BRAKE PEDAL TRAVEL (See
page PB-1)
35. ADJUST PARKING BRAKE PEDAL TRAVEL (See
page PB-1)
TERMINAL
37. INSPECT SENSOR SIGNAL (See page BC-448)
PARKING BRAKE – PARKING BRAKE CABLE PB–35
PARKING BRAKE CABLE

PARKING BRAKE
BRAKE
COMPONENTS
for Manual Seat:
SEAT TRACK
COVER RH
37 (377, 27)
INNER SEAT TRACK
BRACKET COVER RH
PB
37 (377, 27)
INNER SEAT TRACK

BRACKET COVER LH
37 (377, 27) SEAT TRACK

COVER LH
37 (377, 27)

B132048E01
PB–36 PARKING BRAKE – PARKING BRAKE CABLE
for Power Seat:
SEAT TRACK COVER RH
37 (377, 27) INNER SEAT TRACK

BRACKET COVER LH
37 (377, 27)
PB
INNER SEAT TRACK

BRACKET COVER RH
37 (377, 27)
SEAT TRACK
COVER LH
37 (377, 27)

B132047E01
for TMC made:

COVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
10 (102, 7)



<A> PB

 or <C>
<A>
LOWER INSTRUMENT
LOWER INSTRUMENT
PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
UPPER CONSOLE <F>

PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
<F>
C133459E01
for TMMK made:

COVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
10 (102, 7)
<O>
<O>
PB <O>
<N>
<O> or 
<O> or 
<N>
LOWER INSTRUMENT
LOWER INSTRUMENT
PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
UPPER CONSOLE <O>

PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
<O>
C133459E02
for TMC made:

NO. 1 CONSOLE
BOX INSERT FRONT CONSOLE BOX POCKET
NO. 2 CONSOLE
BOX INSERT FRONT
CONSOLE BOX CARPET
for Manual Air <G>

<F> <F>
<F>
<F> <F>
<F> <F>
<F>
PB
18 (184, 13)
CONSOLE BOX
ASSEMBLY
for Automatic Air

CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY <G>
<F>
<F>
for Automatic Transaxle with VSC:
13 (133, 10)
YAW RATE AND

ACCELERATION
SENSOR
CONSOLE BOX
ASSEMBLY
C141956E02
for TMMK made:
NO. 1 CONSOLE CONSOLE BOX POCKET

BOX INSERT FRONT
NO. 2 CONSOLE
BOX INSERT FRONT CONSOLE BOX CARPET
for Manual Air

<S> or <T>
<O> <O> Conditioning System:
<S> or <T>
<O>
<O>
<O>
<O>
<O> <O>

PB
18 (184, 13)
CONSOLE BOX
ASSEMBLY
for Automatic Air <S> or <T>

CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY <S> or <T>
for Automatic Transaxle with VSC: <O>

<O>
13 (133, 10)
YAW RATE AND

ACCELERATION
SENSOR
CONSOLE BOX
ASSEMBLY
C141957E02
UPPER CONSOLE PANEL
PB
C133456E02
NO. 1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

FINISH PANEL GARNISH
FLOOR SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR

HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY
PB
for Automatic Air

12 (122, 9)
FLOOR SHIFT LEVER ASSEMBLY

NO. 1 CONSOLE BOX DUCT
12 (122, 9)
C133457E03
FRONT DOOR OPENING

REAR DOOR OPENING

REAR DOOR SCUFF PLATE RH
LOWER CENTER PILLAR GARNISH RH
FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE RH
LUGGAGE DOOR
LOCK OPEN LEVER
SUB-ASSEMBLY
PB
FRONT FLOOR CARPET ASSEMBLY
CROSS MEMBER FLOOR NO. 4 REAR DOOR OPENING

REINFORCEMENT SUB-ASSEMBLY TRIM WEATHERSTRIP LH
LOWER CENTER PILLAR GARNISH LH
FRONT DOOR OPENING

TRIM WEATHERSTRIP LH
COWL SIDE TRIM

SUB-ASSEMBLY LH
REAR DOOR SCUFF PLATE LH
C132673E01
5.0 (51, 44 in.*lbf)

NO. 1 WIRE
ADJUSTING NUT
21 (214, 15)*
22 (224, 16)**
PARKING BRAKE LEVER

SUB-ASSEMBLY
NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE

CABLE ASSEMBLY
NO. 3 PARKING
BRAKE CABLE
ASSEMBLY
21 (214, 15)*
22 (224, 16)**
PB NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE
CABLE ASSEMBLY
N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque * For TMC made ** For TMMK made
C138181E01
39 (398, 29)
PARKING BRAKE
PEDAL ASSEMBLY
39 (398, 29)
NO. 1 WIRE
5.4 (55, 48 in.*lbf)
ADJUSTING NUT
CLIP PB
NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE
CABLE ASSEMBLY
15 (153, 11)
NO. 1 PARKING
5.4 (55, 48 in.*lbf) BRAKE CABLE CLAMP
NO. 4 PARKING BRAKE
CABLE ASSEMBLY 5.4 (55, 48 in.*lbf)
CLIP
PARKING BRAKE
EQUALIZER
TMMK made:
5.4 (55, 48 in.*lbf)
NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE

NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE CABLE ASSEMBLY
CABLE ASSEMBLY


C138178E01
PARKING BRAKE SHOE HOLD 62 (632, 46)

DOWN SPRING NO. 2 PIN
REAR DISC BRAKE
CALIPER ASSEMBLY
REAR DISC
PARKING BRAKE
SHOE HOLD DOWN
SPRING NO. 1 PIN PARKING BRAKE SHOE RETURN
TENSION NO. 1 SPRING
PARKING BRAKE
SHOE STRUT
PB NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE

PARKING BRAKE SHOE ADJUSTING
SHOE ASSEMBLY HOLE PLUG
SHOE STRUT
COMPRESSION
SPRING
NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE PARKING BRAKE SHOE HOLD
SHOE ASSEMBLY DOWN SPRING NO. 2 CUP
PARKING BRAKE
SHOE HOLD
DOWN SPRING
PARKING BRAKE
SHOE HOLD DOWN
SPRING NO. 1 CUP PARKING BRAKE SHOE
RETURN TENSION NO. 2
PARKING BRAKE SPRING
SHOE HOLD DOWN
SPRING NO. 2 CUP
PARKING BRAKE
SHOE HOLD DOWN PARKING BRAKE
SPRING NO. 1 CUP SHOE ADJUSTING
PARKING BRAKE SHOE SCREW SET
HOLD DOWN SPRING
N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque Apply high temperature grease

C138182E01
for 2AZ-FE:
GASKET
TAILPIPE ASSEMBLY
43 (438, 32)
EXHAUST PIPE SUPPORT NO. 4
56 (571, 41) 43 (438, 32)
CENTER EXHAUST
PIPE ASSEMBLY

56 (571, 41)
PB
GASKET
for 2GR-FE:
EXHAUST TAIL
PIPE ASSEMBLY
43 (438, 32)
EXHAUST CENTER 43 (438, 32)

PIPE ASSEMBLY
GASKET
GASKET 56 (571, 41)
43 (438, 32)
GASKET
56 (571, 41)
EXHAUST TAIL
EXHAUST PIPE SUPPORT NO. 4 PIPE ASSEMBLY
43 (438, 32)
C138183E01
NO. 3 PARKING BRAKE CABLE ASSEMBLY
8.5 (87, 75 in.*lbf) 8.0 (82, 71 in.*lbf)
6.0 (61, 53 in.*lbf)

PARKING BRAKE
CABLE CLAMP
for 2AZ-FE:
PB NO. 2 FRONT FLOOR HEAT

LOWER INSULATOR
4.9 (50, 43 in.*lbf)

C131895E01
REMOVAL
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for the No. 2 parking brake
cable assembly and No. 3 parking brake cable assembly.
• The procedures listed below are for the No. 3 parking
brake cable assembly.
1. PRECAUTION
(See page IP-20)
CAUTION:
3. REMOVE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY LH (for Manual
Seat)
HINT:
4. REMOVE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (for Manual
Seat)
HINT:
PB
side.
5. REMOVE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY LH (for Power
Seat)
HINT:
6. REMOVE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (for Power
Seat)
HINT:
side.
7. REMOVE PARKING BRAKE LEVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
(for Manual Transaxle)
HINT:
Refer to the procedures up to "REMOVE PARKING
BRAKE LEVER". (See page PB-11)
ASSEMBLY (for Manual Transaxle) (See page PB-15)
9. REMOVE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL ASSEMBLY (for
HINT:
Refer to the procedures up to "REMOVE PARKING
BRAKE PEDAL". (See page PB-27)
ASSEMBLY (for Automatic Transaxle) (See page PB-
30)
11. REMOVE LUGGAGE DOOR LOCK OPEN LEVER

SUB-ASSEMBLY (for Automatic Transaxle) (See
page PB-13)
12. REMOVE FRONT FLOOR CARPET ASSEMBLY (for
Automatic Transaxle) (See page PB-14)
13. REMOVE CROSS MEMBER FLOOR NO. 4
REINFORCEMENT SUB-ASSEMBLY (for Automatic
Transaxle) (See page PB-14)
ASSEMBLY (for Automatic Transaxle)
(a) Separate the No. 3 parking brake cable assembly
C133446

PB (a) Separate the No. 2 parking brake cable assembly
C133455

(a) Slide the rubber boot as shown in the illustration.
C132655
(b) Remove the No. 4 parking brake cable assembly

from the parking brake equalizer as shown in the
illustration.
17. REMOVE CENTER EXHAUST PIPE ASSEMBLY (for
2AZ-FE) (See page EX-2)
18. REMOVE EXHAUST TAIL PIPE ASSEMBLY (for 2GR-
FE) (See page EX-2)
19. REMOVE EXHAUST CENTER PIPE ASSEMBLY (for
C132657
2GR-FE) (See page EX-2)
20. REMOVE NO. 2 FRONT FLOOR HEAT LOWER

INSULATOR (for 2AZ-FE)
(a) Remove the 3 nuts and the No. 2 front floor heat
lower insulator.
22. SEPARATE REAR DISC BRAKE CALIPER
ASSEMBLY (See page PB-58)
23. REMOVE REAR DISC (See page PB-58)
C132669
24. REMOVE PARKING BRAKE SHOE RETURN

TENSION NO. 1 SPRING (See page PB-58)
25. REMOVE PARKING BRAKE SHOE STRUT (See page
PB-58)
26. REMOVE NO. 1 PARKING BRAKE SHOE ASSEMBLY
(See page PB-58)
SCREW SET (See page PB-59)
(See page PB-59)
29. REMOVE NO. 3 PARKING BRAKE CABLE PB
ASSEMBLY
(a) Remove the 2 bolts and separate the No. 3 parking
brake cable assembly from the backing plate.
C132666
(b) Using needle-nose pliers, remove the clip from the

No. 3 parking brake cable assembly.
C138186E01
(c) Remove the 3 bolts (A), the bolt (B), and the nut (C),
and disengage each claw.
Nut (C)
Bolt (A)
Bolt (B)
PB
Bolt (A)
C132668E03
(d) Remove the No. 3 parking brake cable assembly

from the body.
(e) Remove the parking brake cable clamp.
Axle Carrier
Side
C132667E01
INSTALLATION
(a) Install the parking brake cable clamp to the No. 3
(b) Install the No. 3 parking brake cable assembly with
Axle Carrier
the 3 bolts (A), the bolt (B) and the nut (C), and
Side
engage each claw.
Torque: Bolt (A)
C132667E01
8.5 N*m (87 kgf*cm, 75 in.*lbf)
Bolt (B) and Nut (C)
6.0 N*m (61 kgf*cm, 53 in.*lbf)
Nut (C)
PB
Bolt (A)
Bolt (B)
Bolt (A)
C132668E03
(c) Install the No. 3 parking brake cable assembly to the

backing plate with the 2 bolts.
C132666
(d) Using a brass bar and a hammer, install the clip to

2. INSTALL NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE SHOE ASSEMBLY
(See page PB-61)
3. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE SHOE ADJUSTING
SCREW SET (See page PB-62)
(See page PB-62)
5. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE SHOE STRUT (See page
PB for Automatic Transaxle: PB-62)
6. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE SHOE RETURN TENSION
NO. 1 SPRING (See page PB-62)
7. CHECK PARKING BRAKE INSTALLATION (See page
PB-63)
8. INSTALL REAR DISC (See page PB-63)
9. ADJUST PARKING BRAKE SHOE CLEARANCE (See
C138187E01
page PB-63)
(See page PB-63)
12. INSTALL NO. 2 FRONT FLOOR HEAT LOWER
INSULATOR (for 2AZ-FE)
(a) Install the No. 2 front floor heat lower insulator with
the 3 nuts.
13. INSTALL CENTER EXHAUST PIPE ASSEMBLY (for
2AZ-FE) (See page EX-4)
14. INSTALL EXHAUST CENTER PIPE ASSEMBLY (for
C132669 2GR-FE) (See page EX-4)
15. INSTALL EXHAUST TAIL PIPE ASSEMBLY (for 2GR-
FE) (See page EX-5)

(for Automatic Transaxle)
(a) Install the No. 4 parking brake cable assembly to the
parking brake equalizer.
C132657
(b) Slide the rubber boot back as shown in the

illustration.
Rubber Boot
C132656E01
17. CONNECT NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE CABLE PB

C133455
18. CONNECT NO. 3 PARKING BRAKE CABLE

19. INSTALL CROSS MEMBER FLOOR NO. 4
REINFORCEMENT SUB-ASSEMBLY (for Automatic
Transaxle) (See page PB-18)
20. INSTALL FRONT FLOOR CARPET ASSEMBLY (for
C133446 Automatic Transaxle) (See page PB-18)
21. INSTALL LUGGAGE DOOR LOCK OPEN LEVER
SUB-ASSEMBLY (for Automatic Transaxle) (See
page PB-18)
(for Manual Transaxle) (See page PB-16)
23. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE LEVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
(for Manual Transaxle)
HINT:
Refer to the procedures up to "INSTALL PARKING
BRAKE LEVER". (See page PB-17)

(for Automatic Transaxle) (See page PB-31)
25. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE PEDAL ASSEMBLY (for
HINT:
Refer to the procedures up to "INSTALL PARKING
BRAKE PEDAL". (See page PB-32)
26. INSTALL FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY LH (for Manual
Seat)
HINT:
27. INSTALL FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (for Manual
Seat)
HINT:
side.
28. INSTALL FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY LH (for Power
Seat)
HINT:
PB Refer to the procedures up to "INSTALL FRONT SEAT
29. INSTALL FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (for Power
Seat)
HINT:
side.
Manual Transaxle) (See page PB-2)
35. PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION AND
SENSITIVITY CHECK
HINT:
(See page RS-242)
37. INSPECT SLIDE ADJUSTER LOCK (for Manual Seat)
38. INSPECT FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY (for Power Seat)
(See page SE-42)
39. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAKS (See page EX-5)
PARKING BRAKE – PARKING BRAKE ASSEMBLY PB–57
PARKING BRAKE ASSEMBLY

PARKING BRAKE
BRAKE
COMPONENTS
PARKING BRAKE SHOE HOLD REAR DISC BRAKE
DOWN SPRING NO. 2 PIN 62 (632, 46) CALIPER ASSEMBLY
PARKING BRAKE SHOE HOLD

DOWN SPRING NO. 1 PIN
PARKING BRAKE REAR DISC

SHOE GUIDE PLATE
PARKING BRAKE
SHOE RETURN
TENSION NO. 1 18 (184, 13)
SPRING PARKING BRAKE SHOE
GUIDE PLATE SET BOLT PB
PARKING BRAKE SHOE STRUT
NO. 2 PARKING BRAKE SHOE ADJUSTING

SHOE ASSEMBLY HOLE PLUG
C-WASHER
PARKING BRAKE SHOE STRUT PARKING BRAKE SHOE HOLD

COMPRESSION SPRING DOWN SPRING NO. 2 CUP
SHIM
NO. 1 PARKING PARKING BRAKE SHOE
BRAKE SHOE HOLD DOWN SPRING
ASSEMBLY PARKING BRAKE
SHOE LEVER
PARKING BRAKE
SHOE HOLD
PARKING BRAKE DOWN SPRING NO. 1 CUP
SHOE HOLD
DOWN SPRING
NO. 2 CUP
PARKING BRAKE
PARKING BRAKE SHOE SHOE RETURN
ADJUSTING SCREW SET TENSION NO. 2
SPRING
PARKING BRAKE SHOE
HOLD DOWN SPRING
N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque Non-reusable part High temperature grease
C131896E01
PB–58 PARKING BRAKE – PARKING BRAKE ASSEMBLY
DISASSEMBLY
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for the RH side and the LH side.
• The procedures listed below are for the LH side.
2. SEPARATE REAR DISC BRAKE CALIPER
ASSEMBLY
(a) Remove the 2 bolts and separate the rear disc
brake caliper assembly.
HINT:
Do not disconnect the flexible hose from the disc
brake caliper assembly.
C132653
3. REMOVE REAR DISC

Matchmarks (a) Release the parking brake and place the
matchmarks on the rear disc and the axle hub.
(b) Remove the rear disc.
HINT:
PB If the disc cannot be removed easily, turn the shoe
adjuster until the wheel turns freely.
C132813E02
4. REMOVE PARKING BRAKE SHOE RETURN

TENSION NO. 1 SPRING
(a) Using needle-nose pliers, remove the 2 parking
brake shoe return tension No. 1 springs.
5. REMOVE PARKING BRAKE SHOE STRUT
(a) Remove the parking brake shoe strut and the
parking brake shoe strut compression spring.
C132651

(a) Release the claw of the parking brake shoe hold
down spring No. 1 cup.
(b) Remove the No. 1 parking brake shoe assembly as
(c) Remove the parking brake shoe hold down spring
No. 1 cup, the parking brake shoe hold down spring,
the parking brake shoe hold down spring No. 2 cup,
and the parking brake shoe hold down spring No. 1
C133469 pin.

SCREW SET
Adjusting (a) Remove the parking brake shoe adjusting screw
Screw Set set.
(b) Remove the parking brake shoe return tension No.
2 spring.
Return Tension
No. 2 Spring
C133473E01

(a) Release the claw of the the parking brake shoe hold
down spring No. 1 cup.
(b) Remove the No. 2 parking brake shoe assembly as
(c) Remove the parking brake shoe hold down spring
No. 1 cup, the parking brake shoe hold down spring,
and the parking brake shoe hold down spring No. 2
C133471 pin.
(d) Using needle-nose pliers, disconnect the No. 3 PB

parking brake cable assembly from the parking
brake shoe lever.
NOTICE:
Be careful not to damage the No. 3 parking
brake cable assembly.
C108700
9. REMOVE PARKING BRAKE SHOE LEVER

(a) Using a screwdriver, remove the C-washer, shim
and the parking brake shoe lever.
C132646
10. REMOVE PARKING BRAKE SHOE GUIDE PLATE

(a) Remove the parking brake shoe guide plate set bolt
and the parking brake shoe guide plate.
C141958
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT BRAKE DISC INSIDE DIAMETER
(a) Using a brake drum gauge or an equivalent tool,
measure the inside diameter of the disc.
Standard inside diameter:
170 mm (6.69 in.)
Maximum inside diameter:
171 mm (6.73 in.)
C132647
If the inside diameter is more than the maximum,
replace the disc.
2. INSPECT PARKING BRAKE SHOE LINING
THICKNESS
(a) Using a ruler, measure the thickness of the shoe
lining.
Standard thickness:
2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
Minimum thickness:
1.0 mm (0.039 in.)
If the lining thickness is less than the minimum, or if
R000311 there is severe or uneven wear, replace the brake
shoe.
PB NOTICE:
Always replace both the right and left parking
brake shoes together.
3. INSPECT BRAKE DISC AND PARKING BRAKE SHOE
LINING FOR PROPER CONTACT
(a) Apply chalk to the inside surface of the disc, then
grind down the brake shoe lining to fit the disc.
If the contact between the disc and the brake shoe
lining is improper, repair it using a brake shoe
grinder or replace the brake shoe.
BR00828
REASSEMBLY
1. APPLY HIGH TEMPERATURE GREASE
(a) Apply high temperature grease to the backing plate
which makes contact with the shoe.
2. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE SHOE GUIDE PLATE
(a) Apply adhesive to the threads of the parking brake
shoe guide plate set bolt.
Adhesive:
Toyota Genuine Adhesive 1344, Three Bond
1344 or equivalent
(b) Install the parking brake shoe guide plate with the
parking brake shoe guide plate set bolt.
C141958
3. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE SHOE LEVER

PB
(a) Install the parking brake shoe lever and shim to the
No. 2 parking brake shoe assembly with a new C-
washer.
C132646
(b) Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance

between the No. 2 parking brake shoe assembly
and parking brake shoe lever.
Standard clearance:
Less than 0.35 mm (0.014 in.)
If the clearance is not as specified, replace the shim
with one of the correct size.
Shim Thickness Shim Thickness
0.3 mm (0.012 in.) 0.9 mm (0.035 in.)
C132648
0.6 mm (0.024 in.) -

(a) Using needle-nose pliers, connect the No. 3 parking
brake cable assembly to the parking brake shoe
lever.
C108700
(b) Install the No. 2 parking brake shoe assembly with

the parking brake shoe hold down spring No. 2 pin,
the parking brake shoe hold down spring and the
parking brake shoe hold down spring No. 1 cup.
(c) Engage the claw of the parking brake shoe hold
down spring No. 1 cup to the No. 2 parking brake
shoe assembly.
C133472
5. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE SHOE ADJUSTING

SCREW SET
(a) Apply high temperature grease to the parking brake
adjusting screw as shown in the illustration.
C132649
PB (b) Install the parking brake shoe return tension No. 2

spring to the No. 1 parking brake shoe assembly
Return Tension and the No. 2 parking brake shoe assembly.
No. 2 Spring
(c) Install the parking brake shoe adjusting screw set to
the No. 1 parking brake shoe assembly and the No.
Adjusting
2 parking brake shoe assembly.
Screw Set
C133474E01

(a) Install the No. 1 parking brake shoe assembly with
the parking brake shoe hold down spring No. 1 pin,
parking brake shoe hold down spring No. 2 cup,
parking brake shoe hold down spring and parking
brake shoe hold down spring No. 1 cup.
7. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE SHOE STRUT
(a) Attach the parking brake shoe strut and the parking
brake shoe strut compression spring to the No. 1
C133470
parking brake shoe assembly and No. 2 parking
brake shoe assembly.
8. INSTALL PARKING BRAKE SHOE RETURN TENSION

NO. 1 SPRING
(a) Using needle-nose pliers, install the 2 parking brake
shoe return tension No. 1 springs.
HINT:
First install the front side spring and then the rear
side spring.
9. CHECK PARKING BRAKE INSTALLATION
(a) Check that each part is installed properly.
C132651
LH: RH:
PB
Front Front
C132644E01
NOTICE:
There should be no oil or grease on the friction
surface of the shoe lining and disc.
10. INSTALL REAR DISC
(a) Align the matchmarks and install the rear disc.
11. ADJUST PARKING BRAKE SHOE CLEARANCE
(a) Temporarily install the hub nuts.
(b) Remove the shoe adjusting hole plug.
(c) Turn the adjuster and expand the shoes until the
disc locks.
(d) Contract the shoe adjuster until the disc rotates
smoothly.
Standard:
Return 8 notches
Contract (e) Check that the shoe has no brake drag.
(f) Install the shoe adjusting hole plug.
C108703E01

(a) Install the rear disc brake caliper assembly with the
2 bolts.
C132653
PB

Brake

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Brake

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Brake

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BRAKE CONTROL – ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM BC–1

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM

(c) In order to enable CAN communication, a specific

BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY

- BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SWITCH

BRAKE ACTUATOR SKID CONTROL SENSOR

- SKID CONTROL ECU (REAR SPEED SENSOR)

REAR SPEED SENSOR

FRONT SPEED SENSOR

FRONT SPEED SENSOR

FRONT SPEED SENSOR ROTOR

ENGINE ROOM R/B

STOP LIGHT SWITCH

COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY

INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B

- ECU IG NO. 2 FUSE PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

Brake Actuator Assembly (Skid Control ECU with Actuator)

Motor Relay Motor

Solenoid Relay Solenoid

Stop Light Switch

Combination Meter Assembly

ABS Warning Light

BRAKE Warning Light

Main Body ECU ECM

CAN Communication System

Transmitting ECU Receiving ECU Signals Communication method

Transmitting ECU Receiving ECU Signals Communication method

Brake Actuator Assembly

Combination Meter Assembly

CAN Communication System

Brake Actuator Assembly

BRAKE ABS Warning

Combination Meter Assembly

CAN Communication System

HOW TO PROCEED WITH

1 VEHICLE BROUGHT TO WORKSHOP

2 CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS

(a) Interview the customer to confirm the trouble.

3 CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

BC (a) Check for DTCs (See page BC-21).

B CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

4 CHECK DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA

5 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART

(a) Go to "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART" (See

10 PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE

(a) Go to "PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE" (See page BC-

TEST MODE PROCEDURE

2. SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK USING TEST MODE

(a) Procedure to enter Test Mode.

(5) Set the intelligent tester to Test Mode (select

(6) Check that the ABS warning light comes on for

(b) Check the sensor signal.

(c) Stop the vehicle.

(5) Check that the ABS warning light comes on for

(b) Check the sensor signal.

(e) Count the number of blinks of the ABS warning light.

Blinking Pattern of Normal System Code:

0.25 sec. 0.25 sec.

Blinking Pattern of Trouble Code (Example Codes 71 and 72):

0.5 sec. 2.5 sec.